UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.DC 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20172021
or
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ____ to ______
Commission File Number: 001-34272

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.ZOVIO INC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
____________________________

Delaware
59-3551629
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
59-3551629
(I.R.S.IRS Employer
Identification No.)


8620 Spectrum Center1811 E. Northrop Blvd.
San Diego, CA 92123, Chandler, AZ 85286
(Address, including zip code, of principal executive offices)


(858) 668-2586
(Registrant'sRegistrant’s telephone number, including area code)

_____________________________


None
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
(Title of Each Class)Class(Trading SymbolName of Each Exchange on Which Registered)Registered
Common Stock $0.01 par valueNew YorkZVOThe Nasdaq Stock ExchangeMarket LLC


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:None
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐   No ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐   No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒   No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒   No ☐
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. Yes ☒    No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” andfiler,” “smaller reporting company”company,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer
Non-accelerated filerSmaller reporting company
Large accelerated filer ☐Accelerated filer ☒
Non-accelerated filer ☐
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company ☐Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  Yes ☐   No ☒ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  ☐   No ☒
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2017,2021, the last business day of the registrant’s second fiscal quarter, was approximately $274.5$46.0 million, based on the closing price of the registrant’s common stock as reported on such date by the New YorkThe Nasdaq Stock Exchange.Market LLC. Shares of common stock held by officers, directors and holders of 5% or more of the outstanding common stock have been excluded from the calculation of this amount because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
As of February 15, 2018,March 31, 2022, the number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, was 27,157,986,34,054,879, net of treasury shares.

Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein.
None.

1



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.ZOVIO INC
FORM 10-K
INDEX

PART I
Item 16.



2



Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). All statements other than statements of historical fact may be forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are contained principally in Part I, Item 1, “Business,” Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and Part II, Item 7, “Management's“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” but appear throughout this annual report. Such forward-looking statements may include, among others, statements regarding future events, the future financial and operating results of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (theZovio Inc (“Zovio,” the “Company,” “Bridgepoint,” “we,” “us” or “our”), strategies, expectations, the competitive environment, regulation and the availability of financial resources, including, without limitation, statements regarding:
Ashford University'sour ability to continue to operate an accredited institution subject toand the requirementsability of the State of California, Department of Consumer Affairs, Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education (the “BPPE”);
our abilitycurrent or any future university partners to comply with the extensive and continually evolving regulatory framework, applicable to us and our institutions,such partners, including but not limited to Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (the “Higher(“Higher Education Act”), and its implementing regulations, the gainful employment rules and regulations, the “defensedefense to repayment”repayment regulations, state authorization regulations, state laws and regulatory requirements, and accrediting agency requirements;
our ability to meet any conditions of the U.S. Department of Education (the “Department”) with respect to the Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with the Arizona Board of Regents, for and on behalf of the University of Arizona (“University of Arizona”) and the University of Arizona Global Campus, a newly formed Arizona nonprofit corporation (“Global Campus”);
projections, predictions and expectations regarding our business, financial position, results of operations, and liquidity and capital resources, and enrollment trends attrends;
the ability of our institutions;
expectations regarding the effect of the closure of Ashford University’s residential campus in Clinton, Iowa on our business;
our abilitycurrent or any future university partners to obtain continued approval of Ashford’s programs for GI Bill benefits through the Iowa State Approving Agency (“ISAA”), the Arizona State Approving Agency (“ASAA”), or the California State Approving Agency for Veteran's Education (“CSAAVE”), and to prevent any disruption of educational benefits to Ashford’s veteran students;
the ability of Ashford University to continue participating in the U.S. Department of Defense Tuition Assistance Program for active duty military personnelstudents or to veteran students;
the outcome of various lawsuits, claims and to prevent any disruptionlegal proceedings;
the impact of educational benefits to Ashford’s active duty military students;COVID-19 on the economy, and the demand for our services and the collectability of our receivables;
new initiatives focused on student success, retention and academic quality;
changes in our student fee structure;
expectations regarding the adequacy of our cash and cash equivalents and other sources of liquidity for ongoing operations;operations, planned capital expenditures and working capital requirements;
expectations regarding investment in onlinecapital expenditures;
the impact of accounting standards on our financial statements;
the reasonableness and other advertising and capital expenditures;acceptance of our tax accruals;
the continued growth of our anticipated seasonal fluctuations in operational results;growth segment;
management'smanagement’s goals and objectives; and
other similar matters that are not historical facts.
Forward-looking statements may generally be identified by the use of words such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates” and similar expressions, as well as statements in the future tense.
Forward-looking statements should not be interpreted as a guarantee of future performance or results and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at or by which such performance or results will be achieved.achieved, if at all. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time such statements are made and the current good faith beliefs, expectations and assumptions of management regarding future events. Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from our expectations include, but are not limited to:

our ability to satisfy the key performance indicators in the Purchase Agreement;

3



the inability of Ashford University to comply with the additional reporting and disclosure obligations arising as a result of its operation as a BPPE-approved institution;
the imposition of fines or other corrective measures against our institutions;current or any future university partners or any of our subsidiaries;
adverse regulatory changes affecting our industry;
our failure to comply with the extensive and continually evolving regulatory framework applicable to our industry,university partners, including but not limited to Title IV of the Higher Education Act and its implementing regulations, the gainful employment rules and regulations, the “defense to repayment” regulations, state laws and regulatory requirements, and accrediting agency requirements;
our inability to obtain new university partners;
the inability of our current and future university partners to continue to recruit and retain students;
our inability to continue to provide Tuition Assistance benefits tocompetition in the education technology market and the competition of our active duty military students;
our inability to continue to provide GI Bill benefits to our veteran students;
competitionuniversity partners in the postsecondary education market and its potential impact on our market share, recruiting costs and tuition rates;share;
reputational and other risks related to potential compliance audits, regulatory actions, negative publicity or service disruptions;
our inability to develop new programs or expand existing programs in a timely and cost-effective manner;
economic or other developments potentially impacting demand in our institutions' core disciplines or the availability or cost of Title IV or other funding;
the preceding and other factors discussed in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and in other reports we may file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”(“SEC”) from time to time; and
the factors set forth in Item 7, “Management's“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
All forward-looking statements in this annual report are qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this annual report, and you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this annual report. We assume no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect actual results or any changes in our assumptions or expectations or any other factors affecting such forward-looking statements, except to the extent required by applicable securities laws. If we do update or revise one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.


4




PART I

Item 1. Business.Business
BUSINESS
Overview
We areZovio Inc is an education technology services company that partners with higher education institutions and employers to deliver innovative, personalized solutions and learning experiences to help learners and leaders achieve their aspirations and help institutions grow. Zovio’s expertise across academic disciplines, credential levels, learning experiences, and modalities has powered student and partner success through a provider of postsecondary education servicestailored, customer-focused approach bolstered by data analytics. The Company provides student recruitment and enrollment systems, retention strategies, educational tools and curriculums.
Sale Transaction
Up through our regionally accredited academic institutions,December 1, 2020, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Ashford University,® LLC (“AU LLC”), owned and operated Ashford University, a regionally-accredited, online university (the “University”). Then, on December 1, 2020, the Company and AU LLC finalized the Purchase Agreement, by and among the Company, AU LLC, the University of Arizona and Global Campus. Upon the RockiesSM. We believe our institutions, which deliver programs primarily online, embodyclosing of the contemporary college experience. Our institutions hadPurchase Agreement (the “Sale Transaction”), Global Campus owns and operates the University in affiliation with the University of Arizona with a total of 40,730 students enrolled as of December 31, 2017focus on expanding access to education for non-traditional adult learners and the Company provides services to Global Campus under a long-term Strategic Services Agreement (the “Services Agreement”).
Our institutions are committedBusiness
The services that the Company provides to providing a high-quality educational experience to their students. Our institutions' online delivery models, weekly start dates, commitment to affordabilityGlobal Campus under the Services Agreement include recruiting, admissions, marketing, student finance, financial aid processing, and transferability of credits make their programs highly attractivefinancial aid advising, program advising, student retention advising, support services for academics, information technology and accessible. Our institutions' online platform has been designed to deliver a quality educational experience while offering the flexibility and convenience that many students require, particularly working adults. Our institutions have a comprehensive curriculum development process and employ qualified faculty members with significant academic and practitioner credentials. Our institutions conduct ongoing faculty and student assessment processes and provide a broad array of student services. We are also focused on providing innovative technologies to enhance the student experience and support faculty and student engagement.institutional support. See further details within “Services Provided” below.
Ashford University
In March 2005,April 2019, we acquired Ashford University, whose mission is to provide high-quality, accessible, affordable,Fullstack Academy, Inc. (“Fullstack”) an immersive coding bootcamp offering web development and innovative educational programs that meet the diverse needs of individuals pursuing advancement in their lives, professions, and communities. We believe Ashford University is helping to define the modern college experience by providing the flexibility and effectiveness of online learning. The institution offers associate's, bachelor's and master's degree programs online. Ashford University is comprised of four colleges: the Forbes School of Business and Technology, the College of Education, the College of Health, Human Services and Science and the College of Liberal Arts.
Ashford University is accredited by WASC Senior College and University Commission (“WSCUC”). For additional information regarding accreditation, see “Regulation — Accreditation” below. Ashford University maintains a website at www.ashford.edu, the contents of which are not incorporated by reference into, or in any way a part of, this report.
University of the Rockies
In September 2007, we acquired University of the Rockies, whose mission is to provide high-quality, accessible learning opportunities globally for diverse groups of individuals seeking preparation for life goals, professional practice, service and distinguished leadership. University of the Rockies is a graduate institution that offers master's and doctoral degree programs in the social and behavioral sciences. Classes at University of the Rockies are presented in a progressive online format. The majority of students at University of the Rockies attend via the institution's accessible online platform, which is also available through our mobile applications.
University of the Rockies is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission (“HLC”). For additional information regarding accreditation, see “Regulation — Accreditation” below. University of the Rockies maintains a website at www.rockies.edu, the contents of which are not incorporated by reference into, or in any way a part of, this report.


5


Enrollment
The following table summarizes period-end enrollment at our institutions as of each of the periods presented:
 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015
Doctoral841
 2.1% 836
 1.9% 753
 1.5%
Master's5,655
 13.9% 6,253
 13.9% 6,591
 13.4%
Bachelor's32,153
 78.9% 35,748
 79.2% 39,480
 80.4%
Associate's1,263
 3.1% 1,405
 3.1% 1,483
 3.0%
Other*818
 2.0% 845
 1.9% 852
 1.7%
Total40,730
 100.0% 45,087
 100.0% 49,159
 100.0%
            
Ashford University39,515
 97.0% 43,788
 97.1% 47,794
 97.2%
University of the Rockies1,215
 3.0% 1,299
 2.9% 1,365
 2.8%
Total40,730
 100.0% 45,087
 100.0% 49,159
 100.0%
* Includes students who are taking one or more courses at our institutions, but have not declared that they are pursuing a specific degree.
We define period-end enrollment as the number of active students on the last day of the financial reporting period. A student is considered active if the student has attended a class within the prior 15 days or is on an institutionally-approved break not to exceed 45 days, unless the student has graduated or provided notice of withdrawal, or for new students who have completed their third week of attendance, and posted attendance in the fourth week.
As of December 31, 2017, approximately 70% of our institutions' online students were female, 56% identified themselves as minorities and the average age of online students was 35. Our institutions have online students throughout the United States and students in 23 different countries.
Graduation
As of December 31, 2017, more than 112,000 students have graduated from our combined institutions. The total number of credits required to obtain a degree for online programs varies based on the type of degree: an associate's degree requires a minimum of 64 credits; a bachelor's degree requires a minimum of 120 credits; a master's degree typically requires a minimum of 30 credits; and a doctoral degree at University of the Rockies requires a minimum of 62 credits.
Many students have previously completed some postsecondary education and have credits they would like to transfer to a new degree program. We believe students should receive credit for their prior work and our institutions work closely with their accrediting agencies to obtain the right to accept transfer credits.
Tuition and Fees
Our institutions generally structure the tuition and fees for programs to be below Title IV loan limits and average grant awards, affording students who do not otherwise have the financial means to pursue an education the opportunity to gain access to our institutions' programs. We recognize that private loans are increasingly difficult to obtain, which can prevent academically qualified students from pursuing an education at institutions with higher tuition and fees. We believe that helping to remove the financial burden of obtaining incremental private loans while pursuing a postsecondary education not only permits more students to access our institutions' programs, but also enables students to focus more on their coursework and program completion while in school.
The price of our institutions' courses varies based upon the number of credits per course (with most courses representing three credits), the degree level of the program and the discipline. Ashford University implemented a tuition increase of approximately 5%, for courses beginning on or after February 6, 2018. This increase does not impact military students receiving governmental benefits and students under the Full Tuition Grant program. There were no such tuition increases for students at University of the Rockies. Refer to the respective academic catalog of each institution for the relative price per credit for undergraduate and graduate courses.
Revenue realized from tuition is reduced by the amount of scholarships awarded to students. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we recorded $100.3 million, $96.4 million, and $102.2 million, respectively, for institutional scholarships awardedcybersecurity training to students at our institutions.


6


Student Financing
Students finance their education at our institutions through a combination of the financing options described below.
Title IVlooking for competitive paying and in-demand tech jobs. Fullstack offers full- and part-time programs
If a student attends any institution certified as Title IV eligible by the U.S. Department of Education (the “Department”) and meets applicable student eligibility standards, that student may receive grants, loans, or both grants and loans to help fund their education under programs authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act (“Title IV”). An institution participating in federal student financial aid programs authorized by Title IV (“Title IV programs”) must ensure that all program funds are accounted for and disbursed properly. To continue receiving program funds, students must demonstrate satisfactory academic progress toward the completion of their program of study.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, Ashford University derived 80.8%, and University of the Rockies derived 86.1% of their respective cash revenues from Title IV program funds.
Federal Direct Loans
The William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program (the “Direct Loan Program”) consists of two types of loans: Stafford loans, which are either subsidized or unsubsidized, and PLUS loans, which are made available to graduate and professional students, as well as parents of dependent undergraduate students. For a Direct Subsidized Loan, the federal government pays the interest on the loan while the student is in school and during grace periods and any approved periods of deferment, until the student's obligation to repay the loan begins. Direct Unsubsidized Loans are not based on financial need and are available to students who do not qualify for a Direct Subsidized Loan, or in some cases, online, in addition to a Direct Subsidized Loan. Loan fundsworking with colleges and universities to expand their program offerings and close technological skills gaps in their local communities.
Also in April 2019, we acquired TutorMe.com, Inc. (“TutorMe”), which provides 24/7 tutoring services. Students are paid to our institutions, which in turn credit the student's account for tuition and fees and disburse any requested amounts in excess of tuition and fees to the student.
Under the Bipartisan Student Loan Certainty Act of 2013, interest rates will be established each year for Direct Subsidized Loans, Direct Unsubsidized Loans, and PLUS loans for which the first disbursement is on or after July 1 of that year through the following June 30. The interest rate, once established, will be fixed and apply for the life of the loan. With respect to loans for which the first disbursement was on or after July 1, 2017 but before July 1, 2018, the interest rates are (i) 4.45% for Direct Subsidized Loans and Direct Unsubsidized Loans for undergraduate students, (ii) 6.0% for Direct Unsubsidized Loans for graduate/professional students and (iii) 7.0% for PLUS loans.
Federal Pell Grant Program
Under the Federal Pell Grant Program, the Department makes grants to undergraduate studentsmatched online with tutors within minutes who demonstrate financial need. Under the August 2008 reauthorization of the Higher Education Act, students were able to receive Pell Grant funds for attendance on a year-round basis, and could potentially receive more in a given year than the traditionally defined maximum annual amount. However, the U.S. Department of Defense and Full-Year Continuing Appropriations Act of 2011 permanently repealed the Pell Grant provision that provided an otherwise eligible studentcan help them with more than one Pell Grant300 subjects. With live video chat, whiteboarding, and screen sharing, students can get the personalized help they need, in the subject they need, at a time that works for them. TutorMe optimizes the student learning journey and is a valuable-resources for high-school and college students. TutorMe is also offered as an award year, effectiveemployee benefit to our employees, providing an added benefit for parents of high-school students.
Services Provided
Technology and academic services
Technology and academic services primarily relate to the educational infrastructure, including online course delivery and management, assessment, customer relations management and other internal administrative systems. This also includes providing support for curriculum and new program development, support for faculty training and development and technical support.
Information Technology
We have created or adopted a scalable technology system that we believe is secure, reliable and redundant, and permits courses and support services to be offered online.
5


Online course delivery and management - We utilize the Canvas learning management system provided by Instructure, Inc. (“Instructure”), a third-party software and services provider. Canvas is a software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) platform that enables us to develop and deliver the latest in engaging online learning experiences. As a native cloud platform, Canvas software and data are hosted by Amazon Web Services, providing for a fast, secure and readily scalable experience for students and faculty. Additionally, students and faculty will have greater flexibility to learn and teach from anywhere, anytime and on any iOS or Android device.
Internal administration - We utilize customer relations management (“CRM”) application from Salesforce for lead management, workflow, analytics, reporting and a complete view of our students. This tool enables institutions to view the entire student history from the lead to graduation, individually or in cohorts, and to respond appropriately. Additionally, the online application portals can be utilized to accept, integrate and process student applications. We support various channels of communication with students and prospects to provide engagement through a student’s preferred means of communication.
Constellation - Constellation is an innovative suite of interactive educational materials that increases the educational quality for online students. Constellation is our proprietary learning platform that takes features of traditional textbooks and combines them with features of the internet to create a premium student experience. We developed Constellation as an alternative to third-party textbooks with digital course materials. Constellation gives students access to their digital course materials across platforms without sacrificing time-tested studying tools like highlighting and note taking. Constellation includes customized content geared to courses and students, combined with a robust set of features that make course materials engaging and accessible to students of various learning styles and abilities. Constellation is cloud-based and is compatible across operating systems, browsers and mobile technologies, including web-enabled smartphones and tablet devices. We have developed Constellation-enabled courses primarily in core classes to attempt to reach as many students as possible. The Constellation team includes editors with extensive experience at leading textbook publishing firms. Highly qualified subject matter experts are recruited to author content that addresses course and institutional outcomes. Constellation digital texts are organized around accelerated courses.
Waypoint Outcomes - Waypoint Outcomes is our proprietary assessment software which provides learning and assessment tools to institutions. The software combines classic rubric grading scales with easy, efficient technology to help educators teach writing, critical thinking and cognitive skills. Its sophisticated grading palette frees teachers to focus on meaningful, personalized feedback for students by automating repetitive tasks. Data results from Waypoint Outcomes are shared with the 2011-2012 award year. Beginningstudent and are also accessible by the faculty and program administrators.
Signalz - We offer student success and student recruitment service through Signalz, which is our proprietary predictive analytics platform that provides data-driven insights to enhance our client offering and improve overall results and outcomes. Signalz enables Zovio to develop solutions and engineer workflows that optimize performance metrics from marketing through graduation.
Mobile application technology - We offer mobile applications compatible with most web-enabled smartphones and tablet devices in order to increase the 2012-2013 award year, a student's eligibility to receive a Pell Grant was reduced from 18 semesters (or its equivalent) to 12 semesters (or its equivalent). The funding for Labor, Health and Human Services, and Education appropriations is partaccessibility of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2014, which was signedstudent learning experience. The applications enable students to use their mobile device to contact support staff, complete discussion posts and review important information regarding their academic status. We have received positive feedback from students indicating that these mobile applications further their learning experience, and we have incorporated feedback received into law by President Obama in January 2014 and is subjectthe periodic updates to change annually. The maximum funding amountthese mobile applications.
Support Services for Pell Grant award year 2017-2018 increased to $5,920.Academics
Non-Title IV funding sources
Other funding sources consist primarily of payments made in cash by individuals, private loans from third parties, reimbursement from corporate affiliates and government tuition assistance programs for military personnel, including veterans. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, Ashford University derived 19.2%, and University of the Rockies derived 13.9% of their respective cash revenues from these other funding sources.
Financial aid processing
Our institutions have dedicated staff that provide call center and transactional processing services for the online financial aid student populations atWe work alongside our institutions, including services related to disbursement eligibility review and Title IV fund returns. We believe our centralized process helps improve student financing outcomes and enhances efforts to comply with Title IV rules and regulations.


7


Curricula and Scheduling
Our institutions are committed to providing their students with a rigorous and rewarding academic experience that gives them the knowledge and experience necessary to be contributors, educators and leaders in their chosen professions. Our institutions seek to maintain a high level of quality in curriculum, faculty and student support services, all of which contribute to the overall student experience. Our curricula are reviewed periodically to ensure that content is refined and updated as necessary. Our institutions provide extensive student support services, including academic, administrative and technology support,university partners to help maximize the success of their students. Additionally, our institutions monitor the success of their educational delivery processes through periodic facultydesign programs and student assessments. Our institutions believe their commitment to quality is evident in the satisfaction and demonstrated proficiency of their students, which is measured at the completion of every course.
As of December 31, 2017, our institutions offered approximately 1,200 courses and approximately 80 degree programs. The degree programs are offered through Ashford University's four various colleges, the Forbes School of Business and Technology, the College of Education, the College of Health, Human Services and Science and the College of Liberal Arts, as well as through University of the Rockies.
Our institutions' online courses are offered with weekly start dates throughout the year, except for two weeks total in late December and early January. Courses typically run five to six weeks and all courses are offered in an asynchronous format so students can complete their coursework as their schedule permits. Online students typically enroll in one course at a time. This focused approach to learning allows the student to engage fully in each course. Doctoral students of University of the Rockies are required to participate in periodic seminars located in Denver, Colorado and compose and defend a dissertation on an approved topic.
Program Development
Our institutions design their academic offerings to meet the needs of a broad cross-section of prospective students. In addition to adding programs in high-demand disciplines, our institutions enhance their programs through the addition of specializations. Specialization areas are comprised of a select number of courses within an existing program that supplement that program's required courses. Specializations are used to create an offering that is tailored to the specific objectives of a student population and, therefore, is more attractive to potential students interested in a particular program. We believe the addition of specializations represents a cost-effective way to both expand our market and further enhance the differentiation of our institutions' programs in that market. Our institutions are expanding their portfolio of master's and doctoral degree programs, consistent with our commitment to a quality academic offering, and to pursue increased graduate student enrollments because we believe graduate students represent an attractive segment of the market.
Our institutions seek to offer programs in disciplines in which we believe there is strong demand for education and significant opportunity for employment. Our institutions' current program portfolio includes offerings at the associate's, bachelor's, master's and doctoral levels in the disciplines of business, education, psychology, social sciences and health sciences. Our institutions follow a defined process for identifying new degree program opportunities that incorporates student, faculty and market feedback, as well as macro trends in the relevant disciplines, in order to evaluate the expected level of demand for a new program prior to developing the content and marketing it to potential students.
Potential new programs and specializations are determined based on proposals submitted by faculty and staff and an assessment of overall market demand. Our institutions'university partners faculty and academic leadership work in collaboration with our marketing team to research and select new programs that are expected to have strong demand and that can be developed at a reasonable cost. Programs are reviewed by the respective institution and must also receive approval through the normal governance process at the relevant institution. Once a program is selected for development, one or more subject matter experts are assigned to work with curriculum development staff to define measurable program-level student learning objectives. Each course in a program is designed to include learning activities that address the program objectives, foster student engagement and assess learning outcomes. All courses undergo extensive internal and external third-party quality assurance reviews before they are offered to students, and the new program is reviewed for approval through the appropriate governance processes. Following approval, an online program is conformed to the standards of our online learning management system and our marketing department creates a marketing plan for the program. In most cases,
6


We seek to maintain a high level of quality in curriculum and student support services, all of which contribute to the time frameoverall student experience. The curricula are reviewed periodically to identify, developensure that content is refined and internally approve a new program is approximately six months, notupdated as necessary. We provide support services, including in the external regulatory approvals required before a program can be offeredareas of library, writing center, tutoring, help desk and administration to students.
Comprehensive Assessment
Eachhelp maximize the success of our institutionsuniversity partners’ students.
We have developed and implemented a comprehensive assessment plan focused on student learning and effective instruction. The plans stipulateplan stipulates assessment of learning outcomes at the course, program and institutional levels. Learning outcomes are unique to eachthe institution and demonstrate the skills that graduates should be able to demonstrate upon


8


completion of their respective programs. With the assistance of our dedicated assessment team, our institutions' faculty routinelywe can help evaluate and revise courses and learning resources based upon outcomes and institutional research data. Using direct and indirect measurements, student performance is assessed on an ongoing basis to help ensure student success.
We utilize Waypoint Outcomes, our proprietary assessment platform, which is an innovative, web-based assessment systemCounseling services and support
Counseling services and support consist primarily of interactive rubrics,team-based counseling and other support to gather data from specific learning activities. Data results from Waypoint Outcomes are shared with the studentprospective and are also accessible by the faculty and program administrators.
In addition to course and program assessments, faculty instructional performance is continuously assessed by institutional deans and instructional specialists and through the results of student surveys at the completion of each course. The results of all of our assessment practices are reviewed by an assessment team, including faculty, and based on their conclusions, recommendations may be made to add to or modify our institutions' programs.
Branding and Marketing
We have invested significant resources in developing processes and implementing technologies that allow us to effectively identify, recruit and retain qualified students. We develop and participate in various marketing activities to generate leads for prospectivecurrent students and to build the Bridgepoint Education, Ashford University and University of the Rockies brands.as well as financial aid processing.
For our institutions' online student population, we align ourselves with working adults, many of whom have already completed some postsecondary courses and are seeking an accessible, affordable education from a quality institution. The admissions policies that require a minimum age for online students at Ashford University are focused on attracting students with a greater commitment to completing their degrees.
Our institutions' branding campaigns utilize digital channels to communicate their message, and leads are generated from online sources. We also purchase keywords from search providers to generate online leads directly, rather than acquiring them solely through aggregators. Additionally, we have a team internally who focuses on generating online leads through search engine optimization techniques.
Recruiting and Admissions
Our institutions employZovio organizes its employees in teams who facilitate all aspects of a student’s enrollment and integration of a prospective studentplacement into a program of study. These teams consist of enrollment service advisors, financial services advisors and academic advisors. This structure promotes internal accountability among employees involved in identifying, recruiting, enrolling and retaining new students. The admissions process is designed to offer access to prospective students who seek the benefits of a postsecondary education.
Prospective student leads are managed through a customer relations management (“CRM”)CRM system, which directs a lead for a prospective student to a recruiting team and assigns an enrollment service advisor within that team to serve as the primary liaison for that prospective student. Once contact with a prospective student is established, the enrollment service advisor, along with the academic and financial services advisors, begins an assessment process to determine if our institutions'a university partner’s program offerings match the student's needs and objectives. Additionally, enrollment service advisors communicate other criteria, including expected duration and cost of the program, to the prospective student.
The enrollment service advisors go through a comprehensive training program that addresses our institutions' academic offerings, financial aid options and the regulatory environment in which we operate, including the restrictions imposed by regulations on the admissions process. We place significant emphasis on regulatory requirements and demandoperate in an environment of strict compliance.
Our institutions haveZovio has a presence in both military and corporate channels. Our military educationand academic outreach teams work with representatives of military education services offices, as well as with the military students we serveofficers to demonstrate the quality, impact and value that our institutions'university partner’s programs can provide to individuals in thethose organizations. We believe our institutions' educational offerings are attractive to potential students in the military. Military students may frequently change locations or seek to complete a program intermittently over the course of several years. In the corporate channel, we have the Education Partnerships program. These corporate partnership programs provide companies with the opportunity to allow their employees to pursue and complete a college degree withoutwhile incurring anylittle to no student debt.
Student Financing and Financial Aid Processing
Zovio has dedicated staff that provide call center and transactional processing services for the online financial aid student populations, including services related to disbursement eligibility review and fund returns under Title IV of the Higher Education Act (“Title IV”). We believe employers value our institutions' affordability, which allows employerthis improves student financing outcomes and enhances efforts to comply with Title IV and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Students finance their education through a combination of various financing options, including both Title IV programs and non-Title IV funding sources. Non-Title IV funding sources consist primarily of payments made in cash by individuals, private loans from third parties, reimbursement from corporate affiliates and government tuition reimbursementsassistance programs for military personnel, including veterans.
If a student attends any institution certified as Title IV eligible by the U.S. Department of Education (the “Department”) and meets applicable student eligibility standards, that student may receive grants, loans, or both grants and loans to be used more efficiently.
The admissions process is designed to offer access to prospectivehelp fund their education under programs authorized by Title IV. An institution participating in federal student financial aid programs authorized by Title IV must ensure that all program funds are accounted for and disbursed properly. To continue receiving program funds, students who seekmust demonstrate satisfactory academic progress toward the benefitscompletion of a postsecondary education. Ashford University undergraduate students may qualify in various ways, including by having a high school diploma or a General Educational Development equivalent. Graduate level students at Ashford University and Universitytheir program of the Rockies

study.

7
9



are required to have an undergraduate degree from an accredited college and may be required to have a minimum grade point average or meet other criteria to qualify for admission to certain programs.
Student Retention Advising
Once a student enrolls in an online program, the institutionZovio provides consistent, ongoing support to assist the student in acclimating to the online environment and to address challenges that arise in order to increase the likelihood that the student will persist through graduation.
Providing a superior learningstudent support experience to every student is a key component in retaining students at our institutions.students. We believe that our team-based approach to recruitment and the robust student services we provide enhance retention because of the quality of each student'sstudent’s interaction with his or her team and the accountability inherent in the team structure. We also incorporate a systematic approach to contacting students at key milestones during their experience, at our institutions, providing encouragement and highlighting their progress. There are frequent personal interactions between academic advisors and students, which we view as a key component to our retention strategy. Ashford University hasWe have a retention committeeteam that monitors performance metrics and other key data to analyze student retention rates, as well as the causes of and potential risks for student drops. In addition,
Marketing and communication
Marketing and communication services consist primarily of lead acquisition, digital communication strategies, brand identity advertising, media planning and strategy, video, data science and analysis, marketing to potential students and other promotional and communication services.
We have invested significant resources in developing processes and implementing technologies that allow us to effectively identify, recruit and retain qualified students. We develop and participate in various marketing activities to generate leads for prospective students and to build the Zovio and university brands.
For the online student population, our dispute resolution department serves as a neutral third party for students to raise any concerns or complaints. Such concerns and complaintsuniversity partners align themselves with working adults, many of whom have already completed some postsecondary courses. The admissions policies are then elevated to the appropriate department.
Ashford University has various programs focused on academic quality and student success that we believe help students succeed in their courses, help retain higher quality students and ultimately increase student retention. Ashford University has a free two-week orientation course that is mandatory for all incoming students who have not earned any previous college credits. The orientation is designed to provideattracting students with a complete overviewgreater commitment to completing their degrees.
The branding campaigns utilize digital channels to communicate their message, and leads are generated from online sources. We also purchase keywords from search providers to generate online leads directly, rather than acquiring them solely through aggregators. Additionally, we have a team internally who focuses on generating online leads through search engine optimization techniques.
Environmental, Social and Governance Programs
Environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) refers to three central factors in measuring the sustainability and societal impact of an investment in our Company. These criteria, and the activities making up each area, have long been a part of the way we operate. The way we approach sustainability at our facilities, how we interact with our communities, the processes by which we make our decisions and our people-first culture all contribute to our ESG program.
Environmental Matters
We provide our services primarily online, classroom experience, prepare them for successwhich inherently results in their coursesa friendlier impact on the environment. As a leader in education technology services, we can help drive sustainability through our products and help them self-evaluate their readinessservices. Our programs are 100% online, and courseware is 100% digital.
Optimizing and conserving our resources through sustainable practices are at the center of our Company’s focus on the environment. With a mindset of continuous improvement, we focus on sustainability by using industry-leading technologies within our facilities to succeedminimize the impact on the environment where applicable. We have many initiatives in an online college setting. The experiencethe areas of conserving energy and reducing waste at our facilities. Our Arizona-based headquarters is 130,000 square-feet and generates approximately 480kWh of solar power annually that provides a realistic, up-front overview of expectations so that students are aware of what is expected of them as they prepare for their studies. Students also gain an understanding of how to access and navigate within the online classroom so they can feel confident when they move to their first course in their respective programs. For students taking the orientation course, successful completionat least 30% of the orientationbuilding's electricity needs. The facility also includes 24 electric car charging stations on site, and energy-efficient LED lighting throughout the building. Additionally, there is required before they can begin their first class.an approximately 100 square foot biophilic plant wall in the building. Efforts such as this helped us in being awarded the 2020 Arizona Red Award for Office Interiors Project of the Year. We have also identified and implemented methods that improve resource conservation and maintain compliance with the U.S. Green Building Council, in addition to federal, state, and local regulations.
Ashford University also offers the “Ashford Promise,” which allows a student to experience the first three weeks of his or her first class before incurring any financial obligation. After the first three weeks, students who do not demonstrate satisfactory academic progress, or those who simply opt out, will not be admitted as students. These individuals will not be responsible for any tuition or fees, and therefore will not incur any debt. WeAdditionally, we believe the Ashford Promise initiative helps increase student retentionfacilities we occupy are state-of-the-art and are in substantial compliance with federal, state and local laws and regulations that have been enacted or adopted regulating the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Compliance with these laws and regulations has not had, and is not expected to have, a material effect on our capital expenditures, results of operations, or competitive position.

8


Human Capital Management and Social Awareness
A key pillar of our corporate strategy is attracting, developing, and retaining top talent with a shared purpose to help everyone be in a class of their own. The Company is committed to building a culture where ambitious individuals can come together to create innovative solutions for a brighter future. We subscribe to a set of beliefs—make meaningful connections, craft exceptional experiences, all voices matter, develop bold ideas—that guide how we interact, champion change, and inspire others.
In 2020 and 2021, the COVID-19 pandemic had a direct impact on our employees. We pivoted the vast majority of our workforce to remote work with minimal disruption while reducingimplementing additional safety measures for employees conducting critical on-site work. Despite the financialchallenging economic realities brought on by the pandemic, Zovio hired almost 600 employees in fiscal year 2021, hiring workers from many of the community’s hardest-hit industries. To minimize risk to employees, the student.
Technology
We have createdmajority of new hires in 2021 were onboarded and trained remotely, with the rest being trained in a scalable technology system that we believe is secure, reliablesocially distanced, safe environment. New hires obtained all the necessary tools and redundant, and permits our institutions' courses and support servicesresources to be successful in a remote setting through our creative curbside pick-up process. We also offered online.
Online course deliveryflexible work schedules and management
During 2017, we transitioned learning management systems away from Pearson eCollege,offered additional time off for those with medical and now currently use the Canvas learning management system provided by Instructure, Inc. (“Instructure”), a third-party software and services provider. Canvas is a software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) platform that enables uscaregiving needs due to develop and deliver the latest in engaging online learning experiences. As a native cloud platform, Canvas software and data are hosted by Amazon Web Services, providing for a fast, secure and readily scalable experience for our institutions’ students and faculty. Additionally, students and faculty will have greater flexibility to learn and teach from anywhere, anytime and on any iOS or Android device.
Internal administration
Ashford University utilizes a CRM application from Campus Management Corp. for lead management, workflow, analytics, reporting and a complete view of our students. This tool enables Ashford University to view the entire student history from the lead to graduation, individually or in cohorts, and to respond appropriately. University of the Rockies utilizes an internally developed proprietary CRM system for lead management, document management, workflow, analytics and reporting. Both institutions utilize online application portals to accept, integrate and process student applications.
Both institutions utilize CampusVue, a student information system provided by Campus Management Corp., to manage student data (including grades, attendance, status and financial aid) and to generate periodic management reports. This system interfaces with our online learning management system.


10


Innovation and new technologies
Central to our ideal of enabling learning anytime, anywhere, is the commitment to providing learning platforms and resources that make accessible learning a reality. These innovations include Constellation, our proprietary learning platform, Waypoint Outcomes, our proprietary assessment software, and our mobile application technology.
Constellation
Constellation is an innovative suite of interactive educational materials that increases the educational quality for online students at Ashford University and University of the Rockies. Constellation is our proprietary learning platform that takes the best features of traditional textbooks and combines them with the best features of the Internet to create a premium student experience. We developed Constellation as an alternative to third-party textbooks with digital course materials. Constellation gives students access to their digital course materials across platforms without sacrificing time-tested studying tools like highlighting and note taking. Constellation includes customized content geared to our institutions' courses and students, combined with a robust set of features that make course materials engaging and accessible to students of various learning styles and abilities. Constellation is cloud-based and is compatible across operating systems, browsers and mobile technologies, including web-enabled smartphones and tablet devices. We have developed Constellation-enabled courses primarily in core classes to attempt to reach as many students as possible. We plan to expand the features of Constellation in future releases.
The Constellation team includes editors with extensive experience at leading textbook publishing firms. Highly qualified subject matter experts are recruited to author content that addresses course and institutional outcomes. Constellation digital texts are organized around our institutions' accelerated courses.
Waypoint Outcomes
Waypoint Outcomes provides learning and assessment software to our institutions. The software combines classic rubric grading scales with easy, efficient technology to help educators teach writing, critical thinking and cognitive skills. Its sophisticated grading palette frees teachers to focus on meaningful, personalized feedback for students by automating repetitive tasks.
Mobile application technology
Each of our institutions offers mobile applications compatible with most web-enabled smartphones and tablet devices in order to increase the accessibility of the student learning experience. The applications enable students to use their mobile device to contact support staff, complete discussion posts and review important information regarding their academic status. We have received positive feedback from students indicating that these mobile applications further their learning experience, and we have incorporated feedback received into the periodic updates to these mobile applications.
Employees
As of December 31, 2017, our institutions had approximately 200 full-time faculty roles, including programs chairs, as well as approximately 3,200 active adjunct faculty. Adjunct faculty members are part-time employees engaged on a course-by-course basis and are compensated based upon a fixed amount per course, which varies among faculty members based on each individual's experience and background. In addition to teaching assignments, adjunct faculty members may also be asked to serve on student committees, such as comprehensive examination and dissertation committees, or assist with course development.COVID-19.
As of December 31, 2017,2021, the Company and institutions alsoits subsidiaries employed approximately 2,200 combined non-faculty1,400 individuals, 1,365 of which were full-time. This includes staff in the areas of university services, academic advising and academic support, enrollment services, university administration, financial aid, marketing, information technology, human resources, legal and compliance, external affairs, corporate accounting, finance and other administrative functions. NoneAt the conclusion of 2021, Zovio’s workforce was 57% female and 43% male and women represented 52% of those in leadership roles.
To attract, retain, and inspire our talent, we offer fair, competitive compensation and award-winning benefits programs that support our employees through the entire employee lifecycle. Our compensation and benefits program includes: base pay, short-term incentives, cash and stock-based long-term incentives, an employee savings plan that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, with an employer match, an employee stock purchase plan, health and wellness benefits, health savings accounts, flexible spending accounts, paid time off, paid parental leave, an award winning wellness program and an employee assistance program. Additionally, we offer an on-site gym and café with healthy food alternatives, a fully-staffed Health and Wellness Center, lifestyle coaching, ergonomic programs, and financial education and coaching to help employees reach their personal financial goals. The Company also benchmarks positions and regularly reviews the design of employee compensation and benefits programs to ensure we remain competitive with the market. We undertake an external third-party facilitated pay equity analysis annually and conduct regular internal assessments on pay disparities and make adjustments as necessary.
Creating a culture that embraces diversity, where all employees feel supported and valued, is paramount to delivering innovative solutions to our university partners and students. Our employees participate in an annual survey to measure overall engagement. In 2021, 87% of Zovions reported that they feel cared about as a partyperson and 74% reported that they intend to anystay at Zovio.
In 2021, we launched “Belonging @ Zovio” – our Diversity and Inclusion strategy. One of its key pillars is “bringing collective bargaining voices together” which is activated by connecting those with similar interests and passions through Employee Resource Groups. These groups focus on professional development & networking opportunities, volunteer activities, raising awareness, and providing insights that inform our products and services.
The Company is committed to developing its people where employees are empowered to drive their own career progression. The Company provides training to its employees annually, focusing on on-the-job development and on-demand learning. For those interested in taking on leadership roles, our Leadership Education and Development LEAD program is designed to provide new leaders with the basic tenants of leading, ensuring they are well-supported as they take on this important role in the organization.
To support personal and professional growth, Zovio offers employees an opportunity to obtain their bachelor’s and/or similar agreementmaster’s degree for free through Global Campus. The Company also has several tuition reimbursement programs. We provide a tuition benefit, up to $5,250 annually, alongside a College Savings 529 Plan and Student Debt Repayment program for eligible employees. We also offer free online tutoring services for employees and their dependents as many parents turned to virtual learning during the COVID-19 pandemic.
During 2021, Zovio supported the Arizona Coronavirus Relief Fund, Chandler Chamber of Commerce’s COVID-19 Relief Program, United Way Workplace Campaign, food drives, community laptop drives, and provided materials to support online instruction to our educational partners.
9


We understand the life-changing impact that education resources can have on individuals, no matter their background, experience, or career goals. Zovio supports nonprofit organizations aligned with us.our pillars of “Opportunities for All” and “Learning Beyond the Classroom” through our Corporate Giving program. In 2021, Zovio supported various educational partners including Arizona Tech Council, Greater Phoenix Chamber Foundation, Jobs for Arizona’s Graduates, Center for the Future of Arizona, Wounded Warriors Project, and The Johnston Family Foundations for Urban Agriculture. All Zovio employees are provided 16 hours of paid time off to volunteer at nonprofit organizations of their choice. In 2021, Zovio employees logged more than 3,100 volunteer hours, either virtually or in person.
Our culture is anchored in a long-standing commitment to giving back to the communities in which our employees live and work. Since 2005, the Company has donated over $11 million in charitable contributions. Our employees have collectively given 160,000 hours in volunteer efforts and have generously donated over $2.2 million through workplace giving campaigns.
Governance Standards
Management of the Company is led by talented leaders with deep experience in education and technology. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “board”) sets high standards for the Company’s employees, officers and directors. Implicit in this philosophy is the importance of sound corporate governance. It is the duties of the board to serve as a prudent fiduciary for stockholders and to oversee the management of the Company’s business. To fulfill its responsibilities and to discharge its duty, the board follows the procedures and standards that are set forth in the Corporate Governance Guidelines, committee charters and other governance documents, which can be viewed on our corporate website at www.ir.zovio.com.
Segment Information
Prior to December 1, 2020, the Company operated in one segment for reporting purposes. Following the Sale Transaction on December 1, 2020, we now operate our business in two reportable segments, including the University Partners Segment and the Zovio Growth Segment. The Company’s reportable segments are determined based on (i) financial information reviewed by the chief operating decision maker, the Chief Executive Officer (“CODM”), (ii) internal management and related reporting structure, and (iii) the basis upon which the CODM makes resource allocation decisions. University Partners includes the technology and services provided to colleges and universities to enable the online delivery of degree programs. The inaugural partner in the University Partners Segment is Global Campus. The Zovio Growth Segment includes our other subsidiaries, including Fullstack and TutorMe.
Seasonality
Our operations are generally subject to seasonal trends. Our university partner generally experiences a seasonal increase in new enrollments during the first quarter of each year, subsequent to holiday break, as well as during the third quarter each year, when most other colleges and universities begin their fall semesters. While our university partner enrolls students throughout the year, the fourth quarter revenue generally is lower than other quarters due to the holiday break in December, with a relative increase in the first quarter of each year.
Competition
The education technology services market is fairly new, with no individual company representing a significant market share. The postsecondary education market is also highly fragmented and competitive, with no private or public institution representing a significant market share. Our institutions compete primarily with public and private degree-granting regionally accredited colleges and universities. Many colleges and universities enroll working adults, in addition to traditional 18 to 24 year-old students. Many of those colleges and universities offer a variety of distance education and online initiatives.
We believe that competitive factors in the postsecondary education market include the reputation of the college or university among students and employers, the number of qualified and experienced faculty, the program costs, the relevant and accredited program offerings, the regulatory approvals, the convenient, flexible and dependable access to programs and classes,


11


the relative marketing and selling effectiveness, the time necessary to earn a degree and the level of student support services. We expect to encounter increased competition as a result of new entrants to the online education market, including traditional colleges and universities that had not previously offered online education programs.
Intellectual Property
We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, patents, trade secrets, domain names and agreements with employees and third parties to protect our intellectual property rights. We have trademark and service mark registrations and pending applications for additional registrations in the United States and select foreign jurisdictions. We also own the domain name rights for our institutions, as well as other words and phrases important to our business. In addition, we have applied for domestic and international patents for certain technology developed by us. We also have registered copyrights for exemplary business course materials. In manycertain instances, our institutions' course content is produced by faculty and other content experts under work-for-hire agreements pursuant to which we own the course content in return for a fixed development fee. In certain limited cases, course content is licensed from third parties on a royalty fee basis.
Environmental MattersGeographic Information
We believe our facilities are in material compliance with federal, state and local laws and regulations that have been enacted or adopted regulating the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Compliance with these laws and regulations has not had, and is not expected to have, a material effect on our capital expenditures, results of operations or competitive position.
Financial Information about Segments and Geographic Areas
We operate our business in one reportable segment and we have no significant foreign operations or assets located outside of the United States. For information about our revenues from external customers, measures of profits and losses, and total assets, see our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.Annual Report on Form 10-K.
10


Additional Information
We were incorporated in Delaware in May 1999 under the name TeleUniversity, Inc. andIn February 2004, we changed our name to Bridgepoint Education, Inc., and in February 2004.April 2019, we changed our name to Zovio Inc. Our website is located at www.bridgepointeducation.com.www.zovio.com. We make available free of charge on our website our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form
8-K and amendments to those reports filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The website for the SEC is located at www.sec.gov. The reference to our website is intended to be an inactive textual reference and the contents of our website are not incorporated by reference into, or in any way a part of, this report.


12

Annual Report on Form 10-K.


REGULATIONRegulation
Ashford UniversityThrough December 1, 2020, we were the owner and Universityoperator of a for-profit university and certain of the Rockiesregulatory factors set forth below are accreditedthe risks associated with that business. Upon the consummation of the Sale Transaction on December 1, 2020, we became a service provider of education services to Global Campus, our inaugural university partner. Given that our revenue from operations is currently derived primarily from our contractual relationship with Global Campus, the regulations attributable to Global Campus could materially affect us. The following section describes regulatory matters generally relating to Global Campus and to institutions of higher education that may affect us as a service provider to Global Campus.

Institutions that participate in Title IV programs are subject to an extensive regulation by a varietyset of agencies. These agencies include WSCUC, the agency that accredits Ashford University,laws and HLC, the agency that accredits University of the Rockies. Accrediting agencies provide an independent assessment of educational quality. Our institutions are also subject to regulation by educational licensing authorities in states where our institutions are physically located or conduct certain operations. We are also subject to regulation by the Department due to our participation in Title IV programs.regulations. To participate in Title IV programs, a schoolan institution must maintain authorization by the state education agency or agencies where it is physically located, be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Department and be certified by the Department as an eligible institution. Institutions that participate in Title IV programs are subject toAccrediting agencies provide an extensive setindependent assessment of laws and regulations.educational quality. The laws, regulations and standards of WSCUC, HLC,an accrediting body, the Department and state agencies affect the vast majority of our institutions'university partner operations.
Accreditation
Prior to being institutionally accredited by WSCUC in July 2013, Ashford University had been accredited by HLC since 1950. University of the Rockies has been institutionally accredited since 2003 by HLC. WSCUC and HLC are two of seven regional accrediting agencies that accredit colleges and universities in the United States. Most traditional, public and private non-profit, degree-granting colleges and universities are accredited by one of these seven agencies.
Accreditation by WSCUC and HLC is recognized by the Department and by prospective students as a reliable indicator of educational quality. Accreditation is a private, non-governmental process for evaluating the quality of an educational institution and its programs and an institution'sinstitution’s effectiveness in carrying out its mission in areas including integrity, student performance, curriculum, educational effectiveness, faculty, physical resources, administrative capability and resources, financial stability and governance. To be recognized by the Department, an accrediting agency, among other things, must adopt specific standards to be maintained by educational institutions, conduct peer-review evaluations of institutions'institution's compliance with those standards, monitor compliance through periodic institutional reporting and the periodic renewal process and publicly designate those institutions that meet the agency'sagency’s criteria. An accredited institution is subject to periodic review by its accrediting agency to determine whether it continues to meet the performance, integrity, quality and other standards required for accreditation. An institution that is determined not to meet the standards of accreditation may have its accreditation revoked or not renewed.
Accreditation is important to our institutionsan institution, as it establishes comprehensive criteria designed to promote educational quality and effectiveness. Accreditation also represents a public acknowledgment by a recognized independent agency of the quality and effectiveness of our institutions and theiran institution’s programs. It also facilitates the transferability of educational credits when students transfer to or apply for graduate school at other regionally accredited colleges and universities. The Department relies on accreditation as an indicator of educational quality and effectiveness in determining an institution'sinstitution’s eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, as do certain corporate and government sponsors in connection with tuition reimbursement and other student aid programs.
We believe that regional accreditationGlobal Campus, our university partner, is viewed favorablyregionally accredited by WASC Senior College and University Commission (“WSCUC”), educational licensing authorities in states where it is physically located or conducts certain students when choosing a school, by other schools when evaluating transfer and graduate school applications,operations, and by certain employers when evaluating the credentials of candidates for employment.
Evaluations and renewals of accreditation
In 2003, University of the Rockies was granted its initial accreditation from HLC for a period of five years. Its accreditation was then renewed by HLC in 2008 for a period of seven years. In September and October of 2014, HLC conducted a previously scheduled comprehensive evaluation visit at University of the Rockies in order for the universityDepartment due to seek reaffirmation of its accreditation by HLC. In February 2015, University of the Rockies received continuation of its accreditation by HLC for a period of ten years, with the next Reaffirmation of Accreditation in 2024-25.
In July 2013, WSCUC granted Initial Accreditation to Ashford University for five years, until July 15, 2018. As part of a continuing monitoring process, Ashford hosted a visiting team from WSCUC in a special visit in April 2015. In July 2015, Ashford received an Action Letter from WSCUC outlining the findings arising out of its team's special visit. The Action Letter stated that the WSCUC visiting team found substantial evidence that Ashford continues to make sustained progress in all six areas recommended by WSCUC in 2013. As part of its institutional review process, WSCUC will conduct a comprehensive review of Ashford, scheduled to commence with an off-site review in spring 2018, followed by an on-site review in fall 2018.


13


Licensure by California BPPE
To be eligible to participateGlobal Campus’s participation in Title IV programs, an institution must be legally authorized to offer its educational programsprograms. WSCUC is one of seven regional accrediting agencies that accredits colleges and universities in the United States. Accreditation by WSCUC is recognized by the states inDepartment and by prospective students as a reliable indicator of educational quality.
On November 12, 2020, WSCUC approved the substantive change of control application filed to complete the Sale Transaction, subject to certain conditions.
On December 1, 2020, the parties to the Purchase Agreement entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which, it is physically located. Ashfordamong other things, the University was approvedof Arizona and Global Campus waived the closing condition regarding issuance of a pre-acquisition review notice by the BPPEDepartment. Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Closing was subject to operatecustomary closing conditions for transactions in California until July 15, 2018.this sector. As a result, the university is subject to laws and regulations applicable to private, postsecondary educational institutions located in California, including reporting requirements related to graduation, employment and licensing data, certain changes of ownership and control, faculty and programs, and student refund policies. Ashford also remains subject to other state and federal student employment data reporting and disclosure requirements.
Negotiated Rulemaking and Other Executive Action
On December 16, 2016, the Department released final regulations to clarify state authorization requirements for postsecondary institutions offering distance education that participate in federal student loan programs, as required by the Higher Education Act. Among other things, the final regulations (i) require institutions offering distance education to be authorized by each state in which they enroll students, if such authorization is required by the state, (ii) require institutions to document the state process for resolving student complaints regarding distance education programs, (iii) require public and individualized disclosures to enrolled and prospective students in distance education programs, including disclosures regarding adverse actions taken against the institution, the institution’s refund policies and whether each of the institution’s programs meet applicable state licensure or certification requirements, and (iv) require institutions to explain to students the consequences of moving to a state where the school is not authorized, which could include loss of eligibility for federal student aid. The final regulations recognize authorization through participation in a state authorization reciprocity agreement, as long as the agreement does not prevent a state from enforcing its own consumer laws. The final regulations are scheduled to take effect on July 1, 2018.
Authorization by Congress of Title IV Programs
Congress must periodically reauthorize the Higher Education Act and annually determine the funding level for each Title IV program through the budget and appropriations process. In 2008, the Higher Education Act was reauthorized through September 2014 and on December 13, 2017,1, 2020, the HouseSale Transaction was consummated and Global Campus now owns and operates the University in affiliation with the University of Representatives’ Committee on Education and the Workforce passed H.R. 4508, the Promoting Real Opportunity, Success, and Prosperity through Education Reform Act (“PROSPER Act”). No date has been set for consideration by the full House on the legislation, nor has a companion Higher Education Act reauthorization bill been introduced in the U.S. Senate. The Higher Education Act's programs will continue year-to-year without explicit reauthorization as long as Congress appropriates funds for the programs. Congress may propose and pass revisions to the Higher Education Act between reauthorizations by using other legislative vehicles such as budget bills and appropriations bills, which could impact funding for student financial aid programs.Arizona.
11


Department Regulation of Title IV Programs
To be eligible to participate in Title IV programs, an institution must comply with the Higher Education Act and the regulations thereunder that are administered by the Department. Among other things, the law and regulations require that an institution (i) be licensed or authorized to offer its educational programs by the states in which it is physically located, (ii) maintain institutional accreditation by an accrediting agency recognized for such purposes by the Department and (iii) be certified to participate in Title IV programs by the Department. Our institutions' participationParticipation in Title IV programs subjects them toallows for extensive oversight and review pursuant to regulations promulgated by the Department. Those regulations are subject to revision and amendment from time to time by the Department. The Department'sDepartment’s interpretation of its regulations likewise is subject to change. As a result, it is difficult to predict how Title IV program requirements will be applied in all circumstances.
An institution must periodically seek recertification from the Department to continue to participate in Title IV programs and may, in certain circumstances, be subject to review by the Department prior to seeking recertification. The University of the Rockies is certified until March 21, 2019 and is required to submit its reapplication for continued certification by December 31, 2018. On October 20, 2017, Ashford University received an updated Program Participation Agreement from the Department. Based on the updated Program Participation Agreement, Ashford University is provisionally certified to participate in Federal Student Financial Aid Programs until December 31, 2018. Ashford University was previously eligible to participate on a month-to-month basis while its reapplication for certification was pending with the Department. As a result of the updated Program Participation Agreement, Ashford University’s previously pending educational programs have been approved and Ashford University is required to submit its reapplication for continued certification by September 30, 2018. During the time when an institution is provisionally certified, it may be subject to adverse action with fewer due process rights than those afforded to other institutions, and it must apply for and receive approval from the Department for any substantial change including but not limited to the establishment of an additional location, an increase in the level of academic offerings, or the addition of certain programs.

Borrower Defense to Repayment

14


The 90/10 rule
Under the Higher Education Act, a proprietary institution loses eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if the institution derives more than 90% of its revenues from Title IV program funds for two consecutive fiscal years, as calculated in accordance with Department regulations. This rule is commonly referred to as the “90/10 rule.” Any institution that violates the 90/10 rule for two consecutive fiscal years becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV programs for at least two fiscal years. In addition, an institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any single fiscal year is placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures. In SeptemberOn October 28, 2016, the Department issued new audit standards, for financial statement audits of proprietary institutions for fiscal years ending June 30, 2017 or later, which include a requirement that institutions must determine Title IV and non-Title IV revenue on a student by student basis. On the basis of this calculation, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, Ashford University derived 80.8%, and University of the Rockies derived 86.1%, of their respective cash revenues from Title IV program funds. As previously reported, for fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, Ashford University derived 81.2% and 80.9%, respectively, and University of the Rockies derived 86.5% and 86.6%, respectively, of their respective cash revenues from Title IV program funds.
Revenue derived from government tuition assistance for military personnel, including veterans, is not considered federal student aid for purposes of calculations under the 90/10 rule, and accordingly helps our institutions satisfy the 90/10 rule. As of December 31, 2017, approximately 25.8% of our institutions' students were affiliated with the military, some of whom are eligiblehad published borrower defense to receive government tuition assistance that may be usedrepayment regulations to pursue postsecondary degrees. For the year ended December 31, 2017, this represented approximately 15% of revenues as calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”).
Cohort default rate
For each federal fiscal year, the Department calculates a rate of student defaults over a three-year measuring period for each educational institution, which is known as a “cohort default rate.” An institution may lose eligibility to participate in the Direct Loan Program and the Federal Pell Grant Program if, for each of the three most recent federal fiscal years, 30% or more of its students who became subject to a repayment obligation in that federal fiscal year defaulted on such obligation by the end of the following federal fiscal year.
The most recent official three-year cohort default rates for Ashford University for the 2014, 2013 and 2012 federal fiscal years were 14.9%, 14.5% and 15.3%, respectively. The most recent official three-year cohort default rates for University of the Rockies for the 2014, 2013 and 2012 federal fiscal years were 5.5%, 3.8% and 4.3%, respectively.
Financial responsibility
The Higher Education Act and Department regulations establish standards of financial responsibility that an institution must satisfy in order to participate in Title IV programs. The Department evaluates compliance with these standards annually upon receipt of an institution's annual audited financial statements and also when an institution applies to the Department to reestablish its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs following a change in ownership. One financial responsibility standard is based on the institution's composite score, which is derived from a formula established by the Department. The composite score is a number between negative 1.0 and positive 3.0. It must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further Department financial oversight. In addition to having an acceptable composite score, an institution must, among other things, meet all of its financial obligations (including required refunds to students and any Title IV liabilities and debts), be current in its debt payments and not receive an adverse, qualified or disclaimed opinion by its accountants in its audited financial statements.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, the consolidated composite score calculated was 2.0, satisfying the composite score requirement of the Department's financial responsibility test. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we expect the consolidated composite score to be 2.5. However, the consolidated calculation is subject to determination by the Department once it receives and reviews our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2017, the composite score at each of our institutions is higher than the consolidated score.
Substantial misrepresentation
The Higher Education Act prohibits an institution participating in Title IV programs from engaging in substantial misrepresentation regarding the nature of its educational programs, its financial charges or the employability of its graduates. Under the Department's rules, a “misrepresentation” is any false, erroneous or misleading statement an institution, one of its representatives or any ineligible institution, organization or person with whom the institution has an agreement to provide educational programs or marketing, advertising, recruiting or admissions services makes directly or indirectly to a student, prospective student or any member of the public, or to an accrediting agency, a state agency or the Department. The


15


Department's rules define a “substantial misrepresentation” as any misrepresentation on which the person to whom it was made could reasonably be expected to rely, or has reasonably relied, to that person's detriment. For-profit educational institutions are also subject to the general deceptive practices jurisdiction of the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”).
On December 10, 2015, Ashford University received a request for information from the Multi-Regional and Foreign School Participation Division of the Department’s Office of Federal Student Aid (“FSA”) for (i) advertising and marketing materials provided to prospective students regarding the transferability of certain credit, (ii) documents produced in response to the CFPB's August 10, 2015 Civil Investigative Demand related to the CFPB's investigation to determine whether for-profit postsecondary education companies or other unnamed persons have engaged in or are engaging in unlawful acts or practices related to the advertising, marketing or origination of private student loans, (iii) certain documents produced in response to subpoenas and interrogatories issued by the Attorney General of the State of California and (iv) records created between 2009 and 2012 related to the disbursement of certain Title IV funds. The FSA is reviewing representations made by Ashford University to potential and enrolled students, and has asked us and Ashford to assist in its assessment of Ashford's compliance with the prohibition on substantial misrepresentations. We, together with Ashford, intend to provide the FSA with our full cooperation with a view toward demonstrating the compliant nature of our practices.
The Department is currently conducting a program review to assess Ashford University's administration of the Title IV programs in which it participates. For additional information regarding the program review, see “— Compliance reviews, audits and reports — Department of Education Open Program Review of Ashford University” below.
Return of Title IV funds for students who withdraw
If a student who has received Title IV funds withdraws, the institution must determine the amount of Title IV program funds the student has earned pursuant to applicable regulations. If the student withdraws during the first 60% of any payment period (which, for our undergraduate online students, is typically a 20-week term consisting of four five-week courses), the amount of Title IV funds that the student has earned is equal to a pro rata portion of the funds the student received or for which the student would otherwise be eligible for the payment period. If the student withdraws after the 60% threshold, then the student is deemed to have earned 100% of the Title IV funds received. If the student has not earned all of the Title IV funds disbursed, the institution must return the unearned funds to the appropriate lender or the Department in a timely manner, which is generally no later than 45 days after the date the institution determined that the student withdrew. If an institution's annual financial aid compliance audit in either of its two most recently completed fiscal years determines that 5% or more of such returns were not timely made, the institution may be required to submit a letter of credit in favor of the Department equal to 25% of the amount of unearned Title IV funds the institution was required to return for its most recently completed fiscal year. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, our institutions did not exceed the 5% threshold for late refunds sampled.
Gainful employment
In October 2014, the Department published gainful employment regulations impacting programs required to prepare graduates for gainful employment in a recognized occupation. Almost all academic programs offered by Title IV-participating private sector institutions of higher education must prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation. The gainful employment regulations became effective July 1, 2015, with certain institutional disclosure requirements which became effective early 2017. The gainful employment regulations have a framework with three components:
Certification: Institutions must certify that each of their gainful employment programs meet state and federal licensure, certification and accreditation requirements.
Accountability Measures: To maintain Title IV eligibility, gainful employment programs will be required to meet minimum standards for the debt burden versus the earnings of their graduates.
Pass: Programs whose graduates have annual loan payments less than 8% of total earnings or less than 20% of discretionary earnings.
Zone: Programs whose graduates have annual loan payments between 8% and 12% of total earnings or between 20% and 30% of discretionary earnings.
Fail: Programs whose graduates have annual loan payments greater than 12% of total earnings and greater than 30% of discretionary earnings.
Programs that fail in two out of any three consecutive years or are in the Zone for four consecutive years will be disqualified from participation in the Title IV programs.


16


Transparency: Institutions will be required to make public disclosures regarding the performance and outcomes of their gainful employment programs. The disclosures will include information such as costs, earnings, debt and completion rates.
The accountability measures will typically weigh a calculated debt burden from graduates who completed their studies three and four years prior to the measuring academic year and earnings from the most recent calendar year prior to the conclusion of the measuring academic year. Thus for the 2014-2015 academic year, the two-year cohort will include graduates from the 2010-2011 and 2011-2012 academic years and earnings for those graduates from calendar year 2014.
On October 20, 2016, we received draft debt-to-earnings rates and certain underlying data from the Department for the first gainful employment measurement year. On January 8, 2017, we received our institutions’ final debt-to-earnings rates for the first gainful employment measurement year. Based on the final rates, none of our programs were determined to fail. Two of our current programs, including the Associate of Arts in Early Childhood Education and the Bachelor of Arts in Early Childhood Education/Administration, were determined to be in the zone. At December 31, 2017, approximately 3% of our institutions' students were enrolled in the Associate of Arts in Early Childhood Education and approximately 8% of our institutions' students were enrolled in the Bachelor of Arts in Early Childhood Education/Administration. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we derived revenue of approximately $15.3 million from the Associate of Arts in Early Childhood Education and approximately $44.2 million from the Bachelor of Arts in Early Childhood Education/Administration.
The fact that none of our programs were determined to fail and only two of our current programs were determined to be in the zone is significant given the framework discussed above, as a program would be disqualified from participation in Title IV programs only if it were to fail for two out of three consecutive years, or either fail or be in the zone for three out of four consecutive years. The gainful employment regulations contemplate a transition period in the first several years to afford institutions the opportunity to make changes to their programs and retain Title IV eligibility.
On June 15, 2017, the Department announced its intention to conduct additional negotiated rulemaking on certain issues related to gainful employment. On June 30, 2017, the Department also granted institutions until July 1, 2018 to comply with disclosure provisions related to promotional materials and prospective students, and extended the deadline for all programs to file alternate earnings appeals to a soon to be announced date. The Department did not change a July 1, 2017 deadline requiring institutions to provide a completed disclosure template, or a link thereto, on gainful employment program web pages and our schools have complied with this requirement.
We continue to review the information provided by the Department to understand the potential impact of the gainful employment regulations on our programs. We will also continue to evaluate options related to new programs or adjustments to current programs that could help mitigate the potential adverse consequences of the regulations. We will also continue to monitor changes to the existing regulations that may arise as a result of negotiated rulemaking.
Defense to repayment
On June 18, 2015, the Department announced processes that will be established to assist students who may have been the victims of fraud in gaining relief under the “defense to repayment”certain provisions of the Direct Loan Program regulations. TheThese defense to repayment provisions currently in effectregulations allow a studentborrower to assert as a defense to repayment on the basis of a substantial misrepresentation, any other misrepresentation in cases where certain other factors are present, a breach of contract or a favorable nondefault contested judgment against repaymenta school for its act or omission relating to the making of federal direct loans any commission of fraud or other violation of applicable state law by the school related to such loansborrower’s loan or the provision of educational services for which the loans wereloan was provided. In addition, the financial responsibility standards contained in the new regulations establish the conditions or events that trigger the requirement for an institution to provide the Department with financial protection in the form of a letter of credit or other security against potential institutional liabilities. Triggering conditions or events include, among others, certain state, federal or accrediting agency actions or investigations, and in the case of publicly traded companies, receipt of certain warnings from the SEC or the applicable stock exchange, or the failure to timely file a required annual or quarterly report with the SEC. The new regulations also prohibit schools from requiring that students agree to settle future disputes through arbitration.
On June 14, 2017,March 15, 2019, the Department announced a postponementissued guidance for the implementation of parts of the defenseregulations. The guidance covers an institution’s responsibility in regard to reporting mandatory and discretionary triggers as part of the financial responsibility standards, class action bans and pre-dispute arbitration agreements, submission of arbitral and judicial records, and repayment regulations and its intention to resubmitrates.
On August 30, 2019, the Department finalized the regulations throughderived from the negotiated rulemaking process. The Department announced an additional postponement on October 24, 2017. On February 14, 2018, the Department announced they are postponing the effective date of this rule until July 1, 2019 so they can complete the2017-2018 negotiated rulemaking process and developsubsequent public comments. This version of the new regulations. While rulemaking occurs,borrower defense regulations applies to all federal student loans made on or after July 1, 2020, and, among other things: grants borrowers the right to assert borrower defense to repayment claims against institutions, regardless of whether the loan is in default or in collection proceedings; allows borrowers to file defense to repayment claims three years from either the student’s date of graduation or withdrawal from the institution; and gives students the ability to allege a specific amount of financial harm and to obtain relief in an amount determined by the Department, will continuewhich may be greater or lesser than their original claim amount. The regulations also include financial triggers and other factors for recalculating an institution’s financial responsibility composite score that differ from those in the 2016 regulations.
On March 18, 2021, the Department announced it would adopt a streamlined approach for granting full debt relief to process claims underborrowers reversing the currentmethodology first announced in December 2019 that allowed for partial student loan cancellation for borrowers. The Department determined that the previous methodology did not result in an appropriate relief determination.
In July 2020, the Department notified the Company that they would be initiating a preliminary review of borrower defense rules. We will continue to monitor changesapplications from borrowers who made claims regarding the University. As part of the initial fact-finding process, the Department sent individual student claims to the existing regulations that may arise asUniversity and allowed the institution to submit a resultresponse to the individual borrower’s claim. In 2020, the Company received and timely responded to the submitted claims. The Company has responded to each individual student claim received and cannot predict the outcome of negotiated rulemaking.the Department's review at this time.
Potential sanctions for noncompliance with Title IV regulations
The Department can impose sanctions for violating the statutory and regulatory requirements of Title IV programs, including:
12


transferring an institution from the advance method or the heightened cash monitoring level one method of Title IV payment, each of which permit the institution to receive Title IV funds before or concurrently with disbursing them to students, to the heightened cash monitoring level two method of payment or to the reimbursement method of


17


payment, each of which delay an institution'sinstitution’s receipt of Title IV funds until student eligibility has been verified by the Department;
imposing a monetary liability against an institution in an amount equal to any funds determined to have been improperly disbursed or not to have been properly returned upon student withdrawal;
requiring an institution to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department as a condition for continued Title IV eligibility;
initiating proceedings to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate an institution'sinstitution’s participation in Title IV programs;
referring a matter for possible civil or criminal investigation;
failing to grant an institution'sinstitution’s application for renewal of its certification, or revocation of an institution'sinstitution’s provisional certification, to participate in Title IV programs, or imposing conditions on its participation in Title IV programs; or
taking emergency action to suspend an institution'sinstitution’s participation in Title IV programs without prior notice or a prior opportunity for a hearing.
Compliance reviews, audits and reports
Our institutions are subject to reviews in connection with periodic renewals of certification to participate in Title IV programs, as well as announced and unannounced compliance reviews and audits by various external agencies, including the Department and the Office of Inspector General (“OIG”). The Department periodically reviews institutions participating in Title IV programs for compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The OIG is responsible for promoting the efficiency, effectiveness and integrity of the Department's programs and operations, including through the performance of general audits of institutions' administration of federal funds and investigations of fraud, abuse or other wrongdoing by institutions.
State licensing agencies, the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and accrediting bodies may also conduct audits and reviews of a similar fashion. In addition, as part of the Department's ongoing monitoring of institutions' administration of Title IV programs, the Higher Education Act requires institutions to submit to the Department an annual Title IV compliance audit conducted by an independent certified public accounting firm. Each institution must also annually submit audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and Department regulations to enable the Department to make a determination of an institution's financial responsibility.
Department of Education Open Program Review of Ashford University
On July 7, 2016, Ashford University was notified by the Department that an off-site program review had been scheduled to assess Ashford’s administration of the Title IV programs in which it participates. The program review commenced on July 25, 2016 and covered students identified in the 2009-2012 calendar year data previously provided by Ashford University to the Department in response to a request for information received from the Multi-Regional and Foreign School Participation Division of the Department’s Office of Federal Student Aid (the “FSA”) on December 10, 2015, but may be expanded if appropriate.
On December 9, 2016, the Department informed Ashford that it intended to continue the program review on-site at Ashford. The on-site program review commenced on January 23, 2017 and initially covers the 2015-2016 and 2016-2017 award years, but may be expanded if appropriate. To date, we have not received a draft report or any notice of deficiencies from the Department.
GI Bill Benefits
On May 20, 2016, the Company received a letter from the Iowa Department of Education (the “Iowa DOE”) indicating that, as a result of the planned closure of Ashford University’s residential campus in Clinton, Iowa, the Iowa State Approving Agency (the “ISAA”) would no longer continue to approve Ashford’s programs for GI Bill benefits after June 30, 2016, and recommending Ashford seek approval through the State Approving Agency of jurisdiction for any location that meets the definition of a “main campus” or “branch campus.” Ashford University began the process of applying for approval through the State Approving Agency in California (“CSAAVE”), and the Company subsequently disclosed that on June 20, 2016 it received a second letter from the Iowa DOE indicating that the Iowa DOE had issued a stay of the ISAA’s withdrawal of approval of Ashford’s programs for GI Bill benefits effective immediately until the earlier of (i) 90 days from June 20, 2016 or (ii) the date on which CSAAVE completed its review and issued a decision regarding the approval of Ashford in California. Ashford received communication from CSAAVE indicating that additional information and documentation would be required before Ashford’s application could be considered for CSAAVE approval. Ashford subsequently withdrew the CSAAVE application and continued working with the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”), the Iowa DOE and the ISAA to obtain continued


18


approval of Ashford’s programs for GI Bill benefits and to prevent any disruption of educational benefits to Ashford’s veteran students.
On September 15, 2016, in response to a Petition for Declaratory and Injunctive Relief (the “Petition”) filed by Ashford University, the Iowa District Court for Polk County entered a written order (the “Order”) staying the Iowa DOE’s announced intention to withdraw the approval of Ashford as a GI Bill eligible institution until the entry of a final and appealable order and judgment in the action. On June 23, 2017, the Iowa District Court held a hearing on Ashford’s Petition and on July 17, 2017, the Court ruled in favor of the Iowa DOE and denied the petition. Ashford filed a motion for reconsideration of this ruling, which was denied on August 17, 2017. On August 23, 2017, Ashford filed a Petition to Vacate or Modify the Iowa District Court’s July 17, 2017 ruling, based on material evidence, newly discovered, which could not with reasonable diligence have been previously discovered by Ashford (the “Petition to Vacate”). The Petition to Vacate is pending. On September 18, 2017, Ashford posted an appeal bond, which stays this matter pending resolution of Ashford’s appeal, and as a result, Ashford’s approval was not withdrawn, and Ashford’s programs remain approved for GI Bill purposes. The Assistant Attorney General handling this matter on behalf of the Iowa DOE also advised Ashford that the Iowa DOE would take no action pending the post-ruling motions and appeal. On October 12, 2017, the Iowa District Court judge that issued the July 17, 2017 ruling filed a Disclosure Statement revealing family ties to the Iowa Attorney General’s Office, and following a motion by Ashford for recusal, the judge recused herself from further proceedings concerning the Petition to Vacate on October 20, 2017. On October 24, 2017, Ashford moved to vacate the July 17, 2017 ruling and all other material orders entered by the judge, or in the alternative, for a limited remand of this matter. This motion was granted, in part, and the case was remanded back to the District Court for further consideration.
On July 6, 2017, Ashford University received approval from the Arizona State Approving Agency to provide GI Bill benefits to its students. On September 13, 2017, the VA accepted the Arizona State Approving Agency’s approval, subject to Ashford's continued compliance with the approval requirements, and the University subsequently received a facility code from the VA. However, on November 9, 2017, the VA informed Ashford University that the Arizona State Approving Agency had not provided sufficient evidence to establish that it has jurisdictional authority over Ashford’s online programs. As a result, the VA stated that it would suspend payment of educational assistance and approval of new enrollments and reenrollments for Ashford University’s online programs in 60 days unless corrective action was taken.
On November 17, 2017, Ashford filed a petition in Federal Court challenging the VA’s rejection of the Arizona State Approving Agency’s approval of Ashford. In response to that petition, the VA agreed to stay the actions with respect to suspension and reenrollment it had announced on November 9, 2017 through the entry of judgment in the Federal Circuit case, on the condition that Ashford request and submit an application for approval to CSAAVE on or before January 8, 2018. Ashford University submitted an application to CSAAVE for approval on January 5, 2018. The VA has made assurances to Ashford’s veteran students that as long as Ashford pursues this application in good faith, it will continue to pay benefits, even as Ashford and the VA remain in discussions over Ashford’s current approval in Arizona. For additional information, see “Part II, Item 9B - Other information.”
Adding teaching locations and implementing new educational programs
The requirements and standards of accrediting agencies, state education agencies and the Department limit our institutions' ability in certain instances to establish additional teaching locations or implement new educational programs. WSCUC, HLC and state education agencies that may authorize or accredit our institutions or their programs generally require institutions to notify them in advance of adding certain new locations or implementing certain new programs, and may undertake a review of the quality of the facility or the program and the financial, academic and other qualifications of the institution. In addition, if an institution participating in Title IV programs plans to add a new location or educational program, the institution must apply under certain circumstances to the Department to have the new location or educational program designated as within the scope of the institution's Title IV eligibility.
On October 20, 2017, Ashford University received an updated Program Participation Agreement from the Department. Based on the updated Program Participation Agreement, Ashford University is provisionally certified to participate in Federal Student Financial Aid Programs until December 31, 2018. Ashford University was previously eligible to participate on a month-to-month basis while its reapplication for certification was pending with the Department. As a result of the updated Program Participation Agreement, Ashford University’s previously pending educational programs have been approved and Ashford University is required to submit its reapplication for continued certification by September 30, 2018. During the time when an institution is provisionally certified, it must apply for and receive approval from the Department for any substantial change, including but not limited to the establishment of an additional location, an increase in the level of academic offerings or the addition of certain programs.


19


Change in ownership resulting in a change of control
The Department and most state and accrediting agencies require institutions of higher education to report or obtain approval of certain changes of control and changes in other aspects of institutional organization or operations. Transactions or events that constitute a change of control may include significant acquisitions or dispositions of an institution's common stock and significant changes in the composition of an institution's governing board. The types of thresholds for such reporting and approval vary among the states and among accrediting agencies. The Department regulations provide that a change of control occurs for a publicly traded corporation if either (i) a person acquires such ownership and control of the corporation so that the corporation is required to file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC disclosing a change of control or (ii) the corporation's largest stockholder who owns at least 25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the corporation, ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the largest stockholder owning at least 25% of the total stock. A significant purchase or disposition of our voting stock, could be determined by the Department to be a change of control under this standard. In such event, the regulatory procedures applicable to a change in ownership and control would have to be followed in connection with the transaction. Similarly, if such a disposition were deemed a change of control by the applicable accreditor or state educational licensing agency, any required regulatory notifications and approvals would have to be made or obtained.
On January 22, 2018, HLC notified the University of the Rockies that the sale by Warburg Pincus of all of its remaining shares in the Company constituted a change of control under HLC policy.  As a result, the University of the Rockies must undergo a change of control review, which involves the submission of an application, a subsequent fact finding visit, and review by a peer review team and HLC staff.  The University of the Rockies application is currently due on or before March 2, 2018.
Privacy of student records
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (“FERPA”) and the Department'sDepartment’s FERPA regulations require educational institutions to, among other things, protect the privacy of students'students’ educational records by limiting an institution'sinstitution’s disclosure of a student'sstudent’s personally identifiable information without the student'sstudent’s prior written consent. If an institution fails to comply with FERPA, the Department may require the institution to take corrective action or may terminate the institution'sinstitution’s receipt of federal funds. Educational institutions are also obligated to safeguard student information pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”), which requires an institution to, among other things, develop and maintain a comprehensive written information security program designed to protect against the unauthorized disclosure of personally identifiable financial information of students, parents or other individuals with whom such institution has a customer relationship. If an institution fails to comply with the applicable GLBA requirements, it may be required to take corrective action, be subject to monitoring and oversight by the FTC,Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), and be subject to fines or penalties imposed by the FTC.
State authorization
13
To be eligible to participate in Title IV programs, an institution must be legally authorized to offer its educational programs by the states in which it is physically located. An institution is considered to be legally authorized by a state if, among other things, it meets one of the following sets of requirements:
the state establishes the institution by name as an educational institution through a charter, statute, constitutional provision or other action issued by an appropriate state agency or state entity and is authorized to operate educational programs beyond secondary education, including programs leading to a degree or certificate; the institution complies with any applicable state approval or licensure requirements, except that the state may exempt the institution from any state approval or licensure requirement based on the institution's accreditation by one or more accrediting agencies recognized by the Department or based upon the institution being in operation for at least 20 years; and the state has a process to review and appropriately act on complaints concerning the institution including the enforcement of state laws;
the institution is established by the state on the basis of an authorization to conduct business in the state or to operate as a nonprofit charitable organization; the institution, by name, is approved or licensed by the state to offer programs beyond secondary education, including programs leading to a degree or certificate; and the institution is not exempt from the state's approval or licensure requirements based on accreditation, years in operation, or other comparable exemption; and the state has a process to review and appropriately act on complaints concerning the institution including the enforcement of state laws; or
the institution is exempt from state authorization as a religious institution under the state constitution or by state law, and the state has a process to review and appropriately act on complaints concerning the institution and to enforce applicable state laws.


20



The Department has stated that it will not publish a list of states that meet, or fail to meet, the above requirements, and it is unclear how the Department will interpret these requirements in each state.
The regulations also provide that if an institution is offering postsecondary education through distance or correspondence education to students in a state in which it is not physically located or in which it is otherwise subject to state jurisdiction as determined by the state, the institution must meet any state requirements in order to legally offer postsecondary distance or correspondence education to students in that state. Additionally, upon request by the Department, an institution must be able to document that it has the applicable state approval. For additional information, see “— State Education Licensure and Regulation” below.
State Education Licensure and Regulation
California, Arizona, Iowa and Colorado
The Higher Education Act requires Ashford University and University of the Rockies to be legally authorized in the states in which they are physically located in order to participate in Title IV programs, and Department regulations impose Title IV program requirements for an institution to be considered legally authorized by a state.
Ashford University has designated its San Diego, California facilities as its main campus for Title IV purposes and has been approved by the BPPE to operate in California until July 15, 2018. For additional information, see “Regulation — Licensure by California BPPE” above. Ashford University also has physical locations in Arizona and Iowa. Ashford is registered as a postsecondary school in the State of Iowa by the Iowa College Student Aid Commission (“ICSAC”). Ashford University timely submitted to ICSAC an application to renew registration on November 15, 2017. Ashford University remains authorized in the state of Iowa by ICSAC while the renewal application is pending review and approval. To maintain its Iowa registration, Ashford must comply with applicable requirements under Iowa statutes and rules. Ashford University submitted an Original Application for a Regular Degree-Granting License to the Arizona State Board for Private Postsecondary Education (“State Board”) on June 9, 2017. On June 22, 2017, the Arizona State Board issued Ashford a license to operate an Online Administrative and Student Services Center, valid until June 30, 2018.
University of the Rockies is located in the State of Colorado and is authorized to operate by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education. To maintain its Colorado authorization, the university must comply with applicable requirements under Colorado statutes and rules.
Additional state regulation
Most state education agencies impose regulatory requirements on educational institutions operating within their boundaries. Several states have sought to assert jurisdiction over out-of-state educational institutions offering online programs that have no physical location or other presence in the state but have some activity in the state, such as enrolling or offering educational services to students who reside in the state, employing faculty who reside in the state or advertising to or recruiting prospective students in the state. In addition to California, Arizona, Iowa and Colorado, we have determined that our activities in certain states constitute a presence requiring licensure or authorization under the requirements of the applicable state education agency, and we have obtained state education agency approvals in certain states as determined necessary in connection with our marketing and recruiting activities. We review state licensure requirements on a regular basis to determine whether our activities in those states constitute a presence or otherwise require licensure or authorization. Because we enroll students throughout the United States, we may have to seek licensure or authorization in additional states in the future.
The Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012
During 2017, Santander Asset Management Investment Holdings Limited (“SAMIH”) engaged in certain activities that are subject to disclosure pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 and Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act. These activities are disclosed in Exhibit 99.1 to this annual report. During the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2017, affiliates of Warburg Pincus, LLC (i) beneficially owned more than 10% of our common stock and (ii) beneficially own more than 10% of the equity interests of and have the right to designate members of the board of directors of SAMIH. We will be required to separately file with the SEC, concurrently with this annual report, a notice that such activities have been disclosed in this annual report, which notice must also contain the information required by Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act.


21


Item 1A. Risk Factors.Factors
Investing in our common stock involves risk. Before making an investment in our common stock, you should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below, as well as the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our annual consolidated financial statements and the information set forth in Part I, Item 1, “Business” and Part II, Item 7, “Management's“Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The risks described below are those which we believe are the material risks we face.
Upon the consummation of the Sale Transaction on December 1, 2020 (as discussed in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”), we became a service provider of education services to Global Campus, our inaugural university client. Accordingly, we have set forth below additional material risks to reflect those factors now applicable to our new business operations. Given that our revenue from operations is currently derived primarily from our contractual relationship with Global Campus, the risk factors include risks attributable to Global Campus operating as a non-profit university, which could materially affect our business. Through December 1, 2020, we were the owner of a for-profit university and certain of the risk factors set forth below are the risks associated with that business.
Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may impact our business operations. Any of the risks described below could materially adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In these circumstances, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to the Sale Transaction and Change in the Structure of Our Operations
The Sale Transaction with the University of Arizona and Global Campus, is subject to certain terms and conditions that if not achieved, could disrupt our business.
In connection with the closing of the Sale Transaction, the Company and Global Campus entered into a long-term Services Agreement pursuant to which the Company will provide recruiting, financial aid, counseling, institutional support, information technology, and academic support services to Global Campus. The Services Agreement has an initial term through June 30, 2036, subject to renewal options, although Global Campus has the right to terminate the Services Agreement after its fiscal year ending June 30, 2028 subject to the payment of a termination fee equal to one-hundred (100%) of the services fees paid to the Company in the trailing twelve (12) month period (payable half in cash and half in an unsecured note).
In return for providing services under the Services Agreement, Global Campus, after covering its direct costs of operations (which may not be increased by more than 2% per year), will pay to the Company services fees equal to the Company’s direct costs to provide the services plus an additional amount equal to 19.5% of Global Campus’s tuition and fees revenue. If, following its fiscal year ending June 30, 2028, Global Campus’s tuition and fees revenue is $440.0 million or less, then the Company’s revenue share percentage is subject to decrease on a sliding scale to between 18.1% and 15.5%, subject to increase back up to 19.5% if, in any subsequent fiscal year, Global Campus’s tuition and fees revenue again exceeds $440.0 million. In addition, the parties to the Services Agreement have agreed on certain minimum profit levels to be achieved by Global Campus after payment of the Company’s services fees of $0 for the period ending June 30, 2021, $0 for Global Campus’ fiscal year ending June 30, 2022, $12.5 million for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2023, $25.0 million for the fiscal years ending June 30, 2024, 2025 and 2026, and $10.0 million for each fiscal year thereafter through the remainder of the initial term; subject to certain limitations, the Company is required to adjust its fees in any year to the extent necessary for Global Campus to achieve such minimum levels. In addition, in accordance with the conditions of the WSCUC approval, the Services Agreement incorporates identified key performance indicators, all as mutually agreed upon the parties.
On an annual basis, immaterial cash penalties could arise from not meeting individual key performance indicators. However, breaches of these key performance indicators over a multi-year period could have a material impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Following the Sale Transaction, we are subject to various risks and uncertainties arising out of the changes in the structure of our operations, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business and operations, and our stock price.
Following the Sale Transaction, various aspects of our operations have changed in important ways. We are no longer the owner and operator of a regulated institution of higher education, but we are now an education technology service provider. While the services we provide were part of our business prior to the Sale Transaction, we have no experience operating solely as an education technology service provider to third parties.
14


Initially, substantially all of our revenue is derived pursuant to the Services Agreement. Accordingly, Global Campus’ ability to increase its enrollment and tuition and fee revenue, and our ability to continue to perform the services necessary to enable Global Campus to achieve such goals, will be critical to the success of our services business.
If we are unable to successfully re-focus our business to providing education technology services to third-party education providers, or if the Services Agreement fails to achieve the anticipated levels of performance, then our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as our stock price, could be materially and adversely affected.
If the University is found to have violated any regulatory requirement while we owned and operated it, we remain responsible for any liabilities arising from such violation, either directly or because of our obligation to indemnify Global Campus, and the payment of any such damages or fines could materially and adversely affect our business and operations, and our stock price.
Following the Sale Transaction, we retained all liabilities associated with the University during the time we owned and operated it and agreed to indemnify Global Campus for such matters if the University is found liable for violations during such period, including regulatory non-compliance. Should violations be determined, we may be required to either pay such liabilities directly or indemnify Global Campus. Such payments could be substantial and could adversely affect us.
If the Department does not recertify Global Campus to continue participating in the Title IV programs, Global Campus' students would lose their access to Title IV program funds, or there could be significant limitations as a condition of Global Campus' continued participation in the Title IV programs, and as a service provider, our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as our stock price, could be materially and adversely affected.
Institutions are required to seek recertification from the Department on a regular basis in order to continue their participation in Title IV programs. An institution must also apply for recertification by the Department if it undergoes a change in control, as defined by the Department regulations, and may be subject to similar review if it expands its operations or educational programs in certain ways. There can be no assurance that the Department will recertify Global Campus or that the Department will not impose conditions or other restrictions as a condition of granting Global Campus a provisional certification. If the Department does not renew, or withdraws, the certification of Global Campus to participate in the Title IV programs at any time, students would no longer be able to receive Title IV program funds. Similarly, the Department could renew Global Campus’ certification, but restrict or delay its students’ receipt of Title IV funds, limit the students to whom Global Campus could disburse funds, decline to approve Global Campus as a nonprofit institution for Title IV purposes, or place other restrictions on Global Campus.
Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on us. We no longer own or operate the University, and we no longer participate in the Title IV programs as an institution. However, we face the risks discussed above in connection with providing services as a third-party education technology services provider, including adverse effects on our business and operations from a reduction or loss in our revenues under the Services Agreement.
If we are determined to have paid improper incentive compensation to our covered employees, or tuition sharing arrangements are deemed to violate the incentive compensation regulations, our business will be impaired.
An institution that participates in the Title IV programs may not provide any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid to any person or entity engaged in student recruitment, admissions, or financial aid awarding activity. Current regulations provide that higher education institutions agree that it will not provide any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based in any part, directly or indirectly, upon success in securing enrollments or the award of financial aid, to any person or entity who is engaged in student recruitment or admission activity, or in making decisions regarding the award of Title IV, HEA program funds. Pursuant to this regulation, we are prohibited from offering our covered employees, which are those employees involved with or responsible for recruiting or admissions activities, any bonus or incentive-based compensation based on the successful recruitment, admission or enrollment of students into a postsecondary institution. We are also precluded from offering our covered employees that work on financial aid matters (if any), any bonus or incentive-based compensation based on the award of financial aid to students enrolled in a postsecondary institution.
15


Risks Related to the Extensive Regulation of Our Business and University Partners
If our institutions failcurrent or any future university partner fails to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, they could face monetary liabilities or penalties, operational restrictions, or loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs from which we derive most of our revenue.
To participate in Title IV programs, an institution must be (i) legally authorized to operate in the state in which it is physically located, (ii) accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Department as a reliable indicator of educational quality and (iii) certified as an eligible institution by the Department. As a result, we are subject to extensive regulation by the Department, WSCUC, and HLC (our institutions' accrediting agencies), and state education agencies. These regulatory requirements cover many aspects of our operations. They also restrict our ability to acquire or open new schools, add new educational programs, expand existing educational programs, change our corporate structure or ownership, and make other substantive changes to our business. Given that the Department, WSCUC HLC and state education agencies periodically revise their requirements and modify their interpretations of existing requirements, we cannot reliably predict how these regulatory requirements will be applied or whether we will be able to comply with all of the requirements. If one of our institutionscurrent or any future university partner fails to comply with these regulatory requirements, the Department could impose sanctions on that institution, including monetary liabilities or penalties, operational restrictions, or loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs from which we derive most of our revenue. For additional information, see “Regulation — Department Regulation of Title IV Programs — Potential sanctions for noncompliance with Title IV regulations” in Part I, Item 1, “Business.” If our institutionscurrent or future university partners were to lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs or were to have such participation substantially curtailed, enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.
Our institutionsAn institution must periodically seek recertification to participate in Title IV programs and may, in certain circumstances, be subject to review or other action by the Department in connection with such recertification.
An institution must periodically seek recertification from the Department to continue to participate in Title IV programs and may, in certain circumstances, be subject to review or other action by the Department in connection with such recertification. The University of the Rockies is certified until March 21, 2019 and is required to submit its reapplication for continued certification by December 31, 2018. Ashford University is provisionally certified by the Department until December 31, 2018 and is required to submit its reapplication for continued certification by September 30, 2018. The Department may review an institution'sinstitution’s continued certification to participate in Title IV programs in the event of a change of control and may take emergency action to suspend an institution'sinstitution’s certification without advance notice if it determines the institution is violating Title IV requirements and immediate action is necessary to prevent misuse of Title IV funds. If the Department revokes or does not renew our institutions'the certifications to participate in Title IV programs, our institutions'university partner’s students would no longer be able to receive Title IV funds, which would have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Ashford University is provisionally certified by the Department, which may make it more vulnerable to unfavorable Department action and place additional regulatory burdens on its operations.
Ashford University is currently provisionally certified by the Department until December 31, 2018 and is required to submit its reapplication for continued certification by September 30, 2018. The Department typically places an institution on provisional certification following a change in ownership resulting in a changefailure of control, and may provisionally certify an institution for other reasons including, but not limited to, failure to comply with certain standards of administrative capabilityour current or financial responsibility. During the time when an institution is provisionally certified, it may be subject to adverse action with fewer due process rights than those afforded to other institutions. For example, Ashford's provisional status could subject it to additional sanctions if the Department were to find that Ashford engaged in substantial misrepresentation, including the revocation of its program participation agreement or the imposition of limitations on its participation in Title IV programs. In addition, an institution that is provisionally certified must apply for and receive approval from the Department for any substantial change including, but not limited to, the establishment of an additional location, an increase in the level of academic offerings or the addition of certain programs. Any adverse action by the Department or increased regulatory burdens as a result


22


of Ashford's provisional status could have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Our institutions' failurefuture university partners to maintain accreditation would denigrate the value of their educational programs and result in a loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.
An institution must be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Department to participate in Title IV programs. Ashford University is accredited by WSCUC and University of the Rockies is accredited by HLC. For additional information, see “Regulation — Accreditation — Evaluations and renewals of accreditation” in Item 1, “Business.” Each of WSCUC and HLC is recognized by the Department as a reliable authority regarding the quality of education and training provided by the institutions it accredits. To remain accredited, our institutionsuniversity partners must continuously meet accreditation standards relating to, among other things, performance, governance, institutional integrity, educational quality, faculty, administrative capability, resources and financial stability. If either of our institutionsa university partner fails to satisfy any of the standards of its accrediting agency, it could lose its accreditation. Loss of accreditation by either of our institutions would denigrate the value of its educational programs and would result in its loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, which would have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
If WSCUCOur current or HLC loses recognition by the Department, our institutions could lose their ability to participate in Title IV programs.
In order to participate in Title IV programs, an institution must be accredited by an accrediting body recognized by the Department. Both WSCUC and HLC are recognized by the Department. If the Department ceased to recognize WSCUC or HLC for any reason, Ashford University or University of the Rockies, as applicable, would not be eligible to participate in Title IV programs unless the Department continued to certify the eligibility of the institutions to participate in Title IV programs. The Department may continue to certify an institution for a period of no longer than 18 months after the date on which recognition of the accrediting body ceased. The inability of our institutions to participate in Title IV programs would have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Our institutionsfuture university partners may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs or face other sanctions or fines if they are not legally authorized to operate incompliant with the states in which they are physically located.Higher Education Act for a variety of reasons.
To be eligibleOur current or future university partners could lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs anor face other sanctions or fines if any of the following occur:
An institution must beis not legally authorized to offer its educational programs by the states in which it is physically located. For additional information, see “Regulation — Department Regulation of Title IV Programs — State authorization” in Item 1, “Business.” Ashford University's California facilities have been designated as its main campus for Title IV purposes, and Ashford also has a campus located in Iowa. Ashford has been authorized by the BPPE to operate in California and is registered as a postsecondary school in Iowa by ICSAC. University of the Rockies is located in Colorado and is authorized to operate by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education. To maintain these authorizations and registrations, Ashford University and University of the Rockiesan institution must comply with applicable requirements under the statutes and rules of the applicable state. Any loss of authorization to operate by our institutions and the resulting imposition of sanctions, including the loss of authorization to deliver educational programs and grant degrees and other credentials and the loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, would have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Our failure to comply with the regulations of various states where we are not physically located could preclude us from recruiting or enrolling students in those states or result in such students being ineligible to receive Title IV funds.
Department regulations provide that if an institution is offering postsecondary education through distance or correspondence education to students in a state in which it is not physically located or in which it is otherwise subject to state jurisdiction as determined by the state, the institution must meet any state requirements in order to legally offer postsecondary distance or correspondence education to students in that state. Several states have sought to assert jurisdiction over online educational institutions that have no physical location or other presence in the state but that offer educational services to students who reside in the state or that advertise to or recruit prospective students in the state. We have determined that our activities in certain states constitute a presence requiring licensure or authorization under the requirements of the applicable state education agency, and we have obtained state education agency approvals in certain states as determined necessary in connection with our marketing and recruiting activities. For additional information, see “Regulation — State Education Licensure and Regulation — Additional state regulation” in Item 1, “Business.”
Our changing business and the constantly changing regulatory environment require us to regularly evaluate our state regulatory compliance activities. Although our institutions have a process for evaluating the compliance of their online educational programs with state requirements regarding distance and correspondence learning, state regulatory requirements for online education vary among the states, are not well developed in many states, are imprecise or unclear in some states, and are


23


subject to change. Consequently, a state education agency could disagree with our conclusion that we are not required to obtain a license or authorization in the state or could determine that we are not in compliance with state requirements, and may subject us to sanctions including the loss of state licensure or authorization, imposition of restrictions on our activities in the state, or imposition of fines and penalties. In addition, any failure to comply with state regulatory requirements, or any enactment of new or modified state regulations, may result in our inability to enroll students or receive Title IV funds for students in those states, which could have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Ashford University is approved by the BPPE to operate in California, which presents a greater reporting burden and may subject the university to increased regulatory or political scrutiny.
In connection with its transition to WSCUC accreditation, Ashford University designated its San Diego, California facilities as its main campus for Title IV purposes and submitted an Application for Approval to Operate an Accredited Institution to the BPPE on September 10, 2013. To be eligible to participate in Title IV programs, an institution must be legally authorized to offer its educational programs by the states in which it is physically located. Ashford University was approved by the BPPE to operate in California until July 15, 2018. As a result, the university is subject to laws and regulations applicable to private, postsecondary educational institutions located in California, including reporting requirements related to graduation, employment and licensing data, certain changes of ownership and control, faculty and programs, and student refund policies. Ashford also remains subject to other state and federal student employment data reporting and disclosure requirements. Compliance with the additional reporting and disclosure obligations arising as a result of Ashford's operation as a BPPE-approved institution may result in material additional costs and increased regulatory or political scrutiny of the university.
Our institutions could lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs or face other sanctions if they derive more than 90% of their respective cash revenues from these programs.
Under the Higher Education Act, a proprietary institution loses eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if theAn institution derives more than 90% of its revenues from Title IV program funds for two consecutive fiscal years, as calculated in accordance with Department regulations. This rule is commonly referred to as the “90/10 rule.” Any institution that violates the 90/10 rule for two consecutive fiscal years becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV programs for at least two fiscal years. In addition, an institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any single fiscal year will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, Ashford University derived 80.8%, and University of the Rockies derived 86.1%, of their respective cash revenues from Title IV program funds. Ashford University and University of the Rockies continue to monitor their respective 90/10 rule calculations and their compliance with the 90/10 rule.
Revenue derived from government tuition assistance for military personnel, including veterans, is not considered federal student aid for purposes of calculations under the 90/10 rule, and accordingly helps our institutions satisfy the 90/10 rule. If there were a reduction in funding of government tuition assistance for military personnel, including veterans, or if our revenue derived from such funding were otherwise to decrease, it could be significantly more difficult for our institutions to satisfy the 90/10 rule. For additional information, see Note 18, “Regulatory” to our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
16


Changes in federal law that increase Title IV grant and loan limits may result in an increase in the revenues we receive from Title IV programs and make it more difficult for our institutions to satisfy the 90/10 rule. In addition, Congress could propose and adopt legislation that amends the 90/10 rule in ways that make it more difficult for our institutions to satisfy the 90/10 rule. Failure to satisfy the 90/10 rule could result in our institutions losing eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, which would have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Our institutions may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs ifAn institution has too many students that default on their loans.
For each federal fiscal year, the Department calculates a rate of student defaults over a three-year measuring period for each educational institution, which is known as a “cohort default rate.” An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in the Direct Loan Program and the Federal Pell Grant Program if for each of the three most recent federal fiscal years 30% or more of its students who became subject to a repayment obligation in that federal fiscal year defaulted on such obligation by the end of the following federal fiscal year. The most recent official three-year cohort default rates for Ashford University for the 2014, 2013 and 2012 federal fiscal years were 14.9%, 14.5% and 15.3%, respectively. The most recent official three-year cohort default rates for University of the Rockies for the 2014, 2013 and 2012 federal fiscal years were 5.5%, 3.8% and 4.3%, respectively. If too many of our institutions' students were to default on their loans resulting in an increase in our institutions' respective cohort default rates, our institutions may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, which would have
An institution has a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.


24


The failure of our institutions to demonstrate financial responsibility may result in a loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs or require the posting of a letter of credit in order to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.
responsibility. To participate in Title IV programs, an eligible institution must satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility prescribed by the Department. For additional information, see “Regulation — Department Regulation of Title IV Programs — Financial responsibility” in Item 1, “Business.” One measure of financial responsibility is an institution'sinstitution’s composite score, a number between negative 1.0 and positive 3.0. An institution'sinstitution’s composite score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further Department oversight. We expect the consolidated composite score to be 2.5 for the year ended December 31, 2017; however, the consolidated calculation is subject to determination by the Department once it receives and reviews our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2017, the composite score at each of our institutions is higher than the consolidated score. If our institutions are found not to have satisfied the Department's financial responsibility requirements, they could be limited in their access to or lose Title IV program funding, or they may be required to post a letter of credit in favor of the Department and possibly accept other conditions to their participation in Title IV programs, which would have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
If we fail to maintain adequate systems and processes to detect and prevent fraudulent activity in student enrollment and financial aid, our business could be adversely impacted.
We are susceptible to an increased risk of fraudulent activity by outside parties with respect to student enrollment and student financial aid programs. Our systems and processes may not always be adequate in the face of increasingly sophisticated and ever-changing fraud schemes. The potential for outside parties to perpetrate fraud in connection with the award and disbursement of Title IV program funds, including as a result of identity theft, may be heightened because we are an online education provider. We must maintain systems and processes to successfully identify and prevent fraudulent applications for enrollment and financial aid.
The Department's regulations require institutions that participate in Title IV programs to refer to the OIG credible information indicating that any applicant, employee, third-party servicer or agent of theAn institution that acts in a capacity that involves administration of Title IV programs has been engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV programs. If the systems and processes that we have established to detect and prevent fraud are inadequate, the Department may find that we do not satisfy its “administrative capability” requirements. In addition, our institutions' ability to participate in Title IV programs is conditioned on their maintaining accreditation by an accrediting agency that is recognized by the Department. Under the Higher Education Act, accrediting agencies that evaluate institutions offering distance learning programs, as our institutions do, must require such institutions to have processes by which they establish that a student who registers for a distance education program is the same student who participates in and receives credit for the program. Failure to adequately detect fraudulent activity related to student enrollment and financial aid could cause our institutions to fail to meet their accrediting agencies' standards and result in the loss of accreditation at the discretion of such accrediting agencies. Any failure to satisfy the Department's administrative capability requirements or any loss of accreditation as a result of a failure to detect and prevent fraudulent activity could result in limits on or loss of our institutions' eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Our institutions could lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs or face other sanctions if they paypays incentive compensation to persons or entities involved in certain recruiting, admissions or financial aid awarding activities.
The Higher Education Act prohibits an institution from providing any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on securing enrollments or financial aid to any persons or entities involved in student recruiting or admissions activities or making decisions about the award of student financial assistance. The criteria for complying with the Department'sDepartment’s rules prohibiting incentive compensation are not clear in all circumstances, and the Department will not review or approve compensation plans prior to their implementation.
If it were determined that one of our institutions violated the incentive compensation rule, theAn institution could be subject to monetary liabilities or administrative action to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, which could have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.


25


Our institutions may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs or face other sanctions if the Department or other federal agencies determine they have misrepresented the nature of educational programs, financial charges or graduate employability.
The Higher Education Act prohibits an institution participating in Title IV programs from engagingengages in substantial misrepresentation regarding the nature of its educational programs, its financial charges or the employability of its graduates. Given the Department's broad definition of “substantial misrepresentation,” it is possible that despite our training efforts and compliance programs, our institutions' employees or service providers may make statements that could be construed as substantial misrepresentations. In addition to the Department's prohibition on substantial misrepresentation, for-profit educational institutions are subject to the general deceptive practices jurisdiction of the FTC and the CFPB. The FSA is currently investigating representations made by Ashford University to potential and enrolled students, and has asked us and Ashford to assist in its assessment of Ashford's compliance with the prohibition on substantial misrepresentations. We, together with Ashford, intend to provide the FSA with our full cooperation with a view toward demonstrating the compliant nature of our practices. In addition, the Department is currently conducting an off-site program review to assess Ashford's administration of the Title IV programs in which it participates. For additional information, see “Regulation — Compliance reviews, audits and reports — Department of Education Open Program Review of Ashford University” in Item 1, “Business.”
If the Department determines that one of our institutionsan institution has engaged in substantial misrepresentation, the Department may (i) attempt to revoke the institution'sinstitution’s program participation agreement if the institution is provisionally certified, (ii) impose limitations on the institution'sinstitution’s participation in Title IV programs if the institution is provisionally certified, (iii) deny applications from the institution for approval of new programs or locations or other matters or (iv) initiate proceedings to fine the institution or limit, suspend or terminate its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. Because Ashford University is provisionally certified, it could be subject to the actions set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above in addition to any other actions taken by the Department. The imposition of these sanctions, including the loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, would have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Our institutions may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs or face other sanctions if they fail to correctly calculate and timely return Title IV program funds for students who withdraw before completing their educational program.
An institution participating in Title IV programs mustfails to correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completion, and must return those unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within 45 days of the date the institution determines that the student has withdrawn. For additional information, see “Regulation — Department Regulation of Title IV Programs — Return of Title IV funds for students who withdraw” in Item 1, “Business.” Failure to make timely returns of Title IV program funds for 5% or more of students sampled in the institution'sinstitution’s annual financial aid compliance audit in either of its two most recently completed fiscal years can result in an institution having to post a letter of credit equal to 25% of the amount of unearned Title IV funds the institution was required to return for its most recently completed fiscal year. If unearned funds are not properly calculated and returned in a timely manner, an institution may also be subject to monetary liabilities or an action to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate its participation in Title IV programs. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, our institutions did not exceed the 5% threshold for late refunds sampled.
Our institutions may be required to modify or eliminate certain programs, or certain programs may lose Title IV eligibility, if they do not lead to gainful employment in a recognized occupation, as determined by the Department.
In October 2014, the Department published gainful employment regulations impacting programs required to prepare graduates for gainful employment in a recognized occupation. Almost all academic programs offered by Title IV-participating private sector institutions of higher education must prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation. The gainful employment regulations became effective July 1, 2015, with certain institutional disclosure requirements which became effective January 1, 2017. For additional information, see “Regulation — Department Regulation of Title IV Programs — Gainful employment” in Item 1, “Business.”
On October 20, 2016, we received draft debt-to-earnings rates and certain underlying data from the Department for the first gainful employment measurement year, and on January 8, 2017 we received our institutions' final debt-to-earnings rates for the first gainful employment measurement year. Based on the final rates, none of our programs were determined to fail, two of our current programs were determined to be in the zone and one additional program that was discontinued prior to the issuanceIf any of the gainful employment regulationsabove were to occur and there was determineda loss of eligibility to be in the zone. These results are significant given the framework of the gainful employment regulations, as a program would be disqualified from participationparticipate in Title IV programs, only if it were to fail for two out of three consecutive years, or either fail orthere could be in the zone for three out of four consecutive years. The regulations contemplate a transition period in the first several years to afford institutions the opportunity to make changes to their programs and retain Title IV eligibility. We continue to review the information provided by the Department to understand


26


the potential impact of the gainful employment regulations on our programs, and we will continue to evaluate options related to new programs or adjustments to current programs that could help mitigate the potential adverse consequences of the regulations.
Under the final gainful employment regulations, the continuing eligibility of certain of our educational programs for Title IV program funding is at risk due to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control including, without limitation, changes in the actual or deemed income level of our graduates, changes in student borrowing levels, increases in interest rates, changes in the federal poverty income level relevant for calculating discretionary income, and changes in the percentage of our former students who are current in repayment of their student loans. The factors noted above could reduce our ability to confidently offer or continue certain types of programs for which there is a market demand. Management is considering whether certain programs will be able to avoid falling into the fail or zone categories in the future through adjustments to program price or the duration of programs, if appropriate and consistent with programmatic standards and as permitted by applicable regulations. There can be no assurance that these adjustments will result in compliance with the gainful employment regulations. For programs where such adjustments are not feasible or do not result in compliance with the gainful employment regulations, we may discontinue such programs. The adjustment or discontinuation of any of our programs, or the loss of Title IV eligibility for certain of our programs if not adjusted or discontinued, could have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The gainful employment regulations also provide that if a program fails to satisfy at least one of the two tests set forth in the regulations relating to minimum student debt service-to-earnings ratios, the institution will be required to provide a warning notice to prospective and enrolled students advising them that the program may lose Title IV eligibility based on final student debt service-to-earnings ratios for the next award year. If we are required to provide a warning notice with respect to any of our programs, it could have a material adverse effectcurrent or future university partners, and therefore on enrollment in those programs even before any determination has been made regarding eligibility of the program to participate in Title IV programs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The failure of our institutions to demonstrate compliance with state laws may result in liability to, or remedial action against, our institutions, including recoupment by the Department of discharged student loan funds under the “defense to repayment” provisions of the Direct Loan Program regulations.
The current defense to repayment provisions of the Direct Loan Program regulations, allow a student to assert as a defense against repayment of federal direct loans any commission of fraud or other violation of applicable state law by the school related to such loans or the educational services for which the loans were provided. The failure of our institutions to comply with state laws may result in liability to, or remedial action against, our institutions, including recoupment by the Department of discharged student loan funds under the “defense to repayment” provisions. The assertion of any claims by our institutions' students under the defense to repayment provisions and any resulting remedial action, or any recoupment by the Department of discharged student loan funds pursuant to the defense to repayment provisions, could damage our reputation in the industry and have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Changes to the 90/10 rule or related Title IV regulation could adversely impact our university partners, which in turn could adversely affect our revenues or our ability to grow.
In March 2021, President Biden signed the American Rescue Plan Act (“ARPA”) of 2021. The Department’s new regulations regardingARPA includes a major change in the 90/10 revenue test that provides for-profit institutions and their students access to the Federal Student Aid (“FSA”) programs. Under the ARPA, the Higher Education Act would be modified to change the formula from counting only Title IV program funds on the '90 side' to instead include all “federal funds that are disbursed or delivered to or on behalf of a student to be used to attend such institution” or collectively “federal education assistance funds.” The 90/10 provision will be subject to negotiated rulemaking after October 2021, with an earliest effective date on or after January 1, 2023. Additionally, in June 2021, the Department held virtual public hearings to receive stakeholder feedback on potential issues for the upcoming negotiated rulemaking sessions. These issues include borrower defense to repayment mayfor students, gainful employment requirements, and change in ownership and change in control of institutions of higher education among other topics. If these changes were to go into effect, it could adversely impact our university partners, which in turn could adversely affect our revenues or our ability to grow.
17


The borrower defense to repayment regulations expand the circumstances in which students may assert a defense to repayment against an institution and may also provide that certain conditions or events could trigger a requirement that an institution post a letter of credit or other security that could result in the imposition of significant restrictions on us and our university partners ability to operate.
The current standard for determining whetherDepartment has regulations regarding borrower defense to repayment. The regulations allow a borrower has a defense to repayment of a student loan allows borrowers to assert a defense to repayment ifon the basis of a causesubstantial misrepresentation, any other misrepresentation in cases where certain other factors are present, a breach of action would have arisen under applicable state law. On June 14, 2017,contract or a favorable non-default contested judgment against a school for its act or omission relating to the making of the borrower’s loan or the provision of educational services for which the loan was provided. In addition, the financial responsibility standards contained in the regulations establish the conditions or events that trigger the requirement for an institution to provide the Department announcedwith financial protection in the form of a postponementletter of proposed changescredit or other security against potential institutional liabilities. Triggering conditions or events include, among others, certain state, federal or accrediting agency actions or investigations, and in the case of publicly traded companies, receipt of certain warnings from the SEC or the applicable stock exchange, or the failure to timely file a required annual or quarterly report with the SEC. The regulations also prohibit schools from requiring that students agree to settle future disputes through arbitration.
Under the borrower defense to repayment regulations, and its intention to resubmit the regulations through the negotiated rulemaking process. The Department announced an additional postponement on October 24, 2017. On February 14, 2018, the Department announced they are postponing the effective date of this rule until July 1, 2019 so they can complete the negotiated rulemaking process and develop the new regulations. While rulemaking occurs, the Department will continue to process claims under the current borrower defense rules.
Under any new regulations regarding borrower defense to repayment, our institutionsinstitution could face claims by students based on the expanded circumstances in which students may assert a defense to repayment of their student loans, and the Department may be entitled to seek recoupment of student loans discharged pursuant to the regulations. The FSA is currently investigating representations made by Ashford University to potential and enrolled students, and has asked
In July 2020, the Department notified the Company that the Department would be initiating a preliminary review of borrower defense applications from borrowers who made claims regarding the University. As part of the initial fact-finding process, the Department sent individual student claims to the University and Ashfordallowed the institution to assistsubmit a response to the individual borrower’s claim. The Company received and timely responded to each individual student claim and cannot predict the outcome of the Department's review at this time.
If we fail to maintain adequate systems and processes to detect and prevent fraudulent activity in its assessmentstudent enrollment and financial aid, our business could be adversely impacted.
We are susceptible to an increased risk of Ashford’s compliancefraudulent activity by outside parties with respect to student enrollment and student financial aid programs. The potential for outside parties to perpetrate fraud in connection with the prohibition on substantial misrepresentations. In addition, our institutions are from time to time subject to certain actions or investigations by various state, federal or accrediting agencies,award and as a public company we could be subject to the additional triggering events outlined by the Department in new regulations;


27


therefore, we may be required to post a letterdisbursement of credit or provide some other form of security to the Department, which could result in the imposition of significant restrictions on us and our ability to operate. Any assertion by our institutions’ students of defenses to repayment, including any resulting liability to, or remedial action against, our institutions, and any significant restrictions imposed on us or our ability to operate resulting from a requirement to post a letter of credit or other security, could damage our reputation in the industry and have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Our institutions cannot offer new programs, expand their physical operations into certain states or acquire additional schools if such actions are not approved in a timely fashion by the applicable regulatory agencies, and Title IV funds disbursed to students enrolled in any such programs, states or acquired schools may have to be repaid if prior approval is not obtained.
Our operating plans may include the offering of new educational programs by our institutions, some of which may require regulatory approval. In addition, we or our institutions may increase physical operations in additional states or seek to acquire additional schools. Because Ashford University is provisionally certified, it must apply for and receive approval from the Department for any substantial change, including but not limited to the establishment of an additional location, an increase in the level of academic offerings or the addition of certain programs. If we or our institutions are unable to obtain the necessary approvals for such new programs, operations or acquisitions or, in the case of Ashford University, a substantial change, from the Department, WSCUC, HLC or any applicable state education agency or other accrediting agency, or if we or our institutions are unable to obtain such approvals in a timely manner, the ability to consummate such actions and provide Title IV funds to any affected students would be impaired, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. If we or our institutions were to determine erroneously that any such action did not require approval or that all required approvals have been obtained, our institutions could be liable for repayment of the Title IV program funds, provided to studentsincluding as a result of identity theft, may be heightened because we are an online education provider. Our systems and processes may not always be adequate in the affected programface of increasingly sophisticated and ever-changing fraud schemes. We must maintain systems and processes to successfully identify and prevent fraudulent applications for enrollment and financial aid.
The Department’s regulations require institutions that participate in Title IV programs to refer to the OIG credible information indicating that any applicant, employee, third-party servicer or atagent of the affected location, which couldinstitution that acts in a capacity that involves administration of Title IV programs has been engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV programs. If the systems and processes that we have a material adverse effect on our revenues, financial condition, cash flowsestablished to detect and results of operations.
If regulatorsprevent fraud are inadequate, the Department may find that we do not approve, or if they delay their approval of, transactions involving a change of control of our company, oursatisfy its “administrative capability” requirements. In addition, an institution’s ability to participate in Title IV programs may be impaired.
In November 2017, Warburg Pincus decreased its ownershipis conditioned on their maintaining accreditation by an accrediting agency that is recognized by the Department. Under the Higher Education Act, accrediting agencies that evaluate institutions offering distance learning programs, must require such institutions to have processes by which they establish that a student who registers for a distance education program is the same student who participates in and receives credit for the program. Any failure to satisfy the Department’s administrative capability requirements or any loss of our stock to 0%. Asaccreditation as a result we must seek approval of a change of ownership resulting in a change of control under the standards of the Department, WSCUC, HLC, and/or applicable state education agencies. For additional information, see “Regulation — Department Regulation of Title IV Programs — Change in ownership resulting in a change of control” in Item 1, “Business.” A failure by us or one of our institutions to reestablish its Department certification, accreditation or state authorization, as applicable, following a change of controldetect and prevent fraudulent activity could result in a suspensionlimits on or loss of operating authority or the abilityGlobal Campus’ eligibility to participate in Title IV programs which wouldand have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Governmental proceedings or other claims and lawsuits asserting regulatory noncompliance could result in monetary liabilities or penalties, injunctions or loss of Title IV funding for students at our institutions.current or any future university partner.
Because we operateour current, and any future university partner operates in a highly regulated industry, we and our institutions are subject to compliance reviews, claims of noncompliance and lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory agencies and third parties, including claims brought by third parties on behalf of the federal government under the federal False Claims Act. If the results of these reviews or proceedings are unfavorable to us or if we are unable to defend successfully against such lawsuits or claims, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of Title IV funding, injunctions or other penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Even if we adequately address issues raised by an agency review or successfully defend a lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert significant financial and management resources from our ongoing business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or to defend against those lawsuits or claims. In addition, claims and lawsuits brought against us may damage our reputation or adversely affect our stock price, even if such claims and lawsuits are eventually determined to be without merit. For additional information, see Note 20, “Commitments and Contingencies” to our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
18


Additional regulations or regulatory scrutiny resulting from action by the Department could result in increased compliance costs, fines, sanctions or lawsuits, which could have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
On December 16, 2016, theThe Department released final regulations to clarify state authorization requirements for postsecondary institutions offering distance education that participate in federal student loan programs, as required by the Higher Education Act. Among other things, the final regulations (i) require institutions offering distance education to be authorized by each state in which they enroll students, if such authorization is required by the state, (ii) require institutions to document the state process for resolving student complaints regarding distance education programs, (iii) require public and


28


individualized disclosures to enrolled and prospective students in distance education programs, including disclosures regarding adverse actions taken against the institution, the institution’s refund policies and whether each of the institution’s programs meet applicable state licensure or certification requirements, and (iv) require institutions to explain to students the consequences of moving to a state where the school is not authorized, which could include loss of eligibility for federal student aid. The final regulations recognize authorization through participation in a state authorization reciprocity agreement, as long as the agreement does not prevent a state from enforcing its own consumer laws. The final regulations are scheduled to take effect on July 1, 2018.
We cannot predict the scope and content of the regulations that may emerge from these or other rulemaking activities that the Department initiates. The Company’s compliance with these regulations or any additional or modified regulations,Departments actions could result in direct and indirect costs related to compliance, increased scrutiny, fines, liabilities, sanctions or lawsuits, which could have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Any action by Congress to revise the laws governing Title IV programs or to reduce funding for these programs could negatively impact our business.
Congress must periodically reauthorize the Higher Education Act and annually determine the funding level for each Title IV program through the budget and appropriations process. In 2008, the Higher Education Act was reauthorized through September 2014, and on December 13, 2017, the House of Representatives’ Committee on Education and the Workforce passed H.R. 4508, the Promoting Real Opportunity, Success, and Prosperity through Education Reform Act (“PROSPER Act”). No date has been set for consideration by the full House on the legislation, nor has a companion Higher Education Act reauthorization bill been introduced in the U.S. Senate. The Higher Education Act'sAct’s programs will continue year-to-year without explicit reauthorization as long as Congress appropriates funds for the programs. Congress may propose and pass revisions to the Higher Education Act between reauthorizations by using other legislative vehicles such as budget bills and appropriations bills, which could impact funding for student financial aid programs.
We cannot predict what legislation, if any, will arise out of the reauthorization of the Higher Education Act or other Congressional deliberations, or what impact any such legislation might have on the for-profit education sector and our business in particular.business. However, any action by Congress that significantly reduces Title IV program funding or the eligibility of our institutionscurrent or any future university partners or students to participate in Title IV programs, or that requires us to modify our practices in ways that could increase our administrative costs and reduce our profit margin, would have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Our regulatory environment and our reputation may be negatively influenced by the actions of other postsecondary institutions.
In recent years, Congressional, federal, state and accrediting agency investigations and civil litigation have been commenced against several postsecondary educational institutions. These investigations and lawsuits have alleged, among other things, deceptive trade practices and noncompliance with Department regulations. These allegations have attracted adverse media coverage and have been the subject of federal and state legislative hearings. Although the media, regulatory and legislative focus has been primarily on the allegations made against these specific companies, broader allegations against the postsecondary sector may negatively impact public perceptions of all postsecondary educational institutions. Such allegations could result in increased scrutiny and regulation of all postsecondary institutions, including Ashford University and University of the Rockies, by the Department, Congress, accrediting bodies, state legislatures or other governmental authorities.
As a result of changes that have been made, or that may be required by the accreditors of our institutions,to our operational relationships with our institutions and to their operations and business models, our historical financial and business results may not necessarily be representative of future results.
In connection with the transition of Ashford University to WSCUC accreditation and our efforts to structure our operations to meet evolving regulatory expectations, our institutions have made operational changes and launched various new business initiatives, and additional changes may be required. These changes and initiatives included hiring new leadership, implementing smaller class sizes, requiring minimum age-levels for students, implementing the Ashford Promise (an initiative that allows students a full refund for all tuition and fees through the third week of a student's first class), hiring additional full-time faculty and implementing new program review models. Many of these changes and initiatives result in higher expense to the organization, primarily in the areas of instructional costs and services. In addition, we have made changes in our organizational structure and operational relationships with our academic institutions to ensure their academic independence and satisfaction of accreditation-related requirements. Some of these changes and initiatives have contributed to declines in new student enrollments. Accordingly, our historical results and trends, including enrollments, admissions advisory and marketing expenses, and instructional costs and services, may not be indicative of our future results, and there can be no assurance that changes to our operational relationship with our institutions or other changes we have made, or may make in the future, will not


29


have an adverse impact on regulatory compliance, satisfaction of accreditation-related standards, or our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our financial performance depends onA large percentage of our abilityrevenue is attributable to continue to develop awareness among, and to recruit and retain, students; adverse publicity may negatively impact demand for our institutions' programs.
Building awareness among potential students of Ashford University and University of the Rockiescontractual relationship with Global Campus, and the programs they offer is critical to their ability to attract prospective students. It is also critical to our success that these prospective students are converted to enrolled students in a cost-effective manner and that these enrolled students remain active in our institutions' programs. Someloss of, the factors that could prevent the successful recruiting and retention of students in our institutions' programs include:
the emergence of more and better competitors;
factors related to our marketing efforts, including the costs of online advertising and broad-based branding campaigns;
performance problems with our online systems;
our institutions' failure to maintain accreditation, state licensure and eligibility for Title IV programs;
student dissatisfaction with our institutions' services and programs;
a decrease in the perceived or actual economic benefits that students derive from our institutions' programs or programs provided by private sector postsecondary education companies generally;
adverse publicity regarding us, or online or private sector postsecondary education generally;
price reductions by competitors that we are unwilling or unable to match; and
a decline in enrollment in, Global Campus programs could significantly reduce our revenue and impact our overall financial performance.
We expect the acceptanceprograms of online educationGlobal Campus to account for a large percentage of our revenue for the foreseeable future. Any decline in reputation or education provided by private sector postsecondary education companies.changes in policies of Global Campus could adversely affect its student enrollment and its overall financial and operating results, which could materially impact us. Furthermore, Global Campus has the right to terminate the Services Agreement early if certain conditions apply. If Global Campus were to terminate or not renew its relationship with us, or if certain of the programs with Global Campus were to materially underperform for any reason, it could negatively affect our reputation, revenue and future operating results.
We face litigation and legal proceedings that could have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
We and our institutions are subject to lawsuits, investigations and claims covering a wide range of matters. We are the subject of complaints alleging violations of various laws including, but not limited to, federal securities laws, (including a securities class action),and the federal False Claims Act and state employment laws, as well as investigations by the SEC, the U.S. Department of Justice (the “DOJ”), and state AttorneysCalifornia State Attorney General. Derivative shareholder complaints have also been asserted on our behalf against certain of our current and former officers and directors alleging breaches of fiduciary duties, waste of corporate assets and unjust enrichment. These and other legal proceedings could cause us to incur significant defense costs, are disruptive to our normal business operations and could damage our reputation and adversely affect our stock price. An adverse outcome of any legal proceeding could result in monetary losses or restrictions on our business, which could have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
19


On March 7, 2022, the Superior Court of the State of California, County of San Diego, or the Court, issued a Statement of Decision in favor of the Attorney General of the State of California, or the California Attorney General, in an action brought by the California Attorney General alleging we, and our previous subsidiary, Ashford University, LLC, or Ashford, among other things deliberately misled Ashford students and falsely advertised Ashford’s academic programs. Ashford no longer exists and we are responsible for Ashford’s portion of the liability under this matter. The Court ordered us to pay $22.4 million in statutory penalties but denied the California Attorney General’s demands for restitution and injunctive relief. We are currently considering all options available to us related to the Statement of Decision. On April 7, 2022, we filed a motion for a new trial and/or to set aside and vacate the judgement, which is currently set for a hearing on May 13, 2022. Regardless of the ultimate outcome, this decision could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and financial condition.
For additional information regarding current material legal proceedings involving us and our institutions, including investigations by the SEC, the DOJ and state Attorneys General,subsidiaries, see Note 20,19, “Commitments and Contingencies” to our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
We may need to raise additional funding, which may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If such financing is not available or not available on terms acceptable to us, it could adversely affect our ability to continue operations.
We assess going concern considerations in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” as to whether there is substantial doubt about the ability to continue as a going concern for a period of one year after the date that our financial statements are issued.
As a percentage of revenues,December 31, 2021, our bad debt expense is high relative to our competitors.cash and cash equivalents were $28.3 million. If we are unable to remedy the underlying causes,obtain sufficient capital when needed, our bad debt expense could increase, which could have a material adverse effect on ourbusiness, financial condition cash flows and results of operations.operations could be materially and adversely affected.
As a percentageThe amount, timing and terms of revenues, our bad debt expense is high relative to our competitors and has increased from 6.2%such additional financing will vary principally depending on the amount of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 to 6.7% for the year ended December 31, 2017. We believe our bad debt expense is primarily driven by operational policies, timing of financial aid processing and collection management. If we are unable to make appropriate changes, or if our changes are not as effective as anticipated, our bad debt expense could increase, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows from our operations and results ofour forecasted operations.


30


If deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting occur To the extent that we require additional financing in the future, such financing may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all and, consequently, we may not be able to fully implement our plans. For additional information on financing obtained in April 2022, see Note 22, “Subsequent Events” to our consolidated financial statements may contain material misstatements, we could be required to restate our financial results, which could adversely affect our stock price and resultincluded elsewhere in our inability to maintain compliance with applicable stock exchange listing requirements.
If significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting occur in the future, our consolidated financial statements may contain material misstatements and we could be required to restate our financial results, which could adversely affect our stock price and result in our inability to maintain compliance with applicable stock exchange listing requirements.this report.
A failure of our information systems to properly store, process and report relevant data may reduce our management’s effectiveness, interfere with our regulatory compliance and increase our operating expenses.
We are heavily dependent on the integrity of our data management systems. If these systems do not effectively collect, store, process and report relevant data for the operation of our business, whether due to equipment malfunction or constraints, software deficiencies or human error, our ability to effectively plan, forecast and execute our business plan and comply with applicable laws and regulations will be impaired. Any such impairment could have a material adverse effect on our business, revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Our institutionsWe rely on a third-party vendor to provide the online learning platform for students and related support and hosting.
We have a license agreement with Instructure pursuant to which we license an online Canvas learning management system and platform for students at our institutions. Our institutionsuniversity partners. We currently rely on Instructure for administrative support and hosting of the applicable systems. If Instructure ceases to operate or is unwilling or unable to work with our institutions,us, or if our agreement with Instructure is otherwise terminated, the online learning platform for students at our institutionsuniversity partners and related administrative support and hosting could be interrupted or become unavailable, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We are subject to laws and regulations as a result of our collection and use of personal information, and any violations of such laws or regulations, or any security or cybersecurity breach, theft or loss of such information, could adversely affect our business.
Possession and use of personal information in our operations subjects us to risks and costs that could harm our business. We collect, use and retain large amounts of personal information regarding our applicants, students, faculty and staff. We also collect and maintain personal information about our employees in the ordinary course of our business. Our services can be accessed globally through the Internet.internet. Therefore, we may be subject to the application of national privacy laws in countries outside the United States from which applicants and students access our services. Such privacy laws could impose conditions that limit the way we market and provide our services.
20


Our computer networks and the networks of certain of our vendors that hold and manage confidential information on our behalf may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, employee theft or misuse, computer hackers, computer viruses and other security and cybersecurity threats. Confidential information may also inadvertently become available to third parties when we integrate systems or migrate data to our servers following an acquisition of a school or in connection with periodic hardware or software upgrades. Due to the sensitive nature of the personal information stored on our servers, our networks may be targeted by hackers seeking to access this data. A userUsers who circumvents security measures could misappropriate sensitive information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. Although we use security and business controls to limit access to and use of personal information, a third partythird-party may be able to circumvent those security and business controls, which could result in a breach of student or employee privacy. In addition, errors in the storage, use or transmission of personal information could result in a breach of privacy for current or prospective students or employees.
Possession andOur use of personal information in our operations also subjects us to legislative and regulatory burdens that could require notification of data breaches and could restrict our use of personal information, and a violation of any laws or regulations relating to the collection or use of personal information could result in the imposition of fines against us or lawsuits brought against us. AsWe maintain a result,cybersecurity program with ongoing monitoring. However, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of theseany security and cybersecurity breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches. A major breach, theft or loss of personal information held by us or our vendors regarding our institutions' students and their families or our employees, or a violation of laws or regulations relating to the same, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, result in lawsuits and result in further regulation and oversight by federal and state authorities and increased costs of compliance. The adoption of new or modified state or federal data or cybersecurity legislation could increase our costs and/or require changes in our operating procedures or systems.


31


We may experience unforeseen tax consequences.
On December 22, 2017, President Donald Trump signed into law H.R.1, formerly known asare required to comply with the Tax CutsFamily Educational Rights and JobsPrivacy Act (the “Tax Legislation”(FERPA). The Tax Legislation significantly revised the U.S. tax code that will, and failure to do so could harm our reputation and negatively affect our year ending December 31, 2018, including, butbusiness.
FERPA generally prohibits an institution of higher education participating in Title IV programs from disclosing personally identifiable information from a student’s education records without the student’s consent. Our university partners and their students disclose to us certain information that originates from or comprises a student education record under FERPA. As an entity that provides services to institutions participating in Title IV programs, we are indirectly subject to FERPA, and we may not limitedtransfer or otherwise disclose any personally identifiable information from a student record to lowering the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%; bonus depreciation that will allow for full expensing of qualified property; limitations on the deductibility of certain executive compensation andanother party other deductions; and limitations of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 to 80% of taxable income with an indefinite carryforward period.
The enactment of the Tax Legislation resultedthan in a one-time re-measurementmanner permitted under the statute. If we violate FERPA, such violation could result in a material breach of contract with one or more of our U.S. federal deferred tax assetsuniversity partners and liabilities from 35% to the lower enacted corporate tax rate of 21%. The provisional remeasurement ofcould harm our deferred tax balance was primarily offset by a corresponding changereputation. Further, in the valuation allowance. We are still analyzingevent that we disclose student information in violation of FERPA, the impact the Tax Legislation will have on the measurement of the deferred taxes or whether new deferred taxes exist. Where we have not yet been ableDepartment could require a university partner to make reasonable estimates of the impact of certain elements, we have not recorded any amounts relatedsuspend our access to those elements and have continued to accountits student information for them in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of the tax laws in effect immediately prior to the enactment of the Tax Legislation.at least five years.
Changes in accounting principles and guidance could result in unfavorable accounting charges or effects.
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. These principles are subject to interpretation by the SEC and various bodies formed to create and interpret appropriate accounting principles and guidance. A change in these principles or guidance, or in their interpretations, may have a material effect on our results and disclosures, as well as our processes and related controls. For example, during May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), for which certain elements may impact our current disclosures or our future accounting for revenue. For additional information, see Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Recent Accounting Pronouncements” to our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
System disruptions and vulnerability from security risks to our technology infrastructure could damage our reputation and the reputation of our institutionsother subsidiaries, and negatively impact our business.
The performance and reliability of our technology infrastructure (including the software and related hosting and maintenance services for our online learning platform, student information system, and lead management system) is critical to our reputation and our ability to attract and retain students. Any system error or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in bandwidth usage, could result in the unavailability of systems to us or our institutions' studentsuniversity partners and negatively impact our business and reputation. Our computer networks may also be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses, denial of service attacks and other security problems. Although we continually monitor the security of our technology infrastructure and take proactive measures to prevent potential threats, these efforts may not protect our computer networks against all threats of security breaches, which could damage our reputation and the reputation of our institutionsother subsidiaries, and negatively impact our business and prospects.
21


Our expensesspending in the areas of new investments or other marketing opportunities may cause us to incur additional operating losses if we do not realize our expected revenues.
Our spending is based in significant part on our estimates of future revenue and is largely fixed in the short term. As a result, we may be unable to adjust our spending in a timely manner if our revenue falls short of our expectations. Accordingly, any significant shortfall in revenues in relation to our expectations would have an immediate and material adverse effect on our profitability. In addition, weWe anticipate increasing operating expenses to expand program offeringson new investments and marketing initiatives. Any such increase could cause material losses to the extent we do not generate additional revenues sufficient to cover those expenses.
Intense competition in the postsecondary education market, especially in the online education market, could decrease our market share, increase our cost of recruiting students and put downward pressure on our tuition rates.
Postsecondary education is highly competitive. We compete with traditional public and private two- and four-year colleges as well as with other postsecondary schools. Traditional colleges and universities may offer programs similar to those offered by our institutions at lower tuition levels as a result of government subsidies, government and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions and other financial sources not available to for-profit postsecondary institutions. In addition, our institutions face continued scrutiny from their accreditors, and some of our competitors, including traditional colleges and universities, have substantially greater brand recognition and financial and other resources than we have, which may enable them to compete more effectively for potential students. We also expect to face increased competition as a result of new


32


entrants to the online education market, including traditional colleges and universities that had not previously offered online education programs.
We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors and may face competitive pressures that could adversely affect our business. We may be required to reduce our tuition or increase marketing spending in order to attract or retain students or to pursue new market opportunities. We may also face increased competition in maintaining and developing new marketing relationships with corporations, particularly as corporations become more selective as to which online universities they will encourage or offer scholarships to their employees to attend and from which online universities they will hire prospective employees.
We may not be able to retain our key personnel or hire and retain the personnel we need to sustain and grow our business.
Our success depends largely on the skills, efforts and motivations of our executive officers, who generally have significant experience with our company and within the education industry. Due to the nature of our business, we face significant competition in attracting and retaining personnel who possess the skill sets we seek. In addition, key personnel may leave us and may subsequently compete against us. We do not carry life insurance on our key personnel as part of our benefits. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel or our failure to attract, replace and retain other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms could impair our ability to sustain and grow our business. In addition, because we operate in a highly competitive industry, our hiring of qualified executives or other personnel may cause us or such persons to be subject to lawsuits alleging misappropriation of trade secrets, improper solicitation of employees or other claims.
If we are unable to hire new employees or to continue to develop existing employees responsible for student recruitment, the effectiveness of our new enrollment efforts would be adversely affected.
We intend to (i) hire, develop and train additional employees responsible for new enrollment and (ii) retain and continue to develop and train our existing new enrollment personnel. Our ability to develop and maintain a strong new enrollment function may be affected by a number of factors, including our ability to integrate and motivate our enrollment service advisors, our ability to effectively train our enrollment service advisors, the length of time it takes new enrollment service advisors to become productive, regulatory restrictions on the method of compensating enrollment service advisors and the competition involved in hiring and retaining enrollment service advisors. If we are unable to hire new employees or retain and develop current employees responsible for new enrollment, it could have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Enrollment and revenues could decrease if government tuition assistance offered to military personnel is reduced, suspended or eliminated, if scholarships which we offer to military personnel are reduced or eliminated, or if our relationships with military bases deteriorate.
As of December 31, 2017, approximately 25.8% of our institutions' students were affiliated with the military, some of whom are eligible to receive government tuition assistance that may be used to pursue postsecondary degrees. In some cases we also provide scholarships to students who are affiliated with the military. If government tuition assistance offered to military personnel is suspended or otherwise reduced or eliminated, enrollment by military personnel, including veterans, may decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Additionally, if in response to future reductions or suspensions in military tuition assistance we determine to reinstitute our Military Tuition Assistance Grant or a similar program, or if we increase our scholarships to students who are affiliated with the military, our per student revenue from military personnel would decline.
We maintain relationships with military bases and provide scholarships to students who are affiliated with the military. If our relationship with any military base deteriorates or we reduce or eliminate these scholarships, enrollment by military personnel, including veterans, may decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
A decline in the overall growth of enrollment in postsecondary institutions, or in the number of students seeking degrees online, or in our core disciplines, could cause usour university partners to experience a further decline in enrollment.
If enrollment at our institutions.
Enrollment atuniversity partners decline, this could cause our institutions declined to 40,730 at December 31, 2017 as compared to 45,087 at December 31, 2016, and our revenues have declined in recent periods and may continue to decline in the future. In addition, if job growth in the fields related to our institutions'the core disciplines of our university partners is weaker than expected, fewer students may seek the types of degrees that our institutionssuch university partners offer. In order toTo return to growth in our revenues and increase enrollment atenrollments of our institutions,university partners, our institutionsuniversity partners will need to attract and retain a larger percentage of students in existing markets and expand their markets by creating new academic programs. Any further decline in enrollment at our institutions as a result of ourthe inability to attract and retain students in


33


existing markets or expand our markets by creating new academic programs in areas where there is market demand could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Our success depends in part on our institutions'university partners' ability to update and expand the content of existing programs and to develop new programs and specializations on a timely basis and in a cost-effective manner.
The updates and expansions of existing programs and the development of new programs and specializations may not be accepted by existing or prospective students or prospective employers of our institutions'university partners’ graduates. If we do not adequately respond to changes in market requirements by updating and expanding our existing programs or developing new programs, our business will be adversely affected. Even if our institutionsuniversity partners are able to develop acceptable new programs, they may not be able to introduce these new programs as quickly as students require or as quickly as our competitors introduce competing programs. To offer a new academic program, our institutionsuniversity partners may be required to obtain appropriate federal, state and accrediting agency approvals, which may be conditioned or delayed in a manner that could significantly affect our operations. In addition, to be eligible for federal student financial aid programs, a new academic program may need to be approved by the Department.
Establishing new academic programs or modifying existing programs requires investments in management, faculty and capital expenditures, additional marketing expenses and reallocation of other resources. We and our institutions may have limited experience with programs in new disciplines and may need to modify existing systems and strategies or enter into arrangements with other educational institutions to provide new programs effectively and profitably. If our institutionsuniversity partners are unable to increase enrollment in new programs, offer new programs in a cost-effective manner or otherwise manage effectively the operations of newly established academic programs, it could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
22


Our current or any future university partners failure to keep pace with changing market needs could harm our institutions'their ability to attract students.
Our success depends to a large extentpartially on the willingness of employers to hire, promote or increase the pay of our institutions'university partners’ graduates. Increasingly, employers demand that their new employees possess appropriate technical and analytical skills, and also appropriate interpersonal skills, such as communication and teamwork. These skills can evolve rapidly in a changing economic and technological environment. Accordingly, it is important that our institutions'university partners’ educational programs continually evolve in response to those economic and technological changes.
The expansion of existing academic programs and the development of new programs may not be accepted by current or prospective students or by prospective employers of our institutions' graduates.employers. Even if our institutionsuniversity partners develop acceptable new programs, they may not be able to begin offering those new programs in a timely fashion or as quickly as our competitors offer similar programs. If we are unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements due to regulatory or financial constraints, unusually rapid technological changes or other factors, the rates at which our institutions'university partners’ graduates obtain jobs in their fields of study could suffer, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired and our business could be adversely affected.
We may be unable to sufficiently protect our proprietary rights and we may encounter disputes from time to time relating to our use of the intellectual property of third parties.
We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, patents, trade secrets, domain names and agreements with employees and third parties to protect our proprietary rights. We have trademark and service mark registrations and pending applications for additional registrations in the United States and select foreign jurisdictions. We also own the domain name rights for our institutions, as well as other words and phrases important to our business. In addition, we have applied for domestic and international patents for certain technology developed by us. We also have registered copyrights for exemplary business course materials. Nonetheless, as new challenges arise in protecting these proprietary rights online, we cannot assure youensure that these measures will be adequate to protect our proprietary rights, that we have secured, or will be able to secure, appropriate protections for all of our proprietary rights in the United States or select foreign jurisdictions, or that third parties will not infringe upon or violate our proprietary rights. Despite our efforts to protect these rights, unauthorized third parties may attempt to duplicate or copy the proprietary aspects of our technology, curricula and online resource material, among others. Our management'smanagement’s attention may be diverted by these attempts, and we may need to expend funds in litigation to protect our proprietary rights against any infringement or violation.
We may also encounter disputes from time to time over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not prevail in these disputes. In certain instances, we may not have obtained sufficient rights to the content of a course. Third parties may raise claims against us alleging an infringement or violation of their intellectual property. Some third-party intellectual property rights may be extremely broad, and it may not be possible for us to conduct our operations in such a way as to avoid all alleged violations of such intellectual property rights. Any such intellectual property claim could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether


34


such claim has merit. Our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may be required to pay monetary damages, which may be significant, or our institutions may be required to alter the content of their classes to be non-infringing.
We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of class materials posted online for class discussions.
In some instances, our institutions' faculty members or students may post various articles or other third-party content on class discussion boards. We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of this material posted online for class discussions. Third parties may raise claims against us for the unauthorized duplication of this material. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and could impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel, regardless of whether the claims have merit. Our general liability insurance may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may be required to alter the content of our courses or pay monetary damages.significant.
Government regulations relating to the Internetinternet could increase our cost of doing business, affect our ability to grow or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business.
The increasing popularity and use of the Internetinternet and other online services has led and may lead to the adoption of new laws and regulatory practices in the United States or in foreign countries and to new interpretations of existing laws and regulations. These new laws and interpretations may relate to issues such as online privacy, copyrights, trademarks and service marks, sales taxes, fair business practices and the requirement that online education institutions qualify to do business as foreign corporations or be licensed in one or more jurisdictions where they have no physical location or other presence. New laws, regulations or interpretations related to doing business over the Internetinternet could increase our costs and materially and adversely affect enrollments.
We may require additional financing in the future and if such financing is not available on terms acceptable to us, it could adversely affect our ability to grow.
We believe that cash flow from operations will be adequate to fund our current operating plans for the foreseeable future. However, we may need additional financing in order to finance our plans, particularly if we pursue any acquisitions. The amount, timing and terms of such additional financing will vary principally depending on the timing and size of new program offerings, the timing and size of acquisitions we may seek to consummate and the amount of cash flows from our operations. To the extent that we require additional financing in the future, such financing may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all and, consequently, we may not be able to fully implement our plans.
A protracted economic slowdown and rising unemployment could lead to lower enrollment and impactat our students' ability to repay their loans.university partner.
We believe that many students pursue postsecondary education to be more competitive in the job market. However, a protracted economic slowdown could increase unemployment and diminish job prospects generally. Diminished job prospects and heightened financial worries could affect the willingness of students to incur loans to pay for postsecondary education and to pursue postsecondary education in general. As a result, enrollments at our university partner could suffer.
In addition, many of our institutions' students borrow Title IV loans to pay for tuition, fees and other expenses. A protracted economic slowdown could negatively impact their ability to repay those loans which would negatively impact our institutions' cohort default rates. Our institutions'university partner’s students also are frequently able to borrow Title IV loans in excess of their tuition. The excess is received by such students as a stipend. However, if a student withdraws, weour university partner must return any unearned Title IV funds,
23


including stipends. A protracted economic slowdown could negatively impact such students'students’ ability to repay those stipends. As a result, the amount of Title IV funds we would have to return without reimbursement from students could increase, and our results of operations could suffer.
If we fail to effectively identify, pursue and consummate acquisitions, either in the U.S. or outside of the U.S., our ability to grow could be impacted and our profitability may be adversely affected.
Acquisitions are one component of our overall long-term growth strategy. From time to time, we engage in evaluations of, and discussions with, possible domestic and international acquisition candidates. We may not be able to identify suitable acquisition opportunities, complete acquisitions on favorable terms, or successfully integrate or profitably operate acquired institutions or businesses. There may be particular difficulties and complexities (regulatory or otherwise) associated with our expansion into international markets, and our strategies may not succeed beyond our current markets. If we are unable to effectively address these challenges, our ability to execute this component of our long-term strategy will be impaired, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to grow and our profitability.
The acquisition, integration and growth of acquired businesses may present challenges that could harm our business.


35


The successful integration and profitable operation of an acquired institution or business, including the realization of anticipated cost savings and additional revenue opportunities, can present challenges, and the failure to overcome these challenges can have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Some of these challenges include:
the inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, policies and procedures;
distraction of management'smanagement’s attention from normal business operations during the integration process;
the inability to attract and/or retain key management personnel to operate the acquired entity;
the inability to obtain, or delay in obtaining, regulatory or other approvals necessary to operate the business;
the inability to correctly estimate the size of a target market or accurately assess market dynamics;
the inability to retain the clients of the acquired entity;
the lingering effects of poor client relations or service performance by the acquired entity, which also may negatively affect the Company’s existing business;
the inability to fully realize the desired efficiencies and economies of scale;
expenses associated with the integration efforts; and
unidentified issues not discovered in the due diligence process, including legal contingencies.
An acquisition related to an institution or other educational business often requires one or multiplevarious regulatory approvals. If we are unable to obtain such approvals, or we obtain them on unfavorable terms, our ability to consummate a transaction may be impaired or we may be unable to operate the acquired entity in a manner that is favorable to us. If we fail to properly evaluate an acquisition, we may be required to incur costs in excess of what we anticipated, and we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of such acquisition.
We may finance a future acquisition with existing funds or funds raised through debt or equity financing. If we use existing funds, we will lower the amount of funds we currently have. If we arrange for alternative financing, we may not be able to obtain such financing on favorable terms. In addition, equity financing could dilute the holdings of our stockholders, which may affect our stock price.
An increase in interest rates could adversely affect our institutions'university partners' ability to attract and retain students.
Interest rates have reached relatively low levels in recent years, creating a favorable borrowing environment for students. However, if Congress increases interest rates on Title IV loans, or if private loan interest rates rise, our institutions'university partners’ students would have to pay higher interest rates on their loans. Any future increase in interest rates will result in a corresponding increase in educational costs to existing and prospective students. Higher interest rates could also contribute to higher default rates with respect to students'students’ repayment of their education loans. Higher default rates may in turn adversely impact our institutions'an institution’s eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV programs, which could have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
Our failurefinancial results may suffer if we fail to comply with environmental lawssuccessfully implement our restructuring plans and/or cost reduction initiatives aimed at right-sizing our operations to match revenue streams.
We have described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K our reductions in force which are intended to strengthen our business by right-sizing our operations to match revenue streams. We also described various restructuring charges related to these plans. If we fail to achieve the intended cost savings, our financial condition, results of operations and regulations governingcash flows may be further impacted. This plan also may have an adverse impact upon the morale or motivation of our activities couldemployees and may result in financial penaltiesfurther distractions to our management. In addition, management will continue to evaluate our cost structure, and other costs.
We use hazardous materials atadditional restructuring plans may be needed. Any cost-saving measures could impact employee retention. In addition, we cannot be sure that the cost reduction will be successful in reducing our ground campuses and generate small quantities of waste,overall expenses as we expect or that additional costs, or reduced revenue, will not offset any such as used oil, antifreeze, paint, car batteries and laboratory materials. Additionally,reductions. If our operating costs are higher than we have identified minor environmental issues at the property near the Clinton Campus. We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, the use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and waste, and the clean-up of contamination at our facilitiesexpect or off-site locations to which we send or have sent waste for disposal. Ifif we do not maintain complianceadequate control of our costs and expenses, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
24


If we fail to effectively identify, pursue and consummate acquisitions, either in the U.S. or outside of the U.S., our ability to grow could be impacted and our profitability may be adversely affected.
Acquisitions are one component of our overall long-term growth strategy. The successful implementation of this strategy depends upon the Company’s ability to identify suitable domestic and international acquisition candidates, acquire such businesses on acceptable terms and finance such acquisitions. There can be no assurance that such candidates will be available or, if such candidates are available, that the price will be attractive or that the Company will be able to identify, acquire or finance such businesses successfully. In addition, in pursuing such acquisition opportunities, the Company may compete with anyother entities with similar growth strategies; these competitors may be larger and have greater financial and other resources than the Company. Competition for these acquisition targets could also result in increased prices of these environmental lawsacquisition targets and/or a diminished pool of companies available for acquisition. There may be particular difficulties and regulations,complexities (regulatory or otherwise) associated with our expansion into international markets, and our strategies may not succeed beyond our current markets. If we are responsible forunable to effectively address these challenges, our ability to execute this component of our long-term strategy will be impaired, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to grow and our profitability.
We may be susceptible to a spillnumber of political, economic, and geographic risks that could harm our business. Significant disruptions in the global economic environment, as a result of a pandemic such as COVID-19, may adversely affect our business and financial results.
The occurrence of certain political, economic or releasegeographic events, such as natural disasters or a pandemic, including the outbreak of hazardous materials,COVID-19 could result in a significant decline in our revenue. We are dependent on customers that are geographically diverse and could be negatively impacted if economic conditions in the U.S. and globally were negatively impacted. Such an occurrence could cause a decrease in our university partner’s enrollment, including a decline in student retention.
The outbreak of COVID-19 continues to grow both in the U.S. and globally, and related government and private sector responsive actions could adversely affect our business operations, including continued work-from home orders. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information that may emerge concerning the COVID-19 and the actions taken to contain it or treat its impact. We have asked our corporate employees whose jobs allow them to work remotely to do so, as deemed necessary. Such precautionary measures could create operational challenges as we adjust to a remote workforce, which could incur significant costs for clean-up, damagesadversely impact our business. We are also dependent on customers that are geographically diverse and fines or penalties.would be negatively impacted if economic conditions in the U.S. and globally continue to be negatively impacted and cause a decrease in our enrollment.
RiskRisks Related to Our Common Stock
The price of our common stock has fluctuated significantly in the past and may continue to do so in the future. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment.
Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for your shares. The market price of our common stock has fluctuated significantly in the past, and may continue to fluctuate significantly for a variety of different reasons, including, without limitation:
developments regarding the accreditation or state licensing of our academic institutions, particularly Ashford University;university partners;


36


our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;
public reaction to our press releases, corporate communications and SEC filings;
changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by research analysts who track our common stock or the stocks of other companies in our industry;
seasonal variations in our student enrollment;
new laws or regulations or new interpretations of laws or regulations applicable to our industry or business;
negative publicity, including government hearings and other public lawmaker or regulator criticism, regarding our industry or business;
changes in enrollment;
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
litigation involving our company or investigations or audits by regulators into the operations of our company or our competitors;
25


sales of common stock by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders; and
changes in general conditions in the United States and global economies or financial markets, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to such events.
In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in our industry. Changes may occur without regard to the operating performance of these companies. The price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with our company.
Sales of outstanding shares of our common stock into the market in the future could cause the market price of our stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
If our stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline. At December 31, 2017, 27.22021, 33.5 million shares of our common stock were outstanding.
In addition, as of December 31, 2017,2021, there were 2.91.2 million shares of our common stock underlying outstanding stock options and 1.44.9 million shares of our common stock underlying outstanding stock awards, including restricted stock units and performance stock units. All shares subject to outstanding stock options are eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of the applicable stock option agreement and Rule 144 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Under Rule 144, shares held by non-affiliates for more than six months may generally be sold without restriction, other than a current public information requirement, and may be sold freely without any restrictions after one year. Shares held by affiliates may also be sold under Rule 144 after one year, subject to applicable restrictions, including volume and manner of sale limitations.
If securities or industry analysts change their recommendations regarding our common stock adversely or cease to cover our company, or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.
The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business or industry. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover our company downgrades our common stock, or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.
We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in our common stock is if the price of our common stock appreciates.
We do not expect to pay dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future and we intend to use our cash position to grow our business. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a positive return on your investment in our common stock will be if the market price of our common stock appreciates.
Your percentage ownership in the Company may be diluted by future issuances of capital stock, which could reduce your influence over matters on which stockholders vote.


37


Subject to the rules of the New YorkNasdaq Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”Market LLC (“NASDAQ”), our board of directors has the authority, without any action or vote of our stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but unissued shares of capital stock. At December 31, 2017,2021, there were 300.0 million shares of common stock authorized for issuance under our certificate of incorporation, 27.233.5 million shares of which were outstanding. At December 31, 2017,2021, there were 20.0 million shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance under our certificate of incorporation, no shares of which were outstanding. Issuances of common stock or voting preferred stock would reduce the influence of our current stockholders over matters on which our stockholders vote and, in the case of issuances of preferred stock, would likely result in the rights of our current stockholders being subject to the prior rights of holders of that preferred stock.
Our common stock has relatively low trading volume, compared to many other public companiescompanies.
Our common stock trades on the NYSE.NASDAQ. Our average daily trading volume over these various mediums is relatively low, particularly when compared to many larger public companies. This low trading volume can cause our common stock price to fluctuate significantly and can make it difficult for investors to buy or sell our common stock quickly and efficiently, compared to companies with a larger publicly traded float and higher average daily trading volumes.
26


If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.
We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of NASDAQ. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are required to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our Annual Report on Form 10‑K filing for that year, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This may require us to incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to further expand our accounting and finance functions and expend significant management efforts. As a smaller reporting company (as defined by the SEC), we are not required to obtain a separate attestation of our internal control over financial reporting from our independent auditors. If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.
Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, may depress the trading price of our stock.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our board of directors that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions:
authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock by our board of directors to increase the number of outstanding shares to discourage a takeover attempt;
provide for a classified board of directors (three classes);
provide that stockholders may only remove directors for cause;
provide that any vacancy on our board, of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of the board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;
provide that a special meeting of stockholders may only be called by our board of directors or by our chief executive officer;
provide that action by written consent of the stockholders may be taken only if the board of directors first approves such action, except that if Warburg Pincus holds at least 50% of our outstanding capital stock on a fully diluted basis, whenever the vote of stockholders is required at a meeting for any corporate action, the meeting and vote of stockholders may be dispensed with, and the action may be taken without such meeting and vote, if a written consent is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at the meeting of stockholders; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, we will hold an annual meeting of stockholders in accordance with NYSENASDAQ rules for so long as our shares are listed on the NYSE,NASDAQ, and as otherwise required by the bylaws;
provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and
establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.
Additionally, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.Comments
None.

27

38



Item 2. Properties.Properties
As of December 31, 2017,2021, we do not own any property. We lease property in Arizona, California, Colorado Iowa, Arizona and Washington D.C.New York, for academic operations, corporate functions, enrollment services and student support services. Below is
Our headquarters are located at 1811 E. Northrop Blvd in Chandler, Arizona, where we lease office space. During fiscal year 2021, we paid annual rent of approximately $1.7 million under the terms of this lease, which expires in September 2030.
We also lease a table summarizingfew additional smaller facilities that we, and our leased properties.
Number of Buildings Location Total Square Footage Lease Expiration 
4 San Diego, CA 625,000 2018-2020 
2 Denver, CO 182,000 2021-2023 
2 Clinton, IA 36,720 2018 
2 Phoenix, AZ 41,200 2018 
1 Washington, D.C. 2,000 2018 
subsidiaries, use as office space and learning centers in California, Colorado and New York.
Our facilities are utilized consistent with management'smanagement’s expectations, and we believe such facilities are suitable and adequate for current requirements and that additional space can be obtained on commercially reasonable terms to meet any future requirements.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.Proceedings
For information regarding any legal proceedings, see Note 20,19, “Commitments and Contingencies” to our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report,Annual Report on Form 10-K, the text of which is incorporated by reference into this Item 3 of Part I.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.Disclosures
None.

28

39



PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant'sRegistrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases
of Equity Securities.Securities
Market Information
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”)NASDAQ under the symbol “BPI.“ZVO. The following table sets forth, for each full quarterly period in 2017 and 2016, the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported on the NYSE.
 High Low
2017   
First Quarter$11.58
 $8.26
Second Quarter$15.85
 $10.45
Third Quarter$15.12
 $8.44
Fourth Quarter$10.40
 $8.18
2016   
First Quarter$10.93
 $6.15
Second Quarter$10.49
 $6.84
Third Quarter$8.33
 $5.38
Fourth Quarter$10.86
 $6.34
Holders of Record
As of February 15, 2018,March 31, 2022, there were 1630 holders of record of our common stock. This figure does not include an indeterminate number of beneficial owners of our common stock whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions.
Dividends
We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our financial condition, operating results and capital requirements, any contractual restrictions related to our ability to pay dividends and such other factors as our board of directors may deem appropriate.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The information required by Item 201(d)On December 3, 2021, we adopted the 2021 CEO Inducement Equity Incentive Plan, pursuant to which we reserved 2,874,138 shares of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statementCommon Stock to be filedused exclusively for grants of equity-based awards to individuals who were not previously employees or directors of the Registrant, as an inducement material to the individual’s entry into employment with us within the SEC in connection with our 2017 Annual Meetingmeaning of Stockholders or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed withRule 5635(c)(4) of the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.Nasdaq Listing Rules.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.


40


Of the 2,874,138 shares of common stock reserved under the 2021 CEO Inducement Equity Incentive Plan, 574,138 shares were issued pursuant to a grant of an equity-based award exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
For information regarding stock repurchase programs, see Note 16, “Stock Repurchase Programs” to our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. Other than as set forth in the table and discussed in the footnote below, we repurchased no common stock during the fourth quarter of 2017.None.
PeriodTotal Number of Shares Purchased (1)Average Price Paid per ShareTotal Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or ProgramsApproximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
October 1, 2017 through October 31, 2017



November 1, 2017 through November 30, 20172,100,000
$7.90

$20,000,000
December 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017



Total2,100,000
$7.90

$20,000,000
(1) In November 2017, we repurchased 2.1 million shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $16.7 million, including fees.
On November 17, 2017, our board also authorized a share repurchase program of up to $20.0 million in aggregate value of shares of its common stock, over a period of 12 months. The timing and extent of any repurchases will depend upon market conditions, the trading price of our shares and other factors, and subject to the restrictions relating to volume, price and timing under applicable law. We may commence or suspend share repurchases at any time or from time to time.


41


Performance Graph
The following information shall not be deemed to be “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such a filing.
The following graph compares the cumulative total return on our common stock over the period from December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2017 to the cumulative total return over the same period of the Russell 3000 Index and a customized peer group of four postsecondary education companies that includes American Public Education, Inc., Capella Education Company, Grand Canyon Education, Inc. and Strayer Education, Inc. The graph assumes an investment of $100 was made in each of our common stock, the index, and the peer group on December 31, 2012, and assumes reinvestment of all dividends. The stock price performance reflected in the graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.


42


Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data.[Reserved]
The following selected consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with
29


Item 7, “Management's7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. The consolidated statement of income (loss) data, consolidated balance sheet data, and consolidated other data set forth below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our annual consolidated financial statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods. The risk factors set forth in Item 1A, “Risk Factors” also discuss material risks and uncertainties that could cause the data reflected below not to be indicative of our future financial condition or results of operations. We declared no cash dividends during the periods presented.Operations
 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015 2014 2013
Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss) Data:(In thousands, except per share data)
Revenue$478,397
 $527,090
 $561,729
 $638,705
 $751,449
Operating income (loss)7,852
 (40,221) (42,295) 14,311
 68,463
Net income (loss)10,537
 (30,040) (70,454) 9,688
 45,883
Income (loss) per share:         
Basic$0.33
 $(0.65) $(1.54) $0.21
 $0.85
Diluted0.32
 (0.65) (1.54) 0.21
 0.83
 As of December 31,
 2017 2016 2015 2014 2013
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:(In thousands)
Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and investments$207,591
 $381,769
 $373,987
 $356,545
 $356,435
Total assets287,539
 463,376
 506,766
 558,095
 570,012
Total stockholders' equity128,458
 280,706
 303,650
 365,881
 344,538
 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015 2014 2013
Consolidated Other Data:(In thousands, except enrollment data)
Cash flows provided by (used in):         
Operating activities$(4,075) $11,083
 $18,801
 $14,177
 $75,538
Investing activities43,684
 14,741
 51,287
 (32,996) 115,196
Financing activities(166,418) (319) 3,805
 2,284
 (197,227)
Period-end enrollment (1):         
Online40,672
 45,007
 48,729
 55,081
 62,668
Campus-based58
 80
 430
 742
 956
Total40,730
 45,087
 49,159
 55,823
 63,624
(1)We define period-end enrollment as the number of active students on the last day of the financial reporting period. A student is considered active if the student has attended a class within the prior 15 days or is on an institutionally-approved break not to exceed 45 days, unless the student has graduated or provided notice of withdrawal, or for new students who have completed their third week of attendance, and posted attendance in the fourth week.


43


Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The following Management'sManagements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with our annual consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” In addition to historical information, this discussion includes forward-looking information that involves risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from management'smanagements expectations. See Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this report.
Overview
We are a provider of postsecondaryZovio Inc is an education technology services through our regionally accredited academiccompany that partners with higher education institutions Ashford University®and University of the RockiesSM. Ashford University offers associate’s, bachelor’semployers to deliver innovative, personalized solutions to help learners and master’s programs, and University of the Rockies offers master’s and doctoral programs. As of December 31, 2017, our institutions offered approximately 1,200 courses and approximately 80 degree programs.leaders achieve their aspirations. For additional information regarding our business, see Part I, Item 1, “Business.”
Until December 1, 2020, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Ashford University, LLC (“AU LLC”), owned and operated Ashford University, a regionally-accredited, online university (the “University”). On December 1, 2020, the Company and AU LLC finalized the Purchase Agreement, by and among the Company, AU LLC, the Arizona Board of Regents, a body corporate, for and on behalf of the University of Arizona (the “University of Arizona”), and the University of Arizona Global Campus, a newly formed Arizona nonprofit corporation (“Global Campus”).
In April 2019, we acquired Fullstack Academy, Inc. (“Fullstack”) an immersive coding bootcamp offering web development and cybersecurity training to students looking for competitive paying and in-demand tech jobs. Fullstack offers full- and part-time programs online, in addition to working with colleges and universities to expand their program offerings and close technological skills gaps in their local communities.
Also in April 2019, we acquired TutorMe.com, Inc. (“TutorMe”), which provides 24/7 tutoring services. Students are matched online with tutors within minutes who can help them with more than 300 subjects. With live video chat, whiteboarding, and screen sharing, students can get the personalized help they need, in the subject they need, at a time that works for them. TutorMe optimizes the student learning journey and is a valuable-resources for high-school and college students. TutorMe is also offered as an employee benefit, providing an added benefit for parents of high-school students.
Reporting Segments
Prior to December 1, 2020, the Company operated in one segment for reporting purposes. Following the Sale Transaction on December 1, 2020, our business operates in two reportable segments, including the University Partners segment and the Zovio Growth segment. The Company’s reportable segments are determined based on (i) financial information reviewed by the chief operating decision maker, (“the CODM”), (ii) internal management and related reporting structure, and (iii) the basis upon which the CODM makes resource allocation decisions. University Partners includes the technology and services provided to colleges and universities to enable the online delivery of degree programs. The inaugural partner in the University Partners segment is Global Campus. University Partners also includes the tuition revenue related to the University prior to the Sale Transaction. The Zovio Growth segment includes our other subsidiaries, including Fullstack and TutorMe.
Key operating dataFinancial Metrics
In evaluating our operating performance, our management focuses in large part on our revenue and operating income and period-end enrollment at our academic institutions.(loss). The following table, which should be read in conjunction with our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report, presents our key operating data for each of the periods presented (in thousands, exceptthousands):
Year Ended December 31,
Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss) Data:20212020
Revenue and other revenue$263,033 $397,121 
Operating loss$(42,608)$(61,900)
30


Revenue and other revenue
After December 1, 2020, revenue is now primarily derived from service revenue from our university partners. On December 1, 2020, the Company entered into the Services Agreement with Global Campus whereby the Company will provide certain educational technology and support services, which has an initial term of fifteen years and seven months, subject to renewal options and certain early termination provisions. The amounts earned from the Services Agreement are denoted as revenue on the consolidated statements of income (loss). On December 1, 2020, the Company also entered into a transition services agreement with Global Campus whereby the Company will provide certain temporary transition services (the “Transition Services Agreement”), which has a term of three years. The amounts earned from the Transition Services Agreement are denoted as other revenue on the consolidated statements of income (loss).
Prior to December 1, 2020, the majority of the amounts earned by the Company were from tuition, technology fees, and digital materials related to students whose primary funding source is governmental funding. The amounts earned from these streams is denoted as university-related revenue on the consolidated statements of income (loss). Factors affecting this revenue include (i) the number of students who enroll and remain enrolled in courses, (ii) degree and program mix, (iii) changes in tuition rates and (iv) the amount of scholarships offered. Enrollments are a function of the number of continuing students at the beginning of each period and new enrollments during the period, offset by students who either graduated or withdrew during the period.
Costs and expenses
Technology and academic services costs consist primarily of costs related to ongoing maintenance of educational infrastructure, including online course delivery and management, student records, assessment, customer relations management and other internal administrative systems. This also includes costs to provide support for enrollment data):curriculum and new program development, support for faculty training and development and technical support. This expense category includes salaries, benefits and share-based compensation, information technology costs, curriculum and new program development costs (which are expensed as incurred), provision for bad debt and other costs associated with these support services. This category also includes an allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy costs attributable to the provision of these services.
Counseling services and support costs consist primarily of costs including team-based counseling and other support to prospective and current students as well as financial aid processing. This expense category includes salaries, benefits and share-based compensation, and other costs such as dues, fees and subscriptions and travel costs. This category also includes an allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy costs attributable to the provision of these services.
Marketing and communication costs consist primarily of lead acquisition, digital communication strategies, brand identity advertising, media planning and strategy, video, data science and analysis, marketing to potential students and other promotional and communication services. This category was primarily from our historical captions of advertising and marketing and promotional. This expense category includes salaries, benefits and share-based compensation for marketing and communication personnel, brand advertising, marketing leads and other promotional and communication expenses. This category also includes an allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy costs attributable to the provision of these services. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.
General and administrative costs consist primarily of compensation and benefit costs, including related stock-based compensation, for employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human resources, compliance, and other corporate functions. This category also includes an allocation of depreciation, amortization, rent, and occupancy costs attributable to the provision of these services.
University-related expenses represent those costs that were transferred to Global Campus in the Sale Transaction and that are no longer incurred by the Company. These costs were previously primarily components of instructional costs and services, with some costs from admissions advisory and marketing and some general and administrative.
Legal expense is comprised of charges related to the amounts to resolve the previously disclosed investigation by the California Attorney General.
Restructuring and impairment expenses are primarily comprised of (i) severance costs related to headcount reductions made in connection with restructuring plans and (ii) estimated lease losses related to facilities vacated or consolidated under restructuring plans.
Loss on transaction amount represents the net assets transferred in the Sale Transaction, as well as other transaction-related expenses and costs to sell.
31


 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss) Data:     
Revenue$478,397
 $527,090
 $561,729
Operating income (loss)7,852
 (40,221) (42,295)
Consolidated Other Data:     
Period-end enrollment (1)     
Online40,672
 45,007
 48,729
Campus-based58
 80
 430
Total40,730
 45,087
 49,159
(1)We define period-end enrollment as the number of active students on the last day of the financial reporting period. A student is considered active if the student has attended a class within the prior 15 days or is on an institutionally-approved break not to exceed 45 days, unless the student has graduated or provided notice of withdrawal, unless the student has graduated or provided notice of withdrawal, or for new students who have completed their third week of attendance, and posted attendance in the fourth week.
Key enrollment trends
Enrollment at our combined academic institutions decreased to 40,730 at December 31, 2017 as compared to 45,087 at December 31, 2016, representing a decrease of 9.7%.Factors Affecting Comparability
We believe the declinefollowing factors have had, or can be expected to have, a significant effect on the comparability of recent or future results of operations:
Sale transaction
The results of operations prior to December 1, 2020 are not comparable to those following that date. On December 1, 2020, the Company entered into the Services Agreement with Global Campus whereby the Company will provide certain educational technology and support services. On December 1, 2020, the Company also entered into the Transition Services Agreement with Global Campus whereby the Company will provide certain temporary transition services. After December 1, 2020, revenue is primarily derived from service revenue from our university partners.
Seasonality
Our operations are generally subject to seasonal trends. Our university partners generally experience a seasonal increase in enrollment overnew enrollments during the past few years is partially attributablefirst quarter of each year, subsequent to a general strengthening of the economy which drives lower unemployment, increased competition,holiday break, as well as during the third quarter each year, when most other colleges and universities begin their fall semesters. While our university partners enroll students throughout the year, fourth quarter revenue is generally lower than other quarters due to the holiday break in December, with a general weakeningrelative increase in the overall industry due in large part to increased regulatory scrutiny. The decline is also partially caused by the initiatives our institutions have put in place to help ensure student preparedness, raise academic quality and improve student outcomes, as well as our voluntary decision to stop enrolling new students eligible to use GI Bill benefits in the fourthfirst quarter of 2017.
We also believe new enrollment has been impacted by the recent and deliberate changes in our marketing strategy in which we significantly reduced our spending in the affiliate channel and reinvested some of that savings in other, more cost effective, channels. We have been implementing this updated marketing strategy that reflects a shift in our advertising mix, in an effort to attract prospective students who have a higher probability of being academically successful, while concurrently making meaningful improvements to the efficiency of our advertising, admissions and marketing spend.
We continue to focus our efforts on first stabilizing and then restarting enrollment growth. In the fourth quarter of 2017, Ashford University received approval from the Department of Education on 16 new programs. We have since launched nine of these new programs, and plan to launch a number of them throughout 2018 and beyond. Expanding our course offerings with


44


these new programs will be one factor that will contribute to our goal of stabilizing enrollment and then achieving new enrollment growth, and over time total enrollment growth.
One area in which we are experiencing positive enrollment trends is within our Education Partnerships programs with various employers. These corporate partnership programs provide companies with the opportunity to offer their employees a way to pursue and complete a college degree without incurring any student debt. Enrollments in the Corporate Full Tuition Grant (“FTG”) program is approximately 10% of our total enrollment as of December 31, 2017, compared to approximately 6% of our total enrollment as of December 31, 2016. Revenue derived from Education Partnerships is cash pay, and is therefore not considered federal student aid for purposes of calculations under the 90/10 rule.each year.
Trends and uncertainties regarding revenue and continuing operations
Restructuring and impairment charges
We have implemented various restructuring plans to better align our resources with our business strategy and the related charges are recorded in the restructuring and impairment charges line item on our consolidated statements of income (loss). The restructuring and impairment charges are primarily comprised of (i) severance costs relatedChanges to headcount reductions, (ii) estimated lease costs related to facilities vacated orthese estimates could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated (iii) charges related to the write-off of certain fixed assets and assets abandoned and (iv) student transfer agreement costs for Ashford University ground-based students. As required by GAAP, the estimated lease losses include sublease assumptions.financial statements. For information regarding the restructuring and impairment charges recorded, refer to Note 3,4, “Restructuring and Impairment Charges” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in Part II, Item 8 of this report.Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Valuation allowance
We recognize deferred tax assets if realization of such assets is more-likely-than-not. In order to make this determination, we evaluate factors including the ability to generate future taxable income from reversing taxable temporary differences, and forecasts of financial and taxable income or loss, and the ability to carryback certain operating losses to refund taxes paid in prior years.loss. The cumulative loss incurred over the three-year period ended December 31, 20172021 constituted significant negative objective evidence against our ability to realize a benefit from our federal deferred tax assets. Such objective evidence limited our ability to consider in our evaluation other subjective evidence such as our projections for future growth. On the basis of our evaluation, we determined that our deferred tax assets were not more-likely-than-not to be realized and that a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets should continue to be maintained as of December 31, 2017.
Key Financial Metrics
Revenue
Revenue consists principally of tuition, technology fees, course digital materials and other miscellaneous fees and is shown net of scholarships and refunds. Factors affecting our revenue include (i) the number of students who enroll and remain enrolled in our courses, (ii) our degree and program mix, (iii) changes in our tuition rates and (iv) the amount of scholarships we offer.
Enrollments
Enrollments are a function of the number of continuing students at the beginning of each period and new enrollments during the period, offset by students who either graduated or withdrew during the period. Our online courses are typically five or six weeks in length and have weekly start dates throughout the year, with the exception of a two-week break during the holiday period in late December and early January.
Costs and expenses
The following is a description of the costs included in each of our current expense categories:
Instructional costs and services consist primarily of costs related to the administration and delivery of our institutions' educational programs. This expense category includes compensation for online faculty and administrative personnel, curriculum and new program development costs, financial aid processing costs, technology license costs, bad debt expense and costs associated with other support groups that provide services directly to the students. Instructional costs and services also include an allocation of information technology, facility, depreciation and amortization costs.
Admissions advisory and marketing costs include compensation of personnel engaged in marketing and recruitment, as well as costs associated with advertising media, purchasing leads and producing marketing materials. Our admissions advisory


45


and marketing expenses are generally affected by the cost of advertising media and leads, the efficiency of our marketing and recruiting efforts, salaries and benefits for our enrollment personnel, and expenditures on advertising initiatives for new and existing academic programs. Advertising costs, which consist primarily of the cost of marketing leads, are expensed as incurred or the first time the advertising takes place, depending on the type of advertising activity. Admissions advisory and marketing costs also include an allocation of information technology, facility, depreciation and amortization costs.
General and administrative expenses include compensation of employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human resources, legal and compliance and other corporate functions. General and administrative expenses also include professional services fees, travel and entertainment expenses, and an allocation of information technology, facility, depreciation and amortization costs.
Legal settlement expense is primarily comprised of (i) the cost to settle a wage and hour dispute, (ii) charges related to the cost of resolution of the previously disclosed civil investigative demands from the CFPB and (iii) the estimate of amounts to resolve the previously disclosed investigative subpoenas from the Attorney General of the State of California.
Restructuring and impairment charges are primarily comprised of (i) charges related to the write-off of certain fixed assets and assets abandoned, (ii) student transfer agreement costs relating to the closure of our Iowa residential campus, (iii) severance costs related to headcount reductions and (iv) estimated lease losses related to facilities vacated or consolidated.
Factors Affecting Comparability
We believe the following factors have had, or can be expected to have, a significant effect on the comparability of recent or future results of operations:
Seasonality
Our operations are generally subject to seasonal trends. We generally experience a seasonal increase in new enrollments during the first quarter of each year, subsequent to holiday break, as well as during the third quarter each year, when most other colleges and universities begin their fall semesters. While we enroll students throughout the year, our fourth quarter revenue generally is lower than other quarters due to the holiday break in December, with an increase in the first quarter of each year.2021.
Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates
Critical accounting policies are those policies that, in management'smanagement’s view, are most important in the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations. The footnotes to our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report include disclosure of significant accounting policies. The methods, estimates and judgments we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on the results we report in our financial statements. These critical accounting policies require us to make difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates regarding matters that are inherently uncertain.
The discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our annual consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. These estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for making assumptions about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences may be material to our consolidated financial statements.
32


Revenue recognition
Effective JanuaryRevenues are recognized when control of the promised goods or services are transferred, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Determining whether a valid customer contract exists includes an assessment of whether amounts due under the contract are collectible. We perform this assessment at the beginning of every contract and subsequently thereafter if new information indicates there has been a significant change in facts and circumstances.
On December 1, 2018, we will recognize revenue under2020, the Company entered into the Services Agreement with Global Campus, which has an initial term of fifteen years and seven months, subject to renewal options and certain early termination provisions. The amounts earned from the Services Agreement are within the scope of ASC 606, Revenue Fromfrom Contracts Withwith Customers (“ASC 606”), and are denoted as revenue on the consolidated statements of income (loss). However, up throughOn December 31, 2017, we continued1, 2020, the Company also entered into a the Transition Services Agreement, which has a term of three years. The amounts earned from the Transition Services Agreement are denoted as other revenue on the consolidated statements of income (loss).
The Services Agreement has a single performance obligation, as the promises to recognize revenue in accordance with ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. Under ASC 605, we recognize revenue when persuasive evidenceprovide the identified services are not distinct within the context of an arrangement exists,these agreements. The single performance obligation constitutes a series of distinct services have been rendered or delivery has occurred,as the fee or price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. The majority of our revenue comes from tuition revenue and is shown net of scholarships and refunds. Tuitioncustomer benefits as services are provided. Service revenue is recognized onover time using the input method cost. The input method provides a straight-line basisfaithful depiction of the performance toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation and can be tied to the direct cost incurred. The service fees received over the applicable periodterm of instruction,the agreement are variable in nature in that they are dependent upon the number of students attending the university and revenues generated from those students during the service period. The service fees are subject to certain adjustments, including performance-based adjustments, minimum profit level adjustments, and excess direct cost adjustments. These adjustments are all variable in nature in that they depend upon the Company’s performance during each service period. Such adjustments are presented as minimum residual liability within accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the consolidated financial statements. The Company allocates variable consideration to the distinct increments of service to which it relates, as the variability is directly related to the Company’s effort to satisfy the distinct increments of service provided. This is consistent with the exception of an online student's first course per degree level at Ashford University. An online student's first course per degree level at Ashford University falls under a three-week conditional admission periodallocation objective in whichASC 606. The Company meets the revenue is deferred untilcriteria in the student matriculates intostandard and exercises the course.
Our institutions' online students generally enroll in a program that encompasses a series of fivepractical expedient to six-week courses that are taken consecutively overnot disclose the lengthaggregate amount of the program. With the exception of those students under conditional admission,


46


online students are billed on a payment period basis on the first day of a class. Students under conditional admission are billed for the payment period upon matriculation. We assess collectibility at the start of a student’s payment period for the courses in that payment period, as well as throughout the period as facts and circumstances change.
In certain cases, our institutions provide scholarships to students for various programs. Scholarships awarded by our institutions are recorded in association with the related specific course, term or payment period. Scholarships are generally deferred and recognized against revenue over the course term. Certain scholarships such as the FTG program and Alumni Scholarship are recognized against revenue over the period of benefittransaction price allocated to the student.
Deferred revenue and student deposits represents unearned tuition and feessingle performance obligation that is unsatisfied as well as student payments in excess of charges. We record an account receivable and corresponding deferred revenue for the amount of tuition and fees for enrolled courses when a student is billed for a payment period. Payments received either directly from the student or from the student's source of funding that exceed amounts billed are recorded as student deposits. At the end of each accounting period, the deferredreporting period. The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations because the variable consideration is allocated entirely to a wholly unsatisfied promise to transfer a service that forms part of a single performance obligation.
Fullstack offers both full-time and part-time technology bootcamps. The tuition fees for these programs are recognized as revenue and student deposits and related account receivable balancesas the services are reduced to present amounts attributableprovided to the current course.
If a student, withdraws prior to certain dates, the student is entitled to a refund of a portion of tuition depending on the date the student last attended a class. Students under conditional admission are not obligated for payment until after their conditional admission period has lapsed, so there is no revenue recognized and no related refund. For all subsequent courses, (i) if an online student drops a class and the student's last date of attendance was in the first week of class, the student receives a full refund of the tuition for that class, (ii) if an online student drops a class and the last date of attendance was in the second week of the class, the student receives a refund of 50% of the tuition for that class and (iii) if an online student drops a class and the student's last date of attendance was after the second week of the class, the student is not entitled to a refund, subject to certain state requirements. We monitor student attendance in online courses through activity in the online program associated with that course. After two weeks have passed without attendance in a class by the student, the student is presumed to have dropped the course as of the last date of attendance, and the student's tuition is automatically refunded to the extent the student is entitled to a refund based on the refund policy above.
We estimate expected refunds based on historical refund rates and record a provision to reduce revenue for the amount that is expected to be refunded. Refunds issued by us for services that have been provided in a prior period have not historically been material. Future changes in the rate of student withdrawals may result in a change to expected refunds and would be accounted for prospectively as a change in estimate. We reassess collectibility throughout the period revenue is recognized by our institutions, on a student-by-student basis. We reassess collectibility based upon new information and changes in facts and circumstances relevant to a student's ability to pay. For example, we reassess collectibility when a student drops from the institution (i.e., is no longer enrolled) and when a student attends a course that was not included in the initial assessment of collectibility at the start of a student’s payment period.
Ashford University records revenue from technology fees on a per course charge basis. The per course technology fee revenue for Ashford University is recognized on a straight-line basiswhich occurs over the applicable period of instruction. UniversityFor most Fullstack programs, tuition is collected prior to the start of the Rockies records revenue from technology fees as one-time start up fees charged to each newcohort; however, for certain programs students can defer payment until completion of the program and for these students an accounts receivable balance is recorded.
TutorMe provides online student (other than military, scholarship studentson-demand tutoring services through hourly and access license contracts. Revenue for these contracts are recognized based on hours used or certain corporate reimbursement students), and recognizes that revenue ratably over the average expected enrollmentcontract period depending on the type of a student. The average expected enrollmentcontract. For most TutorMe contracts, cash is collected at or near the onset of the studentcontract. The collected cash is estimated each quarter based upon historical duration of attendance and qualitative factorsrecognized as deemed necessary.deferred revenue until recognized into revenue.
Other miscellaneous fees include fees for course content and textbooks and other services, such as commencements, and are recognized upon deliveryPrior to December 1, 2020, the majority of the goods or whenamounts earned by the related service is performed.
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Accounts receivable consists of student accounts receivable, which represent amounts due forCompany were from tuition, course digital materials, technology fees, and other feesdigital materials related to students whose primary funding source is governmental funding. The amounts earned from currently enrolled and former students. Students generally fund their education through grants and/or loans under various Title IV programs, tuition assistance from military or corporate employers, or personal funds. Except for those students under conditional admission, paymentsthese streams are duedenoted as university-related revenue on the respective course start date and will be considered past due depending on the student's payment terms. In general, an account is considered delinquent 120 days subsequent to the course start date.
Accounts receivable are stated at the amount management expects to collect from outstanding balances. For accounts receivable, an allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated by management and is principally based on historical collection experience as well as (i) an assessment of individual accounts receivable over a specific aging and amount, (ii) consideration of the nature of the receivable accounts and (iii) potential changes in the business or economic environment. The provision for bad debt is recorded within instructional costs and services in our consolidated statements of income (loss). We charge off


47


uncollectable accounts receivable when the student account is deemed uncollectable by internal collection efforts or by a third-party collection agency.
Impairments ofGoodwill and intangible assets
We test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, testing annually in the fourththird quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if events and circumstances warrant. Under ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, to evaluate the impairment of goodwill, we first assess qualitative factors, such as deterioration in general economic conditions or negative company financial performance, to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. To evaluate the impairment of the indefinite-lived intangible assets, we assess the fair value of the assets to determine whether they are in excess ofwere greater or less than the carrying values. Determining the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets is judgmental in nature and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions are inherently uncertain and canmay include such items as growth rates used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions, and a determination of appropriate market comparables. Our
33


We have three distinct reporting units including (i) Zovio, (ii) Fullstack and (iii) TutorMe. The Fullstack and TutorMe reporting units have goodwill associated with them. During the third quarter of 2021, our quantitative assessment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets noted no impairment indicators in either the Fullstack or the TutorMe reporting unit, and noted a material amount of fair value in excess of the carrying amount. There were no additional triggering events noted during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 did not result in any impairment. There have been2021 and therefore there was no impairment losses for indefinite-lived intangibles recognized by us for any periods presented.of our goodwill amounts.
We also have definite-lived intangible assets, which primarily consist of purchased intangibles and capitalized curriculum development costs. The definite-lived intangible assets are recognized at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is computed using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives of the related assets unless there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We estimate that the useful life of the capitalized curriculum development costs is three years and the useful life of the purchased intangibles is the life of the related contract.
ImpairmentsImpairment of long-lived assets
We assess potential impairment to our long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important that could cause us to assess potential impairment include significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business and significant negative industry or economic trends. An impairment loss is recorded whenif the carrying amount of the long-lived asset is not recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value, and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and an expense to operating results.
We use various assumptions in determining undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of an asset, which could include assumptions regarding revenue growth rates, operating costs,During 2021, we did note certain capital additions, assumed discount rates, disposition or terminal value and other economic factors. These variables require management to make judgments and include inherent uncertainties such as continuing acceptance of our institutions' education offerings by prospective students, our ability to manage operating costs and the impact of changes in the economy on our business. Variations in the assumptions used could lead to a different conclusion regarding the realizability of an asset and, thus, could have a significant effect on our conclusions regarding whether an asset is impaired and the amountindicators of impairment loss recordedduring our qualitative assessments of long-lived assets under ASC 360, Property and Equipment. However, based upon the quantitative assessment, no impairment in the consolidated financial statements.long-lived assets is deemed necessary as of December 31, 2021.
Income taxes
We utilize the asset-liability method of accounting for income taxes. Significant judgments are required in determining the consolidated provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax settlement is uncertain. As a result, we recognize tax liabilities based on estimates of whether additional taxes and interest will be due. These tax liabilities are recognized when, despite our belief that our tax return positions are supportable, we believe that it is more-likely-than-not that those positions may not be fully sustained upon review by tax authorities. We believe that our accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open audit years based on our assessment of many factors, including past experience and interpretations of tax law. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of complex judgments about future events. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters differs from our expectations, such differences will impact income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made.
We evaluate and account for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach. Recognition (step one) occurs when we conclude that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. Measurement (step two) determines the amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Derecognition of a tax position that was previously recognized would occur when we subsequently determine that a tax position no longer meets the more-likely-than-notmore-likely-than- not threshold of being sustained.


48


We are required to file income tax returns in the United States and in various state and local tax jurisdictions. The preparation of these income tax returns requires us to interpret the applicable tax laws and regulations in effect in such jurisdictions, which could affect the amount of tax paid by us. The income tax returns are subject to audits by the applicable federal and state taxing authorities. As part of these audits, the taxing authorities may disagree with our tax positions. The ultimate resolution of these tax positions is often uncertain until the audit is complete and any disagreements are resolved. We therefore record an amount for our estimate of the additional tax liability, including interest and penalties, for any uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. We review and update the accrual for uncertain tax positions as more definitive information becomes available from taxing authorities, and upon completion of tax audits and expiration of statutes of limitations. We record interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.
In addition to estimates inherent in the recognition of current taxes payable, we estimate the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax assets each reporting period. Realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income. To the extent we believe it is more-likely-than-not that all or some portion of our net deferred tax assets will not be realized, we establish a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets. Significant judgment is required in determining any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence, including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies. Additionally, ASU 2016-09 requires that all income tax effects related to settlements of share-based payment awards be reported in earnings as an increase or decrease to income tax expense (benefit), net. Previously, income tax benefits at settlement of an award were reported as an increase (or decrease) to additional paid-in capital to the extent that those benefits were greater than (or less than) the income tax benefits reported in earnings during the award's vesting period.
Stock-based compensation
We have granted options to purchase our common stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance stock units (“PSUs”) to eligible persons under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan. We also awarded contingent shares of the Company’s common stock for future service during our acquisitions. The benefits provided by these grantsawards are share-based payments and are recorded in our consolidated statementstatements of income (loss) based upon their fair values.
Stock-based compensation cost is measured using the grant date fair value of the award and is expensed over the vesting period. The fair value of RSUs is the stock price on the date of grant multiplied by the number of units awarded. The fair value of PSUs was estimated based on our stock price as of the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model. We estimate the fair value of stock options on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock options and PSUs at the grant date under these models requires judgment, including estimating our volatility, employee stock option exercise behaviors and forfeiture rates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock options and PSUs represent our best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment.
34


Stock options awarded under our 2009 Stock Incentive Plan have an exercise price that equals or exceeds the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield of those maturities that are consistent with the expected term of the stock option or PSUs in effect on the date of grant. Dividend rates are based upon historical dividend trends and expected future dividends. As we have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, a zero dividendzero-dividend rate is assumed in our calculation. We have sufficient historical stock option exercise information to compute an expected term for use as an assumption in the Black-Scholes option pricing and Monte Carlo simulation models, and as such, our computation of expected term was calculated using our own historical data. We also have sufficient historical data on the volatility of our stock to use as a direct assumption in the option pricing models.
The amount of stock-based compensation expense we recognize during a period is based on the portion of the awards that are ultimately expected to vest. We estimate stock option forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The effect of a 10% change in estimates to any of the individual inputs to the Black-Scholes option pricing model or the Monte Carlo simulation model would not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For information regarding recent accounting pronouncements, refer to Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

35
49



Results of Operations
On December 1, 2020, the Company and AU LLC finalized the Purchase Agreement, by and among the Company, AU LLC, the University of Arizona, and Global Campus. Accordingly, the results of operations discussed herein reflect both the Company’s operations prior to December 1, 2020, which was made up primarily of the operations of the University, as well as the Company’s operations commencing on December 1, 2020 as an education technology service provider.
The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of income (loss) data as a percentage of revenue for each of the periods indicated:
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Total revenue and other revenue100.0 %100.0 %
Costs and expenses:
Technology and academic services26.9 %18.7 %
Counseling services and support34.0 %24.4 %
Marketing and communication32.4 %23.1 %
General and administrative16.4 %12.0 %
University-related expense— %22.4 %
Legal expense5.4 %— 
Restructuring and impairment charges1.0 %1.2 %
Loss on transaction— %13.8 %
Total costs and expenses116.1 %115.6 %
Operating loss(16.1)%(15.6)%
Other income (loss), net— %— %
Loss before income taxes(16.1)%(15.6)%
Income tax expense (benefit)— %(3.3)%
Net loss(16.1)%(12.3)%
 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Revenue100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
Costs and expenses:     
Instructional costs and services49.6 % 50.1 % 50.1 %
Admissions advisory and marketing36.7 % 38.4 % 35.2 %
General and administrative9.9 % 9.3 % 10.1 %
Legal settlement expense0.4 % 6.3 %  %
Restructuring and impairment charges1.8 % 3.7 % 12.2 %
Total costs and expenses98.4 % 107.8 % 107.6 %
Operating income (loss)1.6 % (7.8)% (7.6)%
Other income, net0.3 % 0.5 % 0.5 %
Income (loss) before income taxes1.9 % (7.3)% (7.1)%
Income tax expense (benefit)(0.3)% (1.6)% 5.4 %
Net income (loss)2.2 % (5.7)% (12.5)%
Year Ended December 31, 20172021 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 20162020
Revenue.Total revenue and other revenue. Our total revenue and other revenue for the year ended December 31, 20172021 and 2020, was $478.4$263.0 million, and $397.1 million, respectively, representing adecrease of $48.7$134.1 million,, or 9.2%, as compared to $527.1 million for the year ended December 31, 201633.8%. The decrease between periods was primarily due to the 9.8% decrease in average weekly student enrollment at our academic institutions from 48,647 students duringFor the year ended December 31, 2016 to 43,872 students for the year ended December 31, 2017. Tuition2021 and 2020, University Partners segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $544.1$232.8 million and $376.2 million, respectively, representing a decrease of $46.438.1%, and the Zovio Growth segment revenue was $30.2 million or 7.9%, as compared to $590.5and $20.9 million, forrespectively, representing an increase of 44.7%.
The decrease in revenue in the year ended December 31, 2016. The decreaseUniversity Partners segment of $143.4 million between periods was primarily due to the decrease in university-related revenue of $356.1 million, or 89.7%, as compared to the prior year. This decrease was due to the sale of Global Campus on December 1, 2020 (see also Note 1, “Nature of Business,” included in Part II, Item 8, for further information). This decrease was also due to a decrease of 16.0% in average weekly enrollment partially offset by the approximate 2.0% tuition increase on April 1, 2017. Additionally, revenue generated from course digital materials and related fees for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $17.7 million, a decrease of $1.8 million, or 9.2%,2021 as compared to $19.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The2020. Partially offsetting the decrease in the University Partners segment was a $203.0 million increase of service revenue due to the Services Agreement entered into on December 1, 2020, as well as an increase in other revenue generated from the Transition Services Agreement of approximately $8.9 million.
The increase in revenue in the Zovio Growth segment between periods was also partiallyprimarily due to an increasethe growth in institutional scholarships. Institutional scholarships for the new customer contracts experienced this year ended December 31, 2017 was $100.3 million, an increase of $3.9 million, or 4.1%, as compared to $96.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.within our subsidiaries, Fullstack Academy and TutorMe.com.
Instructional costsTechnology and academic services. Our instructional coststechnology and academic services for the year ended December 31, 20172021 and 2020, were $237.2$70.7 million, and $74.4 million, respectively, representing adecrease of $26.7$3.7 million,, or 10.1%, as compared to instructional costs and services of $263.9 million for the year ended December 31, 20165.0%. The decrease between periods was reflective of the decrease in student enrollment at our academic institutions as discussed above. Specific decreases between periods primarily include decreases in direct compensation (a reduction in cost driven by financial aid processing activities being brought in-house) of $9.3 million, corporate supportconsulting and outside services of $5.6$4.9 million, instructor fees of $4.5 million, facilitiesemployee costs of $4.2$2.4 million, license fees of $2.5 million and amortization of intangible assets of $1.3$1.0 million, professional fees of $0.7 million, and facility costs of $0.4 million. These decreases were partially offset by an increaseincreases in informationother technology costsand academic services expenses of $1.2$3.5 million, license fees of $1.8 million, and instructional supplies of $0.3 million.
Our instructional coststechnology and academic services, decreased as a percentage of revenue, to 49.6% for the year ended December 31, 20172021 and 2020, were 26.9% and 18.7%, as compared to 50.1% for the year ended December 31, 2016respectively, representing an increase of 8.2%. The decrease of 0.5% as a percentage of revenueThis increase primarily resulted from decreasesincluded increases in facilitiesemployee costs of 0.5%3.6%, corporate supportother technology and academic services expenses of 0.4%1.9%, license fees of 0.3%1.7%, instructor feesand instructional supplies of 0.2% and amortization of intangible assets of 0.2%,0.8%. These increases were partially offset by increasesa decrease in information technology costsconsulting and outside services of 0.6% and bad debt expense of
36


0.5%. As a percentage of revenue, bad debt expense increaseddecreased to 6.7%0.5% for the year ended December 31, 2017,2021, compared to 6.2%3.6% for the year ended December 31, 2016. We continue to implement changes in our processes which we believe we help us reach our goal of reducing this expense as a percentage of revenue over time.2020.
Admissions advisoryCounseling services and marketing.support. Our admissions advisorycounseling services and marketingsupport expenses for the year ended December 31, 20172021 and 2020, were $175.4$89.5 million and $97.0 million, respectively, representing a decrease of $26.8$7.5 million, or 13.3%, as compared to admissions advisory and marketing expenses of $202.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. As a result of our change in marketing strategy and the shift in advertising mix, specific7.7%. Specific factors contributing to the overall decrease between periods were primarily due to a decreases in compensation expense of $18.4 million, net facilitiesemployee costs of $7.0$3.8 million, advertisingfacility costs of $6.0$2.4 million, and information


50


technology costsother counseling services and support expenses of $2.9 million,$1.4 million. The overall decrease was partially offset by increasesan increase in corporatedepreciation of $0.4 million. Our counseling services and support services of $5.9 million and consulting and professional fees of $0.8 million.
Our admissions advisory and marketing expenses, decreased as a percentage of revenue, to 36.7% for the year ended December 31, 2017 from 38.4%2021 and 2020, were 34.0% and 24.4%, respectively, representing an increase of 9.6%. This increase primarily included increases in employee costs of 8.6%, depreciation of 0.6%, human resources costs of 0.5%.
Marketing and communication. Our marketing and communication expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016. The2021 and 2020, were $85.3 million and $91.6 million, respectively, representing a decrease of 1.7%$6.3 million, or 6.9%. Specific factors contributing to the overall decrease between periods were primarily due to decreases in advertising of $4.9 million, other marketing and communication expenses of $1.9 million and license fees of $1.2 million. The overall decrease was partially offset by increases in employee costs of $1.2 million and consulting and outside services of $0.7 million. Our marketing and communication expenses, as a percentage of revenue, wasfor the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, were 32.4% and 23.1%, respectively, representing an increase of 9.3%. This increase primarily due to decreasesincluded increases in compensation expenseadvertising of 2.0%7.1%, facilitiesemployee costs of 1.1%1.9%, and information technology costsconsulting and outside services of 0.4%, partially0.8%. The overall increase was offset by increases as a percentagedecrease in other marketing and communication expenses of revenue in corporate support services of 1.0%, and advertising costs of 0.3%0.4%.
General and administrative. Our general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 20172021 and 2020, were $47.4$43.2 million, and $47.4 million, respectively, representing adecrease of $1.5$4.2 million,, or 3.0%, as compared to general and administrative expenses of $48.8 million for the year ended December 31, 20168.9%. The decrease between periods was primarily due to decreases in other administrativeemployee costs of $2.2$5.8 million, other general and administrative compensationexpenses of $2.0$3.8 million, professional fees of $3.0 million, consulting and outside services of $0.5 million, and facilities costslegal settlements of $1.6 million,$0.3 million. These decreases were partially offset by increases in professionalexecutive severance of $4.4 million, human resource costs of $1.6 million, non-recurring stock compensation of $1.3 million, insurance of $1.0 million, and legal fees of $4.3$0.9 million.
Our general and administrative expenses, increased as a percentage of revenue, to 9.9% for the year ended December 31, 2017 from 9.3%2021 and 2020, were 16.4% and 12.0%, respectively, representing an increase of 4.4%. This increase is mainly due to increases in other general and administrative expenses of 3.4%, legal fees of 1.2%, employee costs of 1.1%, insurance of 0.8%, and consulting and outside services of 0.4%, partially offset by decreases in executive severance of 1.7% and professional fees of 0.5%.
University-related expense. Our university-related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016.2020 were $89.0 million. The increase of 0.6% as a percentage of revenue included increasesuniversity-related expenses represent those costs that were transferred to Global Campus in professional fees of 1.1%,the Sale Transaction and administrative compensation of 0.3%, partially offsetthat are no longer incurred by a decrease in corporate support services of 0.6% and net facilities costs of 0.3%.the Company.
Legal settlement expense.For Legal expense for the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded a legal settlement expense of $1.82021 were $14.3 million, relatedwhich represents the additional amounts necessary to get to the costs$22.4 million in statutory penalties relating to settle a wage and hour dispute. Forthe California Attorney General’s lawsuit. There were no such legal expense for the year ended December 31, 2016. we recorded a legal settlement expense of $33.1 million, which includes the cost of resolution of the previously disclosed civil investigative demands from the CFPB, as well as an estimate of amounts to resolve the previously disclosed investigative subpoenas from the Attorney General of the State of California.2020.
Restructuring and impairment charges. Our restructuring and impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 20172021 were $8.7$2.6 million, as compared to $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, representing a decrease of $2.2 million. The charges for the year ended December 31, 2021 were comprised of $5.8 million of lease exit costs for properties in San Diego, $2.2$2.6 million relating to severance costs for wages and benefits resulting from a reduction in force and $0.8force.
Loss on transaction. The loss on transaction amount of $54.8 million for asset impairments. The costs were partially offset by a decrease in student transfer agreement costs $0.1 million. Our restructuring and impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $19.3 million, comprised of $14.5 million of lease exit2020 represents the net assets transferred in the Sale Transaction, as well as other transaction-related expenses and costs for properties in San Diego, $2.7 million relating to severance costs for wages and benefits resulting from a reduction in force to help better align personnel resources with the decline in student enrollment and $2.2 million for asset impairments, partially offset by a decrease in student transfer agreement costs of $0.1 million.sell.
Other income (loss), net. Our The other income, net, for the year ended December 31, 20172021 was $1.5 million, adecrease of $0.8$0.1 million, as compared to other income,loss, net, of $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease between periods was primarily a result of decreased interest income due to changes in the levels of average cash and cash equivalents and investment balances.
Income tax benefit. Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $1.2 million as compared to income tax benefit of $7.9$0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, or a decrease of $6.7 million in income tax benefit. Income tax benefit was recognized at effective tax rates of 12.5% and 20.8% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.2020. The change in the income tax benefit is mainly attributable to the tax refund claims associated with the 2016 net operating loss carryback to the tax year 2014.
Net income (loss). Our net incomeresults for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $10.5 million compared to net loss of $30.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a $40.6 million increase in net income as a result of the factors discussed above.
Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015
Revenue. Our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $527.1 million, a decrease of $34.6 million, or 6.2%, as compared to $561.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease between periods was primarily due to the 7.2% decrease in average weekly student enrollment at our academic institutions from 52,415 students during the year ended December 31, 2015 to 48,647 students the year ended December 31, 2016. Tuition revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $590.5 million, a decrease of $35.9 million, or 5.7%, as compared to $626.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease between periods was primarily due to the decrease in average weekly enrollment, partially offset by the approximate 2.9% tuition increase on April 1, 2016. Additionally, revenue generated from course digital materials and related fees for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $19.5 million, an increase of $0.2 million, or 0.9%, as compared to revenue generated from course digital materials of $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in revenue between periods was partially offset by a decrease in institutional scholarships. Institutional scholarships for the year ended


51


December 31, 2016 was $96.4 million, a decrease of $5.9 million, or 5.8%, as compared to $102.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.
Instructional costs and services. Our instructional costs and services for the year ended December 31, 20162021 were $263.9 million, a decrease of $17.6 million, or 6.3%, as compared to instructional costs and services of $281.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease between periods was reflective of the decrease in student enrollment at our academic institutions as discussed above. Specific decreases between periods include decreases in facilities costs of $4.5 million, information technology costs of $3.9 million, direct compensation of $3.6 million, corporate support services of $2.1 million, instructor fees of $1.8 million, loan impairment charges of $1.1 million, financial aid processing fees of $0.9 million and license fees of $0.5 million. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in bad debt expense of $2.7 million.
Instructional costs and services as a percentage of revenue was 50.1% for the year ended December 31, 2016, which was in line with the 50.1% for the year ended December 31, 2015. There was a slight increase between periods, which included increases as a percentage of revenue in bad debt expense of 0.9% and direct compensation of 0.3%, partially offset by decreases as a percentage of revenue in facilities costs of 0.6% and information technology costs of 0.5%. As a percentage of revenue, bad debt expense increased to 6.2% for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to 5.3% for the year ended December 31, 2015.
Admissions advisory and marketing. Our admissions advisory and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $202.2 million, an increase of $4.6 million, or 2.3%, as compared to admissions advisory and marketing expenses of $197.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase between periods was primarily due to an increase in advertising costs of $13.8 million, partially offset by decreases in compensation expense of $3.0 million, net facilities costs of $2.8 million, information technology costs of $1.2 million, consulting and professional fees of $0.9 million and corporate support services of $0.9 million.
Our admissions advisory and marketing expenses increased as a percentage of revenue to 38.4% for the year ended December 31, 2016 from 35.2% for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase of 3.2% was primarily due to increases as a percentage of revenue in advertising costs of 3.4% and compensation expense of 0.6%, partially offset by decreases as a percentage of revenue in facilities costs of 0.3% and corporate support services of 0.3%.
General and administrative. Our general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $48.8 million, a decrease of $7.7 million, or 13.7%, as compared to general and administrative expenses of $56.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease between periods was primarily due to decreases in other administrative costs of $4.7 million, administrative compensation of $3.9 million, facilities costs of $1.8 million and professional fees of $1.1 million, partially offset by increases in corporate support services of $2.9 million and legal fees of $1.5 million.
Our general and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of revenue to 9.3% for the year ended December 31, 2016 from 10.1% for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease of 0.8% included decreases as a percentage of revenue in other administrative costs of 0.6%, administrative compensation of 0.3% and net facilities costs of 0.3%, partially offset by an increase as percentage of revenue in legal fees of 0.3%.
Legal settlement expense. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded a legal settlement expense of $33.1 million, which includes the cost of resolution of the previously disclosed civil investigative demands from the CFPB as well as an estimate of additional amounts to resolve the previously disclosed investigative subpoenas from the Attorney General of the State of California. There were no such charges for the year ended December 31, 2015.
Restructuring and impairment charges. Our restructuring and impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $19.3 million, comprised of $14.5 million of lease exit costs for properties in San Diego, $2.7 million relating to severance costs for wages and benefits resulting from a reduction in force to help better align personnel resources with the decline in student enrollment and $2.2 million for asset impairments, partially offset by a decrease in student transfer agreement costs $0.1 million. Our restructuring and impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $68.4 million, comprised of $43.3 million for asset impairments, $17.1 million of lease exit costs for properties in San Diego and Denver, $4.7 million relating to severance costs for wages and benefits resulting from a reduction in force to help better align personnel resources with the decline in student enrollment and $3.3 million for student transfer agreement costs.
Other income, net. Our other income, net, for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $2.3 million, an increase of $0.2 million as compared to other income, net, of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase between periods was primarily a result of increased interest income due to changes in the levels of average cash and cash equivalents and investment balances.


52


Income tax expense (benefit).benefit. Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 20162021 was $7.9$0.1 million as compared to income tax expensebenefit of $30.3$13.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015,2020, or a $38.2decrease of $12.9 million decrease in income tax expense.benefit. Income tax expense (benefit)benefit was recognized at effective tax rates of 20.8%0.3% and (75.3)%21.1% for the years ended December 31, 20162021 and 2015,2020, respectively. The change in income tax expense between periods was primarily duebenefit at December 31, 2021 is mainly attributable to certain federal and state tax refund true-ups related prior years, whereas the income tax benefit at December 31, 2020 is mainly attributable to the establishment of a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets during the year ended December 31, 2015.refunds and interest related to CARES Act and IRS audit examination.
37


Net loss. Our net loss for the year ended December 31, 20162021 was $30.0$42.3 million compared to net loss of $70.5$49.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015,2020, a $40.5$6.6 million decreaseincrease in net lossincome as a result of the factors discussed above.
Segment Operating Results
Segment profitability represents net income (loss), before net interest income (expense), taxes, depreciation and amortization expense (“EBITDA”).
University Partners segment operating results for the year ended December 31, 2021 was a loss of $26.6 million, or 11.4% of revenue, compared to a loss of $41.2 million, or 10.9% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2020. This represents a $14.6 million increase in operating results. However, the operating results for the prior year ended December 31, 2020 include the loss on sale transaction of $54.8 million. The resulting decrease, excluding the loss on sale, is primarily due to the decrease in revenue in this segment.
Zovio Growth segment operating results for the year ended December 31, 2021 was a loss of $7.7 million, or 25.5% of revenue, compared to a loss of $9.3 million, or 44.6% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2020. This represents a $1.6 million increase in operating results, which was primarily driven by the continued demand seen within the Fullstack and TutorMe businesses in 2021.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity
We financed our operating activities and capital expenditures during the years ended December 31, 20172021 and 2016 either through cash provided by operating activities or2020 primarily through cash on hand. Our cash and cash equivalents were $185.1 million at December 31, 20172021 and $307.82020, were $28.3 million at December 31, 2016, and $35.5 million, respectively, which can be used for operating activities or capital expenditures. Additionally, at December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, we had restricted cash of $20.4$9.3 million and $24.5$20.0 million, respectively, as well as investments of $2.1$1.0 million and $49.4$1.5 million, respectively.
There was a slight decrease in the fair value of our investments at December 31, 2021 as compared to the prior year. We believe that any fluctuations we have experienced are temporary in nature and, while our securities are classified as available-for-sale, we have the ability and intent to hold them until maturity, if necessary, to recover their full value. Additionally, our income tax receivable decreased from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021 primarily due to tax refunds received from tax audit examinations.
On April 14, 2022, the Company entered into a Financing Agreement (the “Credit Facility”) among the Company, as borrower, each of its wholly-owned subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors (the “Guarantors”), respectively.the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “Lenders”) and Blue Torch Finance LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (the “Agent”). The Credit Facility provides for, among other things, a term loan in the aggregate principal amount of $31.5 million (the “Term Loan”). The proceeds of the Term Loan will be used (i) to satisfy any final judgement in the California Attorney General lawsuit and (ii) to fund the working capital of the Company and the Guarantors. For additional information on financing obtained in April 2022, see Note 22, “Subsequent Events” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
In March 2022, the Company received a court order to pay $22.4 million in statutory penalties relating to the California Attorney General’s lawsuit. We are currently considering all options available and have filed a motion for a new trial on the Court’s decision. Regardless of the ultimate outcome, this decision could have a material impact on our financial condition. For additional information regarding this lawsuit, see Note 22, “Subsequent Events” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
We manage our excess cash pursuant to the quantitative and qualitative operational guidelines of our cash investment policy. Our cash investment policy, which is managed by our Chief Financial Officer, has the following primary objectives: (i) preserving principal, (ii) meeting our liquidity needs, (iii) minimizing market and credit risk, and (iv) providing after-tax returns. Under the policy'spolicy’s guidelines, we invest our excess cash exclusively in high-quality, U.S. dollar-denominated financial instruments. For a discussion of the measures we use to mitigate the exposure of our cash investments to market risk, credit risk and interest rate risk, see Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”
Stock repurchase programsOperating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $15.4 million for 2021, whereas the cash provided by operating activities was $25.3 million for 2020. The Company's boardprimary drivers of directors (the “board”) may authorize usthe decreased net cash provided by operations was the $51.9 million adjustment of the loss on transaction in 2020, as well as the net changes in operating assets and liabilities. These year over year changes include the accounts receivable of $14.0 million, deferred revenue of $5.1 million, a change in accounts payable and accrued
38


liabilities of $19.5 million, and a change in operating lease liabilities of $1.5 million, partially offset by a change of $11.1 million in prepaid and other current assets and a change in other liabilities of $2.5 million.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $1.4 million and $64.7 million for 2021 and 2020, respectively. During 2021, we purchased $1.1 million of investments and had $0.7 million of capitalized costs for intangible assets, partially offset by $1.8 million sales of investments. In 2020, we had $62.3 million of cash transferred in connection with the sale to repurchase outstanding sharesGlobal Campus, as well as purchases of its common stock from timeinvestments of $0.7 million, and had $0.3 million of capitalized costs for intangible assets.
Capital expenditures were $1.4 million and $3.2 million for 2021 and 2020, respectively. For the year ending December 31, 2022, we expect our capital expenditures to timebe approximately $1.4 million, primarily in the open market through block trades or otherwise depending on market conditionsareas of computer and other considerations, pursuantsoftware upgrades, as well as leasehold improvements.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $1.1 million for 2021, whereas net cash provided by financing activities was $2.3 million for 2020. During 2021, net cash used in financing activities was primarily due to the applicable rulescash used for tax withholdings related to vesting of the SEC. The Company's policy isrestricted stock awards of $1.2 million. During 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to retain these repurchased shares as treasury shares and not to retire them. The amount and timingborrowings from notes payable of future share repurchases, if any, will be made as market and business conditions warrant. The timing and extent of any repurchases will depend upon market conditions, the trading price of our shares and other factors, and subject to the restrictions relating to volume, price and timing under applicable law. We may commence or suspend share repurchases at any time or from time to time. For information regarding share repurchases, refer to Note 16, “Stock Repurchase Programs” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
Available borrowing facilities
We had no borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2017. The Company had issued letters of credit that are collateralized with cash in the aggregate amount of $8.3 million, which is included as restricted cash as of December 31, 2017.
As part of its normal business operations, the Company is required to provide surety bonds in certain states in which the Company does business. As of December 31, 2017, the Company's total available surety bond facility was $3.5$2.7 million and the surety had issued bondscash provided by proceeds from the issuance of stock under our employee stock purchase plan of $0.2 million, partially offset by the facility totaling $3.2 million oncash used for the Company's behalf.tax withholdings related to vesting of restricted stock awards of $0.5 million.
Title IV and other governmental fundingAgreements with Global Campus
Our institutions derivelargest university partner, Global Campus, derives the substantial majority of theirits respective cash revenues from students who enroll and are eligible for various federal student financial assistance programs authorized under Title IV of the Higher Education Act. In the years ended December 31, 2017, Ashford University derived 80.8%, and University of the Rockies derived 86.1%, of their respective cash revenues from Title IV program funds, calculated in accordance with applicable Department regulations. Our institutions areAn institution is subject to significant regulatory scrutiny as a result of numerous standards that must be satisfied in order to participate in Title IV programs. For additional information regarding Title IV programs and the regulation thereof, see “Regulation”“Business—Regulation” included in Part I, Item 1, “Business”.1. The balance of revenues derived by our institutionsGlobal Campus is from government tuition assistance programs for military personnel, including veterans, payments made in cash by individuals, reimbursement from corporate partnerships and private loans from third parties. For additional information, see
The majority of our cash comes from our Services Agreement with Global Campus. The service fees in the section entitled “Student Financing”Services Agreement are subject to certain minimum residual liability adjustments, including performance-based adjustments, minimum profit level adjustments, and excess direct cost adjustments. These adjustments are all variable in Item 1, “Business”.
If we werenature in that they depend upon the Company’s performance, and to become ineligible to receive Title IV and other governmental funding, our liquidity would be significantly impacted. The timinga certain extent the performance of disbursements under Title IV programs is based on federal regulations and our ability to successfully and timely arrange financial aid for our institutions' students. Title IV funds are generally provided in multiple disbursements before we earn a significant portion of tuition and fees and incur related expenses over the period of instruction. Students must


53


apply for new loans and grantsGlobal Campus, during each academic year. These factors, togetherservice period. In connection with the timing at which our institutions' students begin their programs, affect our revenues and operating cash flow.
Financial responsibility
ForServices Agreement, the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, the consolidated composite score calculated was 2.0, satisfying the composite score requirement of the Department's financial responsibility test, which institutions must satisfy in order to participate in Title IV programs. We expect the consolidated composite score to be 2.5 for the year ended December 31, 2017. However, the consolidated calculation is subject to determination by the Department once it receives and reviews our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2017, the composite score at each of our institutions is higher than the consolidated score. For additional information, see “Regulation — Department Regulation of Title IV Programs — Financial responsibility” in Part I, “Business.”
Operating activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $4.1 million for 2017, compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $11.1 million and $18.8 million for 2016 and 2015, respectively. The decrease of $15.2 million from 2016 to 2017 was primarily due to a relative decrease in the changes in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $17.7 million due to the timing of lease termination costs, decrease in prepaids and other current assets of $12.9 million due to the timing of income tax receivables, and decrease in other long-term assets of $6.3 million. In addition, there was a loss on student loans receivable of $7.5 million in 2016, whereas there was none in 2017. There was also a decrease in the loss on termination of leased space of $7.4 million, and lower depreciation and amortization by $4.2 million. These decreases were mainly offset by an increase in net income of $40.6 million. The decrease in net cash provided by operating activities from 2015 to 2016 of $7.7 million was primarily related to a decrease in the disposal of fixed assets of $41.9 million, and decreases in deferred income taxes of $40.9 million. These decreases were partially offset by a lower net loss of $40.5 million, prepaid expenses and other current assets of $27.7 million, and loss on impairment of student loan receivable of $6.2 million. We expect to generate cash from our operating activities for the foreseeable future.
Investing activities
Net cash provided by investing activities was $43.7 million, $14.7 million and $51.3 million for 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. Our cash provided by investing activities in 2017 was primarily related to maturities of investments, partially offset by purchases of property and equipment. During 2017, there were maturities of investments of $47.7 million and we purchased $0.3 million of investments. This is compared to maturities of investments of $37.8 million and purchases of investments of $20.3 million in 2016, and maturities of investments of $66.1 million and purchases of investments of $20.3 million in 2015. Capital expenditures were $3.4 million, $1.9 million and $2.5 million for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. For the year ending December 31, 2018, we expect our capital expenditures to be approximately $4.0 million.
Financing activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $166.4 million and $0.3 million for 2017 and 2016, respectively, and net cash provided by financing activities was $3.8 million for 2015. During 2017, net cash used in financing activities was primarily due to the repurchases of common stock of $168.7 million, as well as cash used for the tax withholdings related to vesting of restricted stock awards of $1.9 million. During 2016, cash used in financing activities primarily reflects the cash used for the tax withholdings related to vesting of restricted stock awards of $1.9 million, partially offset by the cash provided by option exercises of $1.3 million. During 2015, net cash provided by financing activities primarily reflects the proceeds received from a sale-leaseback transaction of $4.1 million, the cash provided by option exercises of $0.3 million and the related tax benefit of those option exercises, partially offset by cash used for the tax withholdings related to vesting of restricted stock awards of $1.3 million.
Based on our current level of operations, we believe that our future cash flows from operating activities and our existing cash and cash equivalents will provide adequate funds for ongoing operations, planned capital expenditures and working capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, changes could occur that would consume our available capital resources before that time. Our capital requirements depend on numerous factors, including our ability to continue to generate revenue. There can be no assurance that additional funding, if necessary,minimum residual payment will be availablepaid annually in June. If the Company's restructuring efforts and enrollment initiatives do not occur as planned, then the Company will need to us on favorable terms, if at all. For additional information, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors” which also discuss material risks and uncertainties.find alternative sources to fund operations.


54


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and SignificantFuture Contractual Obligations
We have future contractual obligations relating to operating lease obligations in the amount of $53.6 million, of which approximately $7.0 million is short-term in nature.
We also have contractual obligations in the amount of $16.3 million, of which $10.8 million is a short-term obligation. These obligations include agreements with vendors in the areas of software, facilities, telephony, licensing fees, consulting, marketing, among others.
Debt and Financing Arrangements
As part of our normal business operations, weDecember 31, 2021, the Company has a long-term notes payable valued at $2.7 million, including accrued interest. The counterparty advanced funds to the Company for certain program development costs, which the Company is obligated to repay out of future revenues from the developed program. The Company recognized these advances as a debt obligation, and expects to begin repayments from future program revenues four years from the contract start date.
The Company has issued letters of credit that are collateralized with cash, in the aggregate amount of $9.2 million as of December 31, 2021. The letters of credit relate primarily to the Company's leased facilities and insurance requirements. The collateralized cash is held in restricted cash on the Company's consolidated balance sheets.
39


The Company is required to provide surety bonds in certain states where we doin which it does business. In May 2009, weAs a result, the Company had previously entered into a surety bond facility with an insurance company to provide such bonds when required. As of December 31, 2017, our total available surety bond facility was $3.5 million andAlthough there are no remaining bonds on the surety had issued bonds totaling $3.2 million on ourCompany’s behalf under such facility.
The following table sets forth,this facility as of December 31, 2017,2021, the Company still holds certain significant cash and contractual obligations that will affect our future liquidity:liability associated with any required collateral.
 Payments Due by Period
 Total 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 Thereafter
 (In thousands)
Operating lease obligations$68,797
 $31,400
 $20,833
 $9,504
 $5,112
 $1,558
 $390
Other contractual obligations50,900
 16,862
 11,327
 9,284
 3,427
 2,500
 7,500
Uncertain tax positions8,893
 
 8,893
 
 
 
 
Total$128,590
 $48,262
 $41,053
 $18,788
 $8,539
 $4,058
 $7,890
Segment Information
We operate in one reportable segment as a single educational delivery operation using a core infrastructure that serves the curriculum and educational delivery needs of our institution's students regardless of geography. Our chief operating decision maker, our CEO and President, manages our operations as a whole, and our chief operating decision makerThe Company does not evaluate expenses or operating income information on a component level.have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For information regarding recent accounting pronouncements, refer to Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
40


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.Risk
Market and Credit Risk
Pursuant to our cash investment policy, we attempt to mitigate the exposure of our cash and investments to market and credit risk by (i) diversifying concentration to ensure we are not overly concentrated in a limited number of financial institutions, (ii) monitoring and managing the risks associated with the national banking and credit markets, (iii) investing in U.S. dollar-denominated assets and instruments only, (iv) diversifying account structures so that we maintain a decentralized account portfolio with numerous stable, highly rated and liquid financial institutions and (v) ensuring that our investment procedures maintain a defined and specific scope such that we will not invest in higher-risk investment accounts, including financial swaps or derivative and corporate equities. Accordingly, pursuant to the guidelines established by our cash investment policy, we invest our excess cash exclusively in high-quality, U.S. dollar-denominated financial instruments.
Despite the investment risk mitigation strategies we employ, we may incur investment losses as a result of unusual and unpredictable market developments, and we may experience reduced investment earnings if the yields on investments that are deemed to be low risk remain low or decline further in this time of economic uncertainty. Unusual and unpredictable market developments may also create liquidity challenges for certain of the assets in our investment portfolio.
We have no derivative financial instruments or derivative commodity instruments.
Interest Rate Risk
To the extent we borrow funds, we would be subject to fluctuations in interest rates. As of December 31, 2017,2021, we had no outstanding borrowings.$2.7 million in long-term notes payable.
Our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2017,2021, a hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would not have a material impact on our future earnings, fair value or cash flows related to interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents or investments.


41
55






Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the shareholdersstockholders and the Board of Directors of Bridgepoint Education, Inc.Zovio Inc
OpinionsOpinion on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bridgepoint Education, Inc.Zovio Inc and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20172021 and 2016, and2020, the related consolidated statements of income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), stockholders'stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 20172021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017,2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
Basis for OpinionsOpinion
The Company's management is responsible for theseThese financial statements for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessmentare the responsibility of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on thesethe Company’s financial statements and an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S.US federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditsaudit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effectivefraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, was maintained in all material respects.but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures tothat respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial ReportingCritical Audit Matter
A company’s internal control over financial reportingThe critical audit matter communicated below is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regardingmatter arising from the reliabilitycurrent-period audit of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policiesthat was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and procedures that (1) pertainrelates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effectany way our opinion on the financial statements.statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Contra Revenue and Liability - Minimum Residual Liability - Refer to Notes 1, 2, and 8 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description
57


BecauseThe service fees in the Strategic Services Agreement (the “Services Agreement”) between the Company and the University of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periodsArizona Global Campus (“Global Campus”) are subject to certain minimum residual liability adjustments, a contra-revenue adjustment. These adjustments include performance-based adjustments, minimum profit level adjustments, and excess direct cost adjustments (collectively, the risk that controls may become inadequate“adjustments”) and are all variable in nature as they depend upon the Company’s performance and, to a certain extent, the performance of Global Campus during each service period which coincides with Global Campus’ fiscal year of July 1 to June 30. The adjustments are presented as a minimum residual liability within accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the balance sheet and as contra-revenue adjustments in the income statement. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company’s minimum residual liability was $15.0 million.
As the service period covers July 1 to June 30, six months of the minimum residual liability as of December 31, 2021, is based on actual data from July 2021 through December 2021 and six months is based on forecasted data from January 2022 through June 2022. The main inputs include the Company’s forecasts of its direct costs as well as the Company’s forecasts of Global
43


Campus’ revenues and operating expenses which directly impact the minimum profit level adjustments. We have identified the Company’s six months forecast of Global Campus revenues and operating expenses as a critical audit matter because of changes in conditions, or that the significant estimates and assumptions made by management. The estimates and assumptions include student enrollment forecasts and employee headcount forecasts (collectively, the “key assumptions”), which are the main drivers of revenue and operating expenses for Global Campus. This required a high degree of complianceauditor judgment and an increased extent of effort when performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of the Company’s six months' forecast of Global Campus revenue and operating expenses.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures related to the minimum residual liability included the following, among others:
We evaluated the appropriateness and consistency of the key assumptions used by management by comparing them to actual historical data and management’s long-term strategic plan, which was communicated to the Board of Directors, reading the Services Agreement for key terms, and evaluating any contradictory evidence identified.
We evaluated management’s ability to accurately forecast future revenues and operating expenses of Global Campus by comparing actual results to management’s historical forecasts and inquiring with management to understand the policies or procedures may deteriorate.overall basis for these forecasts.

We obtained and read meeting minutes for all Audit Committee meetings and Disclosure Committee meetings to identify any significant events discussed that would impact the assumptions used by management.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP


San Diego, CaliforniaDeloitte & Touche, LLP
February 21, 2018Phoenix, Arizona

April 15, 2022
We have served as the Company'sCompany’s auditor since 2016.

44

58


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Bridgepoint Education, Inc.

In our opinion, the consolidated statements of income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2015 present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. and its subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California
March 8, 2016, except for the change in the manner in which the Company presents restricted cash on the statement of cash flowsas discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is March 7, 2017



59



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.ZOVIO INC
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except par value)
 As of December 31,
 2017 2016
ASSETS   
Current assets:   
Cash and cash equivalents$185,098
 $307,802
Restricted cash20,428
 24,533
Investments2,065
 49,434
Accounts receivable, net27,077
 26,457
Prepaid expenses and other current assets22,388
 23,467
Total current assets257,056
 431,693
Property and equipment, net10,434
 12,218
Goodwill and intangibles, net14,593
 17,419
Other long-term assets5,456
 2,046
Total assets$287,539
 $463,376
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY   
Current liabilities:   
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities71,165
 77,866
Deferred revenue and student deposits68,207
 74,666
Total current liabilities139,372
 152,532
Rent liability7,001
 16,508
Other long-term liabilities12,708
 13,630
Total liabilities159,081
 182,670
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 20)
 
Stockholders' equity:   
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value:   
20,000 shares authorized; zero shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value:   
300,000 shares authorized; 64,887 and 64,035 issued, and 27,158 and 46,478 outstanding, at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively649
 641
Additional paid-in capital201,755
 195,854
Retained earnings431,818
 421,281
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 (1)
Treasury stock, 37,729 and 17,557 shares at cost at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively(505,764) (337,069)
Total stockholders' equity128,458
 280,706
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$287,539
 $463,376
As of December 31,
20212020
ASSETS 
Current assets:  
Cash and cash equivalents$28,265 $35,462 
Restricted cash9,288 20,035 
Investments974 1,515 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $0.9 million and $1.2 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively9,631 7,204 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets13,423 12,617 
Total current assets61,581 76,833 
Property and equipment, net26,382 30,575 
Operating lease assets28,881 20,114 
Goodwill and intangibles, net29,499 31,785 
Other long-term assets2,691 1,999 
Total assets$149,034 $161,306 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  
Current liabilities:  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities$74,769 $62,693 
Deferred revenue and student deposits14,939 8,090 
Total current liabilities89,708 70,783 
Rent liability34,205 24,125 
Other long-term liabilities5,115 7,181 
Total liabilities129,028 102,089 
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 19)00
Stockholders' equity: 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: 
20,000 shares authorized; zero shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020— — 
Common stock, $0.01 par value:
300,000 shares authorized; 67,255 and 66,454 issued, and 33,546 and 32,267 outstanding, at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively676 668 
Additional paid-in capital172,060 179,489 
Retained earnings283,970 326,319 
Treasury stock, 33,709 and 34,187 shares at cost at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively(436,700)(447,259)
Total stockholders' equity20,006 59,217 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$149,034 $161,306 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

45

60



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.ZOVIO INC
Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
      
Revenue$478,397
 $527,090
 $561,729
Costs and expenses:     
Instructional costs and services237,248
 263,898
 281,496
Admissions advisory and marketing175,389
 202,206
 197,584
General and administrative47,381
 48,843
 56,588
Legal settlement expense1,845
 33,088
 
Restructuring and impairment charges8,682
 19,276
 68,356
Total costs and expenses470,545
 567,311
 604,024
Operating income (loss)7,852
 (40,221) (42,295)
Other income, net1,511
 2,306
 2,106
Income (loss) before income taxes9,363
 (37,915) (40,189)
Income tax expense (benefit)(1,174) (7,875) 30,265
Net income (loss)$10,537
 $(30,040) $(70,454)
      
Income (loss) per share:     
Basic$0.33
 $(0.65) $(1.54)
Diluted$0.32
 $(0.65) $(1.54)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in computing income (loss) per share:     
Basic32,058
 46,228
 45,665
Diluted32,794
 46,228
 45,665
 Year Ended December 31,
 20212020
Revenue$253,099 $40,053 
University-related revenue— 356,084 
Other revenue9,934 984 
Revenue and other revenue263,033 397,121 
Costs and expenses:  
Technology and academic services70,663 74,412 
Counseling services and support89,514 96,996 
Marketing and communication85,328 91,620 
General and administrative43,160 47,352 
University-related expenses— 89,001 
Legal expense14,335 — 
Restructuring and impairment charges2,641 4,843 
Loss on transaction— 54,797 
Total costs and expenses305,641 459,021 
Operating loss(42,608)(61,900)
Other income (loss), net130 (120)
Loss before income taxes(42,478)(62,020)
Income tax benefit(129)(13,068)
Net loss$(42,349)$(48,952)
Loss per share:
Basic$(1.27)$(1.53)
Diluted$(1.27)$(1.53)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in computing loss per share:
Basic33,256 31,959 
Diluted33,256 31,959 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.



46
61



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.ZOVIO INC
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)Stockholders' Equity
(In thousands)

 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
      
Net income (loss)$10,537
 $(30,040) $(70,454)
Other comprehensive gain, net of tax:     
     Unrealized gains on investments1
 98
 76
Comprehensive income (loss)$10,538
 $(29,942) $(70,378)
 Common StockAdditional
Paid-in
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Treasury
Stock
 
 SharesPar ValueTotal
Balance at December 31, 201965,695 $660 $192,413 $375,180 $(469,315)$98,938 
Adoption of accounting standards (ASU 2016-13)— — — 91 — 91 
Stock-based compensation— — 8,291 — — 8,291 
Exercise of stock options22 — — 
Stock issued under employee stock purchase plan89 208 — — 209 
Stock issued under stock incentive plan, net of shares held for taxes648 (513)— — (507)
Contingent consideration— — 1,245 — — 1,245 
Issuance of shares in acquisition— — (22,162)— 22,162 — 
Repurchase of common stock— — — — (106)(106)
Net loss— — — (48,952)— (48,952)
Balance at December 31, 202066,454 668 179,489 326,319 (447,259)59,217 
Stock-based compensation— — 4,367 — — 4,367 
Stock issued under employee stock purchase plan70 124 — — 125 
Stock issued under stock incentive plan, net of shares held for taxes731 (1,239)— — (1,232)
Contingent consideration— — (122)— — (122)
Issuance of shares in acquisition— — (10,559)— 10,559 — 
Net loss— — — (42,349)— (42,349)
Balance at December 31, 202167,255 $676 $172,060 $283,970 $(436,700)$20,006 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

47

62



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.ZOVIO INC
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' EquityCash Flows
(In thousands)

 Common Stock 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
 Gain/(Loss)
 
Treasury
Stock
  
 Shares Par Value Total
Balance at December 31, 201462,957
 $630
 $180,720
 $521,775
 $(175) $(337,069) $365,881
Stock-based compensation
 
 9,710
 
 
 
 9,710
Exercise of stock options206
 2
 282
 
 
 
 284
Excess tax shortfalls of option exercises and restricted stock, net of tax benefit
 
 (767) 
 
 
 (767)
Stock issued under employee stock purchase plan33
 
 261
 
 
 
 261
Stock issued under restricted stock plan, net of shares held for taxes211
 2
 (1,343) 
 
 
 (1,341)
Net loss
 
 
 (70,454) 
 
 (70,454)
Unrealized gains on investments, net of tax
 
 
 
 76
 
 76
Balance at December 31, 201563,407
 634
 188,863
 451,321
 (99) (337,069) 303,650
Stock-based compensation
 
 7,317
 
 
 
 7,317
Exercise of stock options306
 3
 1,328
 
 
 
 1,331
Stock issued under employee stock purchase plan35
 1
 245
 
 
 
 246
Stock issued under restricted stock plan, net of shares held for taxes287
 3
 (1,899) 
 
 
 (1,896)
Net loss
 
 
 (30,040) 
 
 (30,040)
Unrealized gains on investments, net of tax
 
 
 
 98
 
 98
Balance at December 31, 201664,035
 641
 195,854
 421,281
 (1) (337,069) 280,706
Stock-based compensation
 
 3,632
 
 
 
 3,632
Exercise of stock options537
 5
 3,843
 
 
 
 3,848
Stock issued under employee stock purchase plan34
 1
 288
 
 
 
 289
Stock issued under restricted stock plan, net of shares held for taxes281
 2
 (1,862) 
 
 
 (1,860)
Repurchase of common stock
 
 
 
 
 (168,695) (168,695)
Net income
 
 
 10,537
 
 
 10,537
Unrealized gains on investments, net of tax
 
 
 
 1
 
 1
Balance at December 31, 201764,887
 $649
 $201,755
 $431,818
 $
 $(505,764) $128,458
 Year Ended December 31,
 20212020
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss$(42,349)$(48,952)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Provision for bad debts1,229 14,256 
Depreciation and amortization8,333 11,403 
Deferred income taxes— 119 
Stock-based compensation4,367 8,291 
Noncash lease expense8,240 10,644 
Net loss (gain) on marketable securities(212)(111)
Loss on disposal or impairment239 38 
Loss on transaction— 51,952 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
  Accounts receivable(3,656)(17,666)
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets(806)10,339 
  Other long-term assets(692)(1,241)
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities14,495 (4,978)
  Deferred revenue and student deposits6,849 1,706 
  Operating lease liabilities(9,281)(10,751)
  Other liabilities(2,189)277 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities(15,433)25,326 
Cash flows from investing activities  
Capital expenditures(1,436)(3,153)
Purchases of investments(1,080)(720)
Cash transferred in connection with disposition— (62,325)
Capitalized costs for intangible assets(721)(272)
Sales of investments1,833 1,818 
Net cash used in investing activities(1,404)(64,652)
Cash flows from financing activities  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options— 
Proceeds from the issuance of stock under employee stock purchase plan125 209 
Borrowings from notes payable— 2,682 
Tax withholding on issuance of stock awards(1,232)(507)
Repurchase of common stock— (106)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities(1,107)2,286 
Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(17,944)(37,040)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period55,497 92,537 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period$37,553 $55,497 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest$71 $112 
Cash received for income taxes, net$(1,815)$(12,907)
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transactions:  
Purchase of equipment included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities$$68 
Issuance of common stock for vested restricted stock units$4,007 $1,687 
Debt extinguishment$3,095 $— 
Issuance of notes payable$2,809 $— 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

48

63


BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Cash flows from operating activities     
Net income (loss)$10,537
 $(30,040) $(70,454)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
 
 
Provision for bad debts32,151
 32,583
 29,863
Depreciation and amortization8,863
 13,082
 19,578
Amortization of premium/discount20
 68
 475
Deferred income taxes(600) 28
 40,944
Stock-based compensation3,632
 7,317
 9,710
Excess tax benefit of option exercises
 
 (460)
Loss on impairment of student loans receivable
 7,542
 1,328
Net loss (gain) on marketable securities(274) (164) 91
Loss on termination of leased space5,829
 13,244
 17,047
Loss on disposal or impairment of fixed assets864
 3,024
 44,949
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
  Accounts receivable(32,771) (34,790) (32,383)
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets280
 13,225
 (14,446)
  Student loans receivable
 876
 1,139
  Other long-term assets(3,066) 3,274
 (2,845)
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities(12,908) 4,778
 1,104
  Deferred revenue and student deposits(6,460) (14,078) (19,170)
  Other liabilities(10,172) (8,886) (7,669)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities(4,075) 11,083
 18,801
Cash flows from investing activities     
Capital expenditures(3,387) (1,925) (2,477)
Purchases of investments(315) (20,260) (20,280)
Capitalized costs for intangible assets(553) (830) (2,153)
Sales of investments214
 
 10,101
Maturities of investments47,725
 37,756
 66,096
Net cash provided by investing activities43,684
 14,741
 51,287
Cash flows from financing activities     
Proceeds from exercise of stock options3,848
 1,331
 284
Excess tax benefit of option exercises
 
 460
Proceeds from the issuance of stock under employee stock purchase plan289
 246
 261
Tax withholding on issuance of stock awards(1,860) (1,896) (1,341)
Proceeds from failed sale-leaseback transaction
 
 4,141
Repurchase of common stock(168,695) 
 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities(166,418) (319) 3,805
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(126,809) 25,505
 73,893
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period332,335
 306,830
 232,937
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period$205,526
 $332,335
 $306,830
      
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:     
Cash paid for interest$65
 $62
 $198
Cash paid (received) for income taxes, net$387
 $(20,788) $6,136
      
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transactions: 
  
  
Purchase of equipment included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities$379
 $
 $4,160
Issuance of common stock for vested restricted stock units$4,779
 $4,847
 $3,285
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


64



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements


1. Nature of Business
Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, theZovio Inc (the “Company”), incorporated in 1999, is a providerDelaware corporation, and is an education technology services company that partners with higher education institutions and employers to deliver innovative, personalized solutions to help learners and leaders achieve their aspirations. Additionally, in April 2019, the Company acquired both Fullstack Academy, Inc. (“Fullstack”) and TutorMe.com, Inc. (“TutorMe”), each of postsecondary education services. Itswhich became wholly-owned subsidiaries Ashford University®of the Company at that time.
On December 1, 2020, the Company and AU LLC finalized a definitive Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company, AU LLC, the Arizona Board of Regents, a body corporate, for and on behalf of the University of the RockiesSMArizona (the “University of Arizona”), are regionally accredited academic institutions, which deliver programs primarily online. Ashford University offers associate’s, bachelor’s and master’s programs, andthe University of Arizona Global Campus, a newly formed Arizona nonprofit corporation (“Global Campus”). Upon the Rockies offers master’sclosing of the Purchase Agreement (the “Sale Transaction”), the Company and doctoral programs.Ashford transferred to Global Campus the tangible and intangible academic and related operations and assets comprising the University to Global Campus. The resulting loss on transaction is recorded in the consolidated statements of income (loss).
Following the closing of the Sale Transaction, Global Campus owns and operates the University in affiliation with the University of Arizona and with a focus on expanding access to education for non-traditional adult learners, and the Company provides services to Global Campus under a long-term Strategic Services Agreement (the “Services Agreement”). The services that the Company provides to Global Campus under the Services Agreement include recruiting, admissions, marketing, student finance, financial aid processing, and financial aid advising, program advising, student retention advising, support services for academics, information technology and institutional support.
The majority of the Company's cash comes from the Services Agreement with Global Campus. The service fees in the Services Agreement are subject to certain minimum residual liability adjustments, including performance-based adjustments, minimum profit level adjustments, and excess direct cost adjustments. These adjustments are all variable in nature in that they depend upon the Company’s performance, and to a certain extent the performance of Global Campus, during each service period.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bridgepoint Education, Inc.the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
ReclassificationsComprehensive Income (Loss)
Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior financial statements to conform to the current year presentation. During 2016, theThe Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-18, Statementhas no components of Cash Flows (Topic 230)other comprehensive income (loss), and has reclassified certain restricted cash amounts for the year ended December 31, 2015, within the consolidated statements of cash flows. These reclassifications had no effect on previously reported results of operations or retained earnings.therefore, comprehensive loss equals net loss.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
Cash and cash equivalents is comprised of cash and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.
The Company'sCompany’s restricted cash is primarily held in money market accounts, and is excluded from cash and cash equivalents on the Company'sCompany’s consolidated balance sheets. The majority of restrictedRestricted cash represents funds held for students from Title IV financial aid programs that result in credit balances on a student’s account or funds held for students to be refunded in connection with a legal settlement. To a lesser extent, restricted cash also represents amounts held as collateral for letters of credit.
49

ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the statement of cash flows.
 As of December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Cash and cash equivalents$185,098
 $307,802
 $282,145
Restricted cash20,428
 24,533
 24,685
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash$205,526
 $332,335

$306,830
As of December 31,
20212020
Cash and cash equivalents$28,265 $35,462 
Restricted cash, current9,288 20,035 
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash$37,553 $55,497 
Investments
The Company has historically held investments that consisted of mutual funds, corporate notes and bonds, and certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2017,2021, the Company held investments solely in mutual funds. The Company'sCompany’s investments are denominated in U.S. dollars, are investment grade and are readily marketable. The Company considers as current assets those investments which will mature or are likely to be sold in less than one year.


65



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The Company classifies its investments as either trading, available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. Trading securities are those bought and held principally to sell in the short-term, with gains or losses from changes in fair value flowing through current earnings. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value as determined by quoted market prices, with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a separate component of comprehensive income (loss) and stockholders’ equity. Held-to-maturity securities would be carried at amortized cost. Amortization of premiums, accretion of discounts, interest, and realized gains and losses are included in other income (loss), net in the consolidated statementstatements of income (loss).
The Company regularly monitors and evaluates the realizable value of its investments. If events and circumstances indicate that a decline in the value of these assets has occurred and is other-than-temporary, the Company would record a charge to other income (loss), net in the consolidated statements of income (loss).
Deferred Compensation
The Company has a deferred compensation plan, into which eligible participants can defer a maximum of 80% of their regular compensation and a maximum of 100% of their incentive compensation. The amounts deferred by the participant under this plan are credited with earnings or losses based upon changes in values of participant elected notional investments. Each participant is fully vested in the participant amounts deferred. The Company may make contributions that will generally vest according to a four-year vesting schedule. After four years of service, participants become fully vested in the employer contributions upon reaching normal retirement age, death, disability or a change in control. The Company'sCompany’s obligations under the deferred compensation plan totaled $1.4$0.8 million and $1.3$1.4 million as of December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively, and are included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company'sCompany’s assets relating to the deferred compensation plan totaled $2.1$1.0 million and $1.7$1.5 million as of December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively, and are included in investments in the consolidated balance sheets.
Fair Value Measurements
The Company uses the three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: (i) Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; (ii) Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either observable directly or indirectly, through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument; and (iii) Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful AccountsCredit Losses
Accounts receivable consists of student accounts receivable, which represent amounts due for tuition, course digital materials, technology fees and other fees from currently enrolled and former students. Students generally fund their education through grants and/or loans under various Title IV programs, tuition assistance from military and corporate employers or personal funds. Generally, payments are due on the respective course start date and are considered past due dependent upon the student's payment terms. In general, an account is considered delinquent 120 days subsequent to the course start date.
Accounts receivable are stated atrepresents the amount management expects to collect from outstanding balances. Forunder each customer contract and is primarily related to the Company’s subsidiaries, Fullstack and TutorMe.
The Company adjusts its accounts receivable for an allowance for doubtful accountscredit losses at each reporting period, as deemed necessary. The Company determines its allowance for credit losses using a loss-rate method combined with an aging schedule approach, which is estimated by managementappropriate given the short-term nature of a substantial majority of the Company’s receivables and is principallyas collections vary significantly based upon a receivable’s aging bucket. The Company calculates historical loss rates for receivables on the basis of the different risk profiles and historical collectionloss-rate experience with each type of customer.
50

ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Additionally, the Company monitors macroeconomic activity as well as (i) an assessment of individual accounts receivable over a specific agingother current conditions and amount, (ii) consideration oftheir potential impact on collections to ensure the nature of the receivable accountshistorical experience remains in line with current conditions and (iii) potential changes in the business or economic environment. future short-term expectations.
The provisionallowance for bad debtcredit losses is recorded within instructional coststechnology and academic services in the consolidated statements of income (loss). The Company writes off uncollectable accounts receivable when the studentan account is deemed uncollectable.
Student Loans Receivable and Loan Loss Reserves
During 2016,uncollectible, which typically occurs when the Company reached a settlement with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, and in accordance with the terms of the settlement,has exhausted all existing student loans receivable were written off. The Company’s institutions had already ceased offering institutional loans, and no such loans were made after the year ended December 31, 2014.
Before being written off, student loans receivable were stated at the amount management expected to collect from outstanding balances. For tuition related student loan receivables, the Company had estimated an allowance for doubtful


66



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

accounts, similar to that of accounts receivable, based on (i) an assessment of individual loans receivable over a specific aging and amount, (ii) consideration of the nature of the receivable accounts, (iii) potential changes in the business or economic environment and (iv) related FICO scores and other industry metrics. The related provision for bad debts for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, and is recorded within instructional costs and services in the consolidated statements of income (loss).
The Company had also recorded a loss reserve for the full book value of any impaired loans. For the years ended December 31, 2016, and 2015 there was $0.2 million and $1.3 million recorded for loan loss reserves, respectively. The loan loss reserve was maintained at a level deemed adequate by management based on a periodic analysis of the individual loans and is recorded within instructional costs and services in the consolidated statements of income (loss).collection efforts.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recognized at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:
Furniture and office equipment3 - 7 years
Software3 - 5 years
Vehicles5 years
Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets. Upon the retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the related cost and accumulated depreciation is removed and a gain or loss is recorded within the general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of income (loss). Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed in the period incurred.
Leases
In accordance with Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (ASC 842) (“ASC 842”), leases are evaluated and classified as either operating or capitalfinance leases. Leased propertyThe Company does not have any finance leases. The Company’s operating leases are included in operating lease assets, accounts payable and equipment meeting certain criteria would be capitalized,accrued liabilities, and the present value of the related lease payments is recognized as arent liability on the consolidated balance sheets. AmortizationOperating lease assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of capitalized leased assetsthe future minimum lease payments over the lease term at commencement date. As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its estimated incremental borrowing rate based on information available at the date of adoption or lease commencement or modification date, as applicable, in calculating the present value of its lease payments. The incremental borrowing rate is computeddetermined using the U.S. Treasury rate adjusted to account for the Company’s credit rating and the collateralized nature of operating leases. The operating lease asset also includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives and initial direct costs incurred. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. Lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on thea straight-line method over the term of the lease or the life of the related asset, whichever is shorter.
If the Company receives tenant allowances from the lessor for certain improvements made to the leased property, these allowances are capitalized as leasehold improvements and a long-term liability is established. The long-term liability is amortized on a straight-line basis over the corresponding lease term. The Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis over the initial term of a lease. The difference between the rent payment and the straight-line rent expense is recorded as either a short-term or long-term liability.
The Company recognizes liabilities for exit and disposal activities on non-cancelable lease obligations at fair value in the period the liability is incurred. For the non-cancelable lease obligations, the Company records the obligation when the contract is terminated.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company assesses potential impairment to its long-lived assets under ASC 360, Property and Equipment. The Company makes this assessment when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recorded if the carrying amount of the long-lived asset is not recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and an expense to operating results. For additional information, see Note 3, “Restructuring and Impairment Charges.”


67



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The Company’s qualitative assessment indicated that no impairment in the Company’s long-lived assets was deemed necessary as of December 31, 2021.
Goodwill and OtherIndefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
The Company tests goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, testing annually in the fourththird quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if events and circumstances warrant.
To Under ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, to evaluate the impairment of goodwill, the Company first assesses qualitative factors, such as deterioration in general economic conditions or negative company financial performance, to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The Company's assessment of goodwill during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 indicated that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, and therefore, goodwill was not impaired. There have been no related impairment losses recognized by the Company for any periods presented. If negative qualitative indicators had been noted above, the Company would then need to assess the fair value of its reporting unit to determine whether it was greater or less than its carrying values.
To evaluate the impairment of the indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company assessedassesses the fair value of the assets to determine whether they were greater or less than the carrying values. Determining the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assetassets is judgmental in nature and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions are inherently uncertain and may include such items as growth rates used to calculate
51

ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions, and a determination of appropriate market comparables.
The Company'sCompany has three distinct reporting units including (i) Zovio, (ii) Fullstack and (iii) TutorMe. The Fullstack and TutorMe reporting units have goodwill associated with them. During the third quarter of 2021, the Company’s quantitative assessment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets noted no impairment indicators in either the Fullstack or the TutorMe reporting unit, and noted a material amount of fair value in excess of the carrying amount.. There were no additional triggering events noted during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 did not result in any impairment. There have been2021 and therefore there was no impairment losses for indefinite-lived intangibles recognized by the Company for any periods presented.of its goodwill amounts.
The Company also has definite-lived intangible assets, which primarily consist of purchased intangibles and capitalized curriculum development costs. The definite-lived intangible assets are recognized at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is computed using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives of the related assets.
Notes Payable
The fair value of the Company’s outstanding notes payable was estimated using the net present value of the payments, discounted at an interest rate consistent with market interest rates. The Company, through Fullstack, had previously entered into a contract whereby its counterparty advanced funds to the Company for certain program development costs, which the Company was obligated to repay out of future revenues from the developed program. The Company recognized these advances as a debt obligation.
During 2021, the notes payable contract was amended and the amount was revalued. As such, included within the other income (loss), net, on the consolidated statements of income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2021, is an offset of interest expense in the amount of $3.1 million, as well as a loss on extinguishment of debt of $2.8 million, the net impact of which is immaterial.
Revenue, Other Revenue and Deferred Revenue
Revenues are recognized when control of the promised goods or services are transferred, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Determining whether a valid customer contract exists includes an assessment of whether amounts due under the contract are collectible. The Company recognizesperforms this assessment at the beginning of every contract and subsequently thereafter if new information indicates there has been a significant change in facts and circumstances.
On December 1, 2020, the Company entered into the Services Agreement with Global Campus whereby the Company will provide certain educational technology and support services, which has an initial term of just over fifteen years, subject to renewal options and certain early termination provisions. The amounts earned from the Services Agreement are within the scope of ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), and are denoted as revenue when persuasive evidenceon the consolidated statements of an arrangement exists,income (loss). On December 1, 2020, the Company also entered into a transition services have been rendered or deliveryagreement with Global Campus whereby the Company will provide certain temporary transition services (the “Transition Services Agreement”), which has occurred, its fees or price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.a term of three years. The Company'samounts earned from the Transition Services Agreement are denoted as other revenue consistson the consolidated statements of tuition, technology fees, course digital materials and other miscellaneous fees. Tuitionincome (loss).
The Services Agreement has a single performance obligation, as the promises to provide the identified services are not distinct within the context of these agreements. The single performance obligation constitutes a series of distinct services as the customer benefits as services are provided. Service revenue is deferredrecognized over time using the input method. The input method provides a faithful depiction of the performance toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation and can be tied to the direct cost incurred. The service fees received over the term of the agreement are variable in nature in that they are dependent upon the number of students attending the university and revenues generated from those students during the service period. The service fees are subject to certain adjustments, including performance-based adjustments, minimum profit level adjustments, and excess direct cost adjustments. These adjustments are all variable in nature in that they depend upon the Company’s performance during each service period. Such adjustments are presented as minimum residual liability within accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the consolidated financial statements. The minimum residual liability calculation at December 31, 2021 covers the period from July 1, 2021 to June 30, 2022. As such, the calculation includes actual financial information from July 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021 and forecasted financial information from January 1, 2022 through June 30, 2022. The main inputs include the Company’s forecasts of its direct costs as well as the Company’s forecasts of Global Campus’ revenues and operating expenses which directly impact the minimum residual liability. The Company’s six months
52

ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
forecast of Global Campus revenues and operating expenses is a management estimate which requires significant judgment. In determining the forecast management utilizes the contractual budget prepared by Global Campus and then adjust budgeted revenue based on actual revenue from July 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021 as well as projected student enrollment. Budgeted Global Campus operating expenses are then adjusted based on actual expenses from July 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021 and expected Global Campus employee headcount. The $15.0 million recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2021 represents half of the expected minimum residual liability that will be due to Global Campus in June 2022. The amount owed could be materially different than the current estimate projected by management.
The Company allocates variable consideration to the distinct increments of service to which it relates, as the variability is directly related to the Company’s effort to satisfy the distinct increments of service provided. This is consistent with the allocation objective in ASC 606. The Company meets the criteria in the standard and exercises the practical expedient to not disclose the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the single performance obligation that is unsatisfied as of the end of the reporting period. The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations because the variable consideration is allocated entirely to a wholly unsatisfied promise to transfer a service that forms part of a single performance obligation.
The Company, through Fullstack, offers both full-time and part-time technology bootcamps. The tuition fees for these programs are recognized on a straight-line basisas revenue as the services are provided to the student, which occurs over the applicable period of instruction. For most Fullstack programs, tuition is collected prior to the start of the cohort; however, for certain programs students can defer payment until completion of the program and for these students an accounts receivable balance is recorded.
The Company, through TutorMe, provides online on-demand tutoring services through hourly and access license contracts. Revenue for these contracts are recognized based on hours used or ratably over the contract period depending on the type of contract. For most TutorMe contracts, cash is collected at or near the onset of the contract. The collected cash is recognized as deferred revenue until recognized into revenue.
Prior to December 1, 2020, the majority of the amounts earned by the Company were from tuition, technology fees, and digital materials related to students whose primary funding source is governmental funding. The amounts earned from these streams are denoted as university-related revenue on the consolidated statements of income (loss). Tuition represents amounts charged for course instruction, netand technology fees represent amounts charged for the students’ use of scholarshipsthe technology platform on which course instruction is delivered. Digital materials fees represent amounts charged for the digital textbooks that accompany the majority of courses taught at the Company’s institution. The majority of tuition and expected refunds, withtechnology fees are recognized as revenue as control of the exceptionservices is transferred to the student, which occurs over the applicable period of an online student'sinstruction. Similarly, the majority of digital materials fees are recognized as revenue when control of the product has been transferred to the student, which occurs when the student is granted unrestricted access to the digital textbook, generally, on the first course per degree level at Ashford University. An online student's first course per degree level at Ashford University falls under a three-weekday of the course. Revenue generated from students within the conditional admission period in which the revenue is deferred untiland recognized when the student matriculates into the institution, which occurs in the fourth week of the course.
The Company's institutions'Prior to December 1, 2020, the Company’s institutions’ online students would generally enroll in a program that encompasses a series of five to six-week courses that are taken consecutively over the length of the program. With the exception of those students under conditional admission and students enrolled under the Full Tuition Grant (“FTG”) program, online students are billed on a payment period basis on the first day of class.a course. Students under conditional admission are billed for the payment period upon matriculation. The Company assesses collectibility at the start of a student’s payment period for the courses in that payment period, as well as throughout the period as facts and circumstances change.matriculation..
If a student's attendance in a class precedes the receipt of cash from the student's source of funding, the Company establishes an account receivable and corresponding deferred revenue in the amount of the tuition due for that payment period. Cash received either directly from the student or from the student's source of funding reduces the balance of accounts receivable due from the student. Financial aid from sources such as the federal government's Title IV programs pertains to the online student's award year and is generally divided into two disbursement periods. As such, each disbursement period may contain funding for up to four courses. Financial aid disbursements are typically received during the online student's attendance in the first or second course. Since the majority of disbursements cover more courses than for which a student is currently enrolled, the amount received in excess effectively represents a prepayment from the online student for up to four courses. At the end of each accounting period, the deferred revenue and student deposits and related account receivable balances are reduced to present amounts attributable to the current course.
Students under conditional admission are not obligated for payment until after their conditional admission period has lapsed, so there is no revenue recognized and no related refund. For all subsequent courses, the Company records a provision


68



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

for expected refunds and reduces revenue for the amount that is expected to be subsequently refunded. Provisions for expected refunds have not been material to any period presented. If a student withdraws prior to a specified date, a portion of such student's tuition is refunded, subject to certain state requirements. The Company reassesses collectibility throughout the period revenue is recognized by the Company's institutions, on a student-by-student basis. The Company reassesses collectibility based upon new information and changes in facts and circumstances relevant to a student's ability to pay. For example, the Company reassesses collectibility when a student drops from the institution (i.e., is no longer enrolled) and when a student attends a course that was not included in the initial assessment of collectibility at the start of a student’s payment period.
In certain cases, the Company's institutions provide scholarships to students for various programs. Scholarships issued by the universities are recorded in association with the related specific course, term or payment period. Scholarships are generally deferred and recognized against revenue over the course term. Certain scholarships, such as the Corporate Full Tuition Grant (“FTG”) and Alumni Scholarship are recognized against revenue over the period of benefit to the student.
Ashford University records revenue from technology fee on a per course charge basis. The per course technology fee revenue for Ashford University is recognized on a straight-line basis over the applicable period of instruction. University of the Rockies records revenue from technology fees as one-time start up fees charged to each new online student (other than military, scholarship students or certain corporate reimbursement students), and then recognizes that revenue ratably over the average expected enrollment of a student. The average expected enrollment of the student was estimated each quarter based upon historical duration of attendance and qualitative factors as deemed necessary.
Other miscellaneous fees include fees for course content and textbooks and other services, such as commencements, and are recognized upon delivery of the goods or when the related service is performed.
WorkersWorkers' Compensation
The Company records a gross liability for estimated workersworkers’ compensation claims, incurred but not yet reported, as of each balance sheet date. The Company also records the gross insurance recoverable due for individual claim amounts. This is recorded as an other asset and as an equal accrued liability. The stop-loss premium is determined annually, but invoiced and paid on a quarterly basis. The related insurance premiums are expensed ratably over the coverage period.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for its income taxes using the asset-liability method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the bases used for financial reporting and income tax reporting purposes. Deferred income taxes are provided based on the enacted tax rates expected to be in effect at the time such temporary differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets if it is more-likely-than-not that
53

ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
the Company will not realize those tax assets through future operations.
The Company evaluates and accounts for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach. Recognition (step one) occurs when the Company concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. Measurement (step two) determines the amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Derecognition of a tax position that was previously recognized would occur when the Company subsequently determines that a tax position no longer meets the more-likely-than-not threshold of being sustained.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date fair value of the award and is expensed over the vesting period. The fair value of the Company’s restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is based on the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company estimates the fair value of its performance stock units (“PSUs”) on the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation model. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date under these models requires judgment, including estimating volatility, employee stock option exercise behaviors and forfeiture rates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent the Company'sCompany’s best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. The fair value of the Company's restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is based on the market price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant.


69



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during a period is based on the portion of the awards that are ultimately expected to vest. The Company estimates award forfeitures at the time of grant and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company'sCompany’s equity incentive plans require that stock option awards have an exercise price that equals or exceeds the closing price of the Company'sCompany’s common stock on the date of grant.
Stock-based compensation expense for stock-based awards is recorded in the consolidated statementstatements of income (loss), net of estimated forfeitures, using the graded-vesting method over the requisite service periods of the respective stock awards. The requisite service period is generally the period over which an employee is required to provide service to the Company in exchange for the award.
Instructional CostsTechnology and Academic Services
InstructionalTechnology and academic services costs and services consist primarily of costs related to the administrationongoing maintenance of educational infrastructure, including online course delivery and delivery of the Company's educational programs. These expenses include compensationmanagement, student records, assessment, customer relations management and other internal administrative systems. This also includes costs to provide support for curriculum and new program development, support for faculty training and administrative personnel,development and technical support. This expense category includes salaries, benefits and share-based compensation, information technology costs, curriculum and new program development costs financial aid processing costs, technology license costs,(which are expensed as incurred), provision for bad debt expense and other costs associated with otherthese support groups that provide services directly to the students. Instructional costs and servicesservices. This category also includeincludes an allocation of information technology, facility, depreciation, amortization, human resources, rent, and amortization costs.occupancy costs attributable to the provision of these services.
Admissions AdvisoryCounseling Services and MarketingSupport
Admissions advisoryCounseling services and marketingsupport costs include compensationconsist primarily of personnel engaged in marketingcosts including team-based counseling and recruitment,other support to prospective and current students as well as financial aid processing. This expense category includes salaries, benefits and share-based compensation, and other costs associated with advertising media, purchasing leadssuch as dues, fees and producing marketing materials. Such costs are generally affected by the cost of advertising mediasubscriptions and leads, the efficiency of the Company's marketing and recruiting efforts, compensation for the Company's enrollment personnel and expenditures on advertising initiatives for new and existing academic programs. Admissions advisory and marketing coststravel costs. This category also includeincludes an allocation of information technology, facility, depreciation, amortization, human resources, rent, and amortization costs.occupancy costs attributable to the provision of these services.
AdvertisingMarketing and Communication
Marketing and communication costs a subset of admissions advisory and marketing costs, consistsconsist primarily of lead acquisition, digital communication strategies, brand identity advertising, media planning and strategy, video, data science and analysis, marketing to potential students and other promotional and communication services. This expense category includes salaries, benefits and share-based compensation for marketing and communication personnel, brand advertising, marketing leads and other brandingpromotional and promotional activities. These advertising activitiescommunication expenses. This category also includes an allocation of depreciation, amortization, human resources, rent, and occupancy costs
54

ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
attributable to the provision of these services. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred, or the first time the advertising takes place, depending on the type of advertising activity.incurred. Advertising costs were $75.7 million, $83.0$65.2 million and $68.4$70.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021 and 2015,2020, respectively.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses includecosts consist primarily of compensation ofand benefit costs, including related stock-based compensation, for employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human resources, legal and compliance, and other corporate functions. General and administrative expensesThis category also include professional services fees, travel and entertainment expenses andincludes an allocation of information technology, facility, depreciation, amortization, human resources, rent, and amortizationoccupancy costs attributable to the provision of these services.
University-Related Expenses
University-related expenses represent those costs that were transferred to Global Campus in the Sale Transaction and that are no longer incurred by the Company. These costs previously included instructor fees and other employee costs, student related bad debt expense, license fees for licenses transferred to Global Campus and other costs.
Legal Settlement Expense
Legal settlement expense is primarily comprised of (i) the cost to settle a wage and hour dispute, (ii) charges related to the cost of resolution of the previously disclosed civil investigative demands and (iii) the estimate ofestimated amounts to resolve the previously disclosed investigative subpoenas.investigation for California Attorney General.
Restructuring and Impairment Charges
Restructuring and impairment chargesexpenses are primarily comprised of i) charges related to the write off of certain fixed assets and assets abandoned, ii) student transfer agreement costs relating to the closure of the Iowa residential campus, iii)(i) severance costs related to headcount reductions made in connection with restructuring plans and iv)(ii) estimated lease losses related to facilities vacated or consolidated under restructuring plans.

Loss on Transaction
Loss on transaction amount represents the net assets transferred in the Sale Transaction, as well as other transaction-related expenses and costs to sell. The loss on transaction is recorded in the consolidated statements of income (loss). The Company recorded a loss on transaction of $54.8 million at closing, which is comprised of $50.4 million of net assets loss, as well as $4.5 million of other transaction-related expenses and costs to sell. The net asset loss includes $62.3 million of cash and cash equivalents transferred to Global Campus on the date of the transaction. All assets transferred to Global Campus were previously included in the University Partners segment. The following are the components of the loss on transaction recorded in 2020:
Cash and cash equivalents$62,325 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses31,247 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets1,014 
Property and equipment, net15 
Intangibles, net7,669 
Other long-term assets1,539 
Total assets transferred103,809 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities1,051 
Deferred revenue and student deposits48,901 
Less: total liabilities transferred49,952 
Plus: other transaction-related expenses and costs to sell4,546 
Less: net asset adjustment3,606 
Loss on transaction$54,797 

55
70



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Income (Loss) Per Share
Basic income per common share is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income per common share is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the sum of (i) the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period and (ii) potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period, if the effect is dilutive. Potentially dilutive common shares consist of incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the stock options and upon the settlement of RSUs and PSUs.
Segment Information
ThePrior to December 1, 2020, the Company operated in one segment for reporting purposes. Following the Sale Transaction on December 1, 2020, the Company now operates in one2 reportable segment as a single educational delivery operation using a core infrastructure that servessegments, including the curriculumUniversity Partners Segment and educational delivery needs of its students regardless of geography.the Zovio Growth Segment. The Company's chief operating decision maker, its CEO and President, manages the Company's operations as a whole, and no revenue, expense or operating incomeCompany’s reportable segments are determined based on (i) financial information is evaluatedreviewed by the chief operating decision maker, on any component level.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consiststhe Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), (ii) internal management and related reporting structure, and (iii) the basis upon which the CEO makes resource allocation decisions. The Company’s University Partners Segment includes the technology and services provided to colleges and universities to enable the online delivery of net income and other gains and losses affecting stockholders’ equity that, under GAAP, are excluded from net income. Fordegree programs. The inaugural partner in the year ended December 31, 2017, such items consisted of unrealized gains and losses on investments.University Partners Segment is Global Campus. The following table summarizesUniversity Partners Segment also includes the components of other comprehensive gain (loss) and thetuition revenue related tax effects for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):
 Unrealized gains (losses) on investments
Year ended:Before-Tax Amount Tax Effect Net-of-Tax Amount
December 31, 2017$1
 $
 $1
December 31, 2016$157
 $(59) $98
December 31, 2015$125
 $(49) $76
There were no reclassifications out of other comprehensive income, relating to the net realized gainUniversity prior to the Sale Transaction on the sale of securities, during the years ended December 31, 2017, 20161, 2020. The Company’s Zovio Growth Segment includes our other subsidiaries, including Fullstack and 2015.TutorMe. For additional information on segments, see Note 21, “Segment Information.”
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014,October 2021, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”(“FASB”) issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805) Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),. The amendments in this update require that an entity recognize and measure contract assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance with Topic 606. An acquirer may assess the process in which supersedes the acquiree applied Topic 606 to its revenue recognition requirementscontracts. This update will provide a level of review to prove contract assets and liabilities are recorded in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605, accordance with GAAP and consistent with the acquirer’s policies. The amendment in this update will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 and would be applicable to the Company if business acquisitions are made after the effective date.
3. Revenue, Recognition. ASU 2014-09 isOther Revenue and Deferred Revenue
The following table presents the Company’s net revenue disaggregated based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfersource (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Strategic services revenue$222,657 $18,881 
Tuition revenue, net30,016 344,804 
Transition services income9,934 984 
Digital materials revenue, net— 21,258 
Technology fee revenue, net— 9,424 
Other revenue, net (1)
426 1,770 
Revenue and other revenue$263,033 $397,121 
(1) Primarily consists of goods orrevenues generated from various services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The accounting guidance also requires additional disclosure regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract.
The new standard provides companies with two implementation methods. Companies can choose to adopt the standard retrospectively and apply the guidance to each prior reporting period presented. Alternatively, a modified retrospective adoption methodology is permitted, whereby the cumulative impact of all prior periods would be recorded in retained earnings or other impacted balance sheet line items as of January 1, 2018, the date of adoption. Under this method, previously presented years’ financial positions and results would not be adjusted; however, certain disclosures are required to be presented for comparability to prior years’ results. The Company plans to adopt this standard using the modified retrospective method.
Under the modified retrospective adoption method, the Company has elected to retroactively adjust only those contracts that do not meet the definition of a completed contract at the date of initial application. The Company expects this new guidance to impact the amount and timing of its revenue recognition as follows:

miscellaneous fees.

56
71



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

DeferralThe following table presents the Company’s net revenue disaggregated based on the timing of revenue recognition (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
 20212020
Over time, over period of service$262,736 $326,302 
Over time, full tuition grant (1)
— 50,769 
Point in time (2)
297 20,050 
Revenue and other revenue$263,033 $397,121 
(1)Represents revenue generated from the corporate FTG program.
(2)Represents revenue generated from digital textbooks and other miscellaneous fees.
The Company operates under 2 reportable segments and has no significant foreign operations or assets located outside of the United States. For additional information, see Note 21, “Segment Information.”
Deferred Revenue
Deferredrevenueand studentdeposits consists ofthe following(inthousands):
As of December 31,
20212020
Deferred revenue$14,469 $7,477 
Student deposits470 613 
Total deferred revenue and student deposits$14,939 $8,090 
Below are the opening and closing balances of deferred revenue from the Company’s contracts with customers (in thousands):
20212020
Opening balance, January 1$7,477 $23,356 
Closing balance, December 3114,469 7,477 
Increase (Decrease)$6,992 $(15,879)
For further information on receivables, refer to Note 6, “Accounts Receivable, Net” within the consolidated financial statements.
Deferred revenue consists of cash payments that are received or due in advance of the Company’s performance. As of December 31, 2021, the deferred revenue balance relates entirely to the Zovio Growth segment. For the majority of the Company’s customers, payment for FTGservices is due prior to services being provided and is included in current deferred revenue. However, there are contracts which include deferred revenue that include a material right under ASU 2014-09. This material right is deferred until the earlier of redemption or expiration under the new standard.
ASU 2014-09 does not allow for revenuedeemed to be recorded uponlong-term. For additional information, refer to Note 11, “Other Long-Term Liabilities” within the receiptconsolidated financial statements.
The difference between the opening and closing balances of cash, which may occur subsequent to a contract. As a result,deferred revenue is accelerated asprimarily results from the expected value to be collected, net of any applicable price concessionstiming difference between the Company’s performance and is recorded as the revenue is earned.
Under ASU 2014-09, once students are deemed to have a history of collection issues, all future revenues earned are subject to a price concession ascustomer’s payment. For the student has demonstrated that they will not pay the full tuition price based on past behavior.
At the date of adoption of this new guidance,year ended December 31, 2021, the Company expects to record a cumulative adjustment to its consolidated balance sheet, including an adjustment to retained earnings, to adjust for the aggregate impactrecognized $6.5 million of these revenue items, as calculated under the new guidance. The cumulative-effect adjustment decreases the opening balance of retained earnings on January 1, 2018 by approximately $3.0 million. The Company finalized its evaluation of the impact on accounting policies, disclosures, and internal processes and controls the new standard has on its revenue stream.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). Under the new guidance, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the lease commencement date: (i) a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and (ii) a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Under the new guidance, lessor accounting is largely unchanged. The new lease guidance simplifies the accounting for sale and leaseback transactions primarily because lessees must recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. Lessees will no longer be provided with a source of off-balance sheet financing. Public companies should apply the amendments in ASU 2016-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Lessees (for capital and operating leases) and lessors (for sales-type, direct financing and operating leases) must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presentedwas included in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees and lessors may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. The Company continues to evaluate the impact the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The update includes multiple provisions intended to simplify various aspects of the accounting for share-based payments. The update was aimed at reducing the cost and complexity of the accounting for share-based payments. ASU 2016-09 became effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted this updatedeferred revenue balance as of January 1, 2017. The adoption2021. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized $21.9 million of ASU 2016-09 did not have a material impact onrevenue that was included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The update simplifies the measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The annual or interim goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge should be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The update also eliminates the requirements for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment and, if it fails that qualitative test, to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. The update should be applied on a prospective basis. For public companies, the update is effective for any annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company early adopted ASU 2017-04deferred revenue balance as of January 1, 2017, and there2020. There was no impact onalso $15.8 million of deferred revenue disposed of during the Company���s consolidated financial statements.Sale Transaction. Amounts reported in the closing balance of deferred revenue are expected to be recognized as revenue within the next 12 months.
In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting. The update provides clarity and reduces diversity in practice regarding the modification of the terms and conditions of a share-based payment award. The amendments in ASU 2017-09 include guidance on determining which changes


72



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

to the terms and conditions of share-based payment awards require an entity to apply modification accounting under Topic 718. The amendments are effective for all entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company adopted ASU 2017-09 on January 1, 2018, and such adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
3.4. Restructuring and Impairment Charges
The Company has written off certain assets and has implemented various restructuring plans to better align its resources with its business strategy. These related charges are recorded in the restructuring and impairment charges line item on the Company’s consolidated statements of income (loss).
During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized asset impairment charges of $0.8 million, $2.2 million and $43.3 million, respectively. relating
57

ZOVIO INC
Notes to the write-off of certain fixed assets. The charges in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 related to the decision to close Ashford University’s residential campus in Clinton, Iowa during 2015, and the subsequent vacating of leased property throughout 2016. The charges in the year ended December 31, 2017 related to the discontinuation of certain software.Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
With the closure of the residential campus, ground-based Ashford University students were provided opportunities to continue their degrees through individual student transfer agreements. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company initially recorded restructuring charges relating to future cash expenditures for student transfer agreements of approximately $3.3 million. This initial estimate was based upon several assumptions that were subject to change, including assumptions related to the number of students who elected to continue to pursue their degrees through Ashford University’s online programs. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company reassessed this estimate and decreased the related restructuring charges by approximately $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively.
The Company has also implemented various reductions in force to help better align personnel resources with the decline in enrollment. During the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021 and 2015,2020, the Company recognized $2.2 million, $2.7$2.6 million and $4.7$3.0 million, respectively, as restructuring charges related to severance costs for wages and benefits resulting from the reductions in force. The Company anticipates the remainder of these costs will be paid out by the end of the firstsecond quarter of 20182022 from existing cash on hand.
As part ofThe Company had previously relocated its continued effortsheadquarters to streamline operations, the CompanyChandler, Arizona and had also previously vacated or consolidated certain properties, in Denver and San Diego andsubsequently reassessed its obligations on non-cancelable leases. The fair value estimate of these non-cancelable leases is based on the contractual lease costs over the remaining term, partially offset by estimated future sublease rental income. The estimated rental income considers subleasesIn 2020, the Company has executed or expectsalso paid contract termination costs to execute, current commercial real estate market data and conditions, comparable transaction data and qualitative factors specific toexit a portion of its business. As a result of the related facilities. Duringaforementioned items, during the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015,2020, the Company recorded $5.8$1.8 million, $14.5 million and $17.0 million, respectively, as restructuring charges relating to lease exit and other costs, due to reassessment of estimates.costs. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company did not recognize any lease exit costs.
The following table summarizes the amounts recorded in the restructuring and impairment charges line item on the Company'sCompany’s consolidated statements of income (loss) for each of the periods presented (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
 20212020
Severance costs$2,641 $3,004 
Lease exit and other costs— 1,839 
Total restructuring and impairment charges$2,641 $4,843 
The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s restructuring liability by type during the following periods indicated (in thousands):
Student Transfer CostsSeverance CostsLease Exit and Other CostsTotal
Balance at December 31, 2019$1,296 $8,001 $976 $10,273 
Restructuring and impairment charges— 3,004 1,839 4,843 
Payments(14)(10,263)(841)(11,118)
Balance at December 31, 20201,282 742 1,974 3,998 
Restructuring and impairment charges— 2,641 — 2,641 
Payments— (2,853)(1,576)(4,429)
Non-cash transaction— (10)— (10)
Balance at December 31, 2021$1,282 $520 $398 $2,200 
The restructuring liability amounts are recorded within either the accounts payable and accrued liabilities account or the rent liability account on the consolidated balance sheets.
5. Fair Value Measurements
The following tables summarize the fair value information as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively (in thousands):
December 31, 2021
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Mutual funds$974 $— $— $974 
December 31, 2020
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
Mutual funds$1,515 $— $— $1,515 
The mutual funds in the tables above, represent the deferred compensation asset balances, which are considered to be trading securities. There were no transfers between level categories for investments during the periods presented. The Company’s deferred compensation asset balances are recorded in the investments line item on the Company’s consolidated
58
 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Asset impairment$798
 $2,215
 $43,328
Student transfer agreement costs(120) (142) 3,264
Severance costs2,175
 2,668
 4,717
Lease exit and other costs5,829
 14,535
 17,047
Total restructuring and impairment charges$8,682
 $19,276
 $68,356


73



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company's restructuring liability by type during the three-year period ended December 31, 2017 (in thousands):
 Asset Impairment Student Transfer Agreement Costs Severance Costs Lease Exit and Other Costs Total
Balance at December 31, 2014$
 $
 $860
 $6,580
 $7,440
Restructuring and impairment charges43,328
 3,264
 4,717
 17,047
 68,356
Payments
 (40) (3,833) (9,706) (13,579)
Non-cash transaction(43,328) 
 
 
 (43,328)
Balance at December 31, 2015
 3,224
 1,744
 13,921
 18,889
Restructuring and impairment charges2,215
 (142) 2,668
 14,535
 19,276
Payments
 (1,490) (3,845) (9,999) (15,334)
Non-cash transaction(2,215) 
 
 
 (2,215)
Balance at December 31, 2016
 1,592
 567
 18,457
 20,616
Restructuring and impairment charges798
 (120) 2,175
 5,829
 8,682
Payments
 (878) (2,547) (13,643) (17,068)
Non-cash transaction(798) 
 
 
 (798)
Balance at December 31, 2017$
 $594
 $195
 $10,643
 $11,432
The restructuring liability amounts are recorded within either (i) accounts payable and accrued liabilities account, (ii) rent liability account or (iii) other long-term liabilities account on the consolidated balance sheets.
4. Investments
The following tables summarize the fair value information of total investments as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively (in thousands):
 December 31, 2017
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Mutual funds$2,065
 $
 $
 $2,065
Total$2,065
 $
 $
 $2,065
 December 31, 2016
 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Mutual funds$1,688
 $
 $
 $1,688
Corporate notes and bonds
 22,746
 
 22,746
Certificates of deposit
 25,000
 
 25,000
Total$1,688
 $47,746
 $
 $49,434
The table above as of December 31, 2016, includes amounts related to investments classified as other investments, such as certificates of deposit, which are carried at amortized cost. The amortized cost of such investments approximated fair value at each balance sheet date. The assumptions used in these fair value estimates are considered as other observable inputs and are therefore categorized as Level 2 measurements under the accounting guidance. The Company's Level 2 investments are valued using readily available pricing sources that utilize market observable inputs, including the current interest rate for similar types of instruments. There were no transfers between levels during the periods presented. The Company also holds money market securities within its cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets thatand are classified as Level 1 securities.


74



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

As of December 31, 2017, the $2.1 million of mutual funds, representing the deferred compensation asset balances are considered to be trading securities. The following table summarizes theThere were no differences between amortized cost and fair value of investments as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):
 December 31, 2016
     Gross unrealized  
 Maturities Amortized Cost Gain Loss Fair Value
Short-term         
Corporate notes and bonds1 year or less $22,747
 $2
 $(3) $22,746
Certificate of deposit1 year or less 25,000
 
 
 25,000
Total  $47,747
 $2
 $(3) $47,746
The above table does not include $1.7 million2021 and 2020. There were 0 reclassifications out of mutual funds for December 31, 2016, which are recorded as trading securities.
As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, there were no investments that were in an unrealized loss position for less than, or greater than, 12 months. The Company accumulates unrealized gains and losses on the available-for-sale debt securities, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss) inincome during either the stockholders’ equity section of the Company's balance sheets.twelve months ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

5.
6. Accounts Receivable, Net
Accounts receivable, net, consists of the following (in thousands):
As of December 31,
20212020
Accounts receivable$10,562 $8,420 
Less allowance for credit losses931 1,216 
Accounts receivable, net$9,631 $7,204 
 As of December 31,
 2017 2016
Accounts receivable$44,656
 $42,611
Less allowance for doubtful accounts17,579
 16,154
Accounts receivable, net$27,077
 $26,457
There are an immaterial amount of accounts receivable, net, at each balance sheet date with a payment due date of greater than one year.
The following table presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts for accounts receivablecredit losses for the periods indicated (in thousands):
For the year ended December 31, 2021Beginning
Balance
Charged to
Expense
Write-offsAmounts disposed of by Sale TransactionRecoveries of amountsEnding
Balance
Non-FTG-related allowance$1,216 $1,229 $(1,514)$— $— $931 
Total allowance for credit losses$1,216 $1,229 $(1,514)$— $— $931 
For the year ended December 31, 2020Beginning
Balance
Charged to
Expense
Write-offsAmounts disposed of by Sale TransactionRecoveries of amountsEnding
Balance
FTG-related allowance$1,749 $2,176 $(2,485)$(1,865)$425 $— 
Non-FTG-related allowance11,963 12,080 (16,236)(11,747)5,156 1,216 
Total allowance for credit losses$13,712 $14,256 $(18,721)$(13,612)$5,581 $1,216 

 
Beginning
Balance
 
Charged to
Expense
 Deductions(1) 
Ending
Balance
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable:       
For the year ended December 31, 2017$16,154
 $32,151
 $(30,726) $17,579
For the year ended December 31, 2016$10,114
 $32,423
 $(26,383) $16,154
For the year ended December 31, 2015$27,567
 $29,782
 $(47,235) $10,114
(1)Deductions represent accounts written off, net of recoveries.


75



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6.7. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consists of the following (in thousands):
As of December 31,
20212020
Prepaid expenses$2,664 $3,027 
Prepaid licenses1,233 1,371 
Prepaid income taxes— 48 
Income tax receivable— 1,644 
Prepaid insurance2,254 1,127 
Insurance recoverable496 404 
Other current assets (1)
6,776 4,996 
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets$13,423 $12,617 
(1) Other current assets includes payment of net asset adjustment due from Global Campus related to the Sale Transaction, which is currently in mediation.

59
 As of December 31,
 2017 2016
Prepaid expenses$6,195
 $7,160
Prepaid licenses4,882
 5,183
Income tax receivable8,889
 7,432
Prepaid insurance1,215
 1,291
Insurance recoverable665
 702
Legal insurance recoverable527
 325
Interest receivable
 142
Other current assets15
 1,232
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets$22,388
 $23,467

ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
7.8. Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net, consists of the following (in thousands):
As of December 31,
20212020
Furniture and office equipment$22,032 $36,146 
Software4,493 7,512 
Leasehold improvements15,921 16,325 
Vehicles22 22 
Total property and equipment42,468 60,005 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization(16,086)(29,430)
Total property and equipment, net$26,382 $30,575 
 As of December 31,
 2017 2016
Furniture and office equipment$43,330
 $41,528
Software12,313
 11,979
Leasehold improvements5,445
 4,332
Vehicles22
 22
Total property and equipment61,110
 57,861
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization(50,676) (45,643)
Total property and equipment, net$10,434
 $12,218
Depreciation and amortization expense associated with property and equipment totaled $5.5$5.3 million, $8.4 and $6.2 million and $13.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021 and 2015,2020, respectively.



76



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8.9. Goodwill and Intangibles, Net
Goodwill and intangibles, net, consists of the following (in thousands):
December 31, 2021
Definite-lived intangible assets:Gross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying Amount
Capitalized curriculum costs$13,982 $(12,796)$1,186 
Purchased intangible assets14,185 (9,048)5,137 
 Total definite-lived intangible assets$28,167 $(21,844)$6,323 
Goodwill23,176 
Total goodwill and intangibles, net$29,499 
December 31, 2020
Definite-lived intangible assets:Gross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying Amount
Capitalized curriculum costs$13,745 $(12,644)$1,101 
Purchased intangible assets14,185 (6,677)7,508 
 Total definite-lived intangible assets$27,930 $(19,321)$8,609 
Goodwill23,176 
Total goodwill and intangibles, net$31,785 
 December 31, 2017
Definite-lived intangible assets:Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Net Carrying Amount
Capitalized curriculum costs$21,463
 $(19,300) $2,163
Purchased intangible assets15,850
 (5,987) 9,863
  Total definite-lived intangible assets$37,313
 $(25,287) $12,026
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles    2,567
Total goodwill and intangibles, net    $14,593
      
 December 31, 2016
Definite-lived intangible assets:Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Net Carrying Amount
Capitalized curriculum costs$21,153
 $(17,397) $3,756
Purchased intangible assets15,850
 (4,754) 11,096
  Total definite-lived intangible assets$37,003
 $(22,151) $14,852
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles    2,567
Total goodwill and intangibles, net    $17,419
Definite-lived intangibles include capitalized curriculum costs, which are the digital course materials, as well as purchased intangible assets. The purchased intangible assets primarily relate to the acquired developed curriculum, university relationships and student relationships from the Fullstack and TutorMe acquisitions.
Goodwill as of December 31, 2021 and indefinite-lived intangibles2020, includes the goodwill resulting from prior period acquisitionsthe Fullstack and the indefinite-lived intangibles attributableTutorMe acquisitions.
60

ZOVIO INC
Notes to the accreditation of the Company's institutions. Definite-lived intangibles include trademark agreements and digital course materials.Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021 and 2015,2020, amortization expense was $3.4$3.0 million, $4.7 and $5.2 million, and $5.7 million, respectively. The following table summarizes the estimated remaining amortization expense as of each fiscal year ended below (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
2022$2,524 
20232,411 
2024835 
2025192 
2026127 
Thereafter234 
Total future amortization expense$6,323 

Year Ended December 31,  
2018$2,497
20191,793
20201,497
20211,299
20221,236
Thereafter3,704
Total future amortization expense$12,026


77



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9.10. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consists of the following (in thousands):
As of December 31,
20212020
Accounts payable$5,967 $11,246 
Accrued salaries and wages5,434 6,149 
Accrued bonus3,625 11,428 
Accrued vacation3,037 3,369 
Accrued litigation and fees22,376 8,341 
Minimum residual liability (1)
14,987 1,216 
Accrued expenses13,400 12,473 
Current leases payable4,492 6,934 
Accrued insurance liability1,404 1,537 
Accrued income taxes payable47 — 
Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities$74,769 $62,693 
(1) Amount represents approximately 50% of the total amount anticipated to be remitted to Global Campus in June 2022. The amount owed could be materially different than the current estimate projected by management.
 As of December 31,
 2017 2016
Accounts payable$5,619
 $4,519
Accrued salaries and wages8,573
 8,967
Accrued bonus6,924
 5,087
Accrued vacation8,237
 9,313
Accrued litigation and fees9,886
 13,946
Accrued expenses16,024
 15,793
Rent liability12,971
 17,232
Accrued insurance liability2,931
 3,009
Total accrued liabilities$71,165
 $77,866

10. Deferred Revenue and Student Deposits
Deferredrevenueand studentdeposits consists ofthe following(inthousands):
 As of December 31,
 2017 2016
Deferred revenue$19,135
 $21,733
Student deposits49,072
 52,933
Total deferred revenue and student deposits$68,207
 $74,666
11. Other Long-Term Liabilities
Other long-term liabilities consists ofthe following(inthousands):
As of December 31,
20212020
Uncertain tax positions$— $28 
Notes payable2,723 2,981 
Deferred revenue807 — 
Other long-term liabilities1,585 4,172 
Total other long-term liabilities$5,115 $7,181 

61
 As of December 31,
 2017 2016
Uncertain tax positions$8,893
 $8,216
Other long-term liabilities3,815
 5,414
Total other long term liabilities$12,708
 $13,630

ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
12.12. Credit Facilities
The Company has issued letters of credit that are collateralized with cash, in the aggregate amount of $8.3$9.2 million which is included as restricted cash as of December 31, 2017.2021. The letters of credit relate primarily to the Company's leased facilities and insurance requirements. The collateralized cash is held in restricted cash on the Company's consolidated balance sheets.
As part of its normal business operations, theThe Company is required to provide surety bonds in certain states in which it does business. As a result, the Company does business. The Company hashad previously entered into a surety bond facility with an insurance company to provide such bonds when required. AsAlthough there are no remaining bonds on the Company’s behalf under this facility as of December 31, 2017,2021, the Company's total available surety bond facility was $3.5 million and the surety had issued bonds totaling $3.2 million on the Company's behalf under such facility.Company still holds certain liability associated with any required collateral.


78



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Lease Obligations
Operating leases
The Company leases certainvarious office and classroom facilities and office equipment under non-cancelable lease arrangements thatwhich expire at various dates through 2023. 2033. These facilities are used for academic operations, corporate functions, enrollment services and student support services. All of the leases were classified as operating leases for the period ended December 31, 2021, and the Company does not have any finance leases. All of the leases, other than those that may qualify for the short-term scope exception of 12 months or less, are recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
In the first half of 2021, the Company entered into a new lease in New York for classrooms and office space and recorded a right-of-use asset of $14.6 million in exchange for lease obligations. However, in the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company began to market this space for sublease. There is no guarantee that the Company will be able to sublease the space at rates materially similar to that of the current lease.
The Company leases approximately 131,000 square feet of office leasesspace located in Chandler, Arizona, with the lease extending through 2030.
As of December 31, 2021, the lease amounts on the consolidated balance sheets do not include any options to extend, nor any options for early termination. The Company’s lease agreements do not include rental payments adjusted periodically for inflation. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain certain renewal options. Rent expense under non-cancelable operatingany residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants. Other than a sublease to Global Campus, the Company is not a party to any related party arrangements with respect to its lease arrangements is accounted for on a straight-line basis and totaled $15.0 million, $23.3 million and $38.5 million fortransactions.
For the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021 and 2015, respectively.2020, rent expense totaled $9.8 million and $13.2 million, respectively, calculated in accordance with ASC 842, Leases. Rent expense in certain periods also includes the restructuring and impairment charges recorded and therefore, may differ significantly from cash payments. For additional information, see Note 3,4, “Restructuring and Impairment Charges.”
The following table summarizes the future minimum rental payments under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements in effect at December 31, 2017 (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,  
2018$31,400
201920,833
20209,504
20215,112
20221,558
Thereafter390
Total minimum payments$68,797
The Company has agreementsan agreement to sublease certain portions of its office facilities, with three1 active subleasessublease as of December 31, 2017.2021. The Company’s sublease does not include any options to extend, nor any options for early termination. The Company’s sublease does not contain any residual value guarantees or restrictive covenants. The sublease was classified as an operating lease for the period ended December 31, 2021. The Company is subleasing office space of approximately 28,30021,000 square feet of office space in San Diego, California with a commitment to lease for 28 months and a net sublease value of $1.7 million. In addition, the Company is subleasing approximately 72,000 square feet of office space in Denver, Colorado with a remaining commitment to lease for 44of 14 months and net lease payments of $0.8 million. Sublease income for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $2.3 million, and $1.9 million, respectively, and is recorded as an offset to facility costs within general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of income (loss).
The following table represents the classification and amounts allocated to the various expense line items on the consolidated statements of income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2021 (in thousands):
Operating lease costs$8,239 
Short-term lease cost389 
Variable lease costs (1)
1,193 
Less: Sub-lease income(2,264)
Total net lease costs$7,557 
(1)Variable components of the lease payments such as utilities, taxes and insurance, parking and maintenance costs.
62

ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The following table represents the maturities of lease liabilities, a net sublease valueportion of $4.7 million.which is recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, as well as rent liability on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021, (in thousands):
2022$7,009 
20235,316 
20245,022 
20254,759 
20264,763 
Thereafter26,736 
Total minimum payments53,605 
Less: Interest (1)
(14,907)
Total net lease liabilities$38,698 
(1)Calculated using an appropriate interest rate for each individual lease. See the weighted-average discount rate noted below.
Some of the more significant assumptions and judgments in determining the amounts to capitalize include the determination of the discount rate. The following table represents the lease term and discount rate used in the calculations as of December 31, 2021:
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years):
Operating leases9.6 years
Weighted-average discount rate:
Operating leases6.9 %

The following table represents the cash flow information of operating leases for the year ended December 31, 2021 (in thousands):
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases$9,281 

63

ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
14. Income (Loss) Per Share
Basic income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders for the period by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period.
Diluted income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders for the period by the sum of (i) the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, plus (ii) potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period, if the effect is dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities for the periods presented include incremental stock options, unvested restricted stock units (“RSUs”)RSUs and unvested performance stock units (“PSUs”).PSUs.


79



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted income (loss)loss per share for the periods indicated (in thousands, except per share data):
 Year Ended December 31,
 20212020
Numerator:
Net loss$(42,349)$(48,952)
Denominator:
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding33,256 31,959 
Effect of dilutive options and stock units— — 
Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding33,256 31,959 
Loss per share:
Basic$(1.27)$(1.53)
Diluted$(1.27)$(1.53)
 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Numerator:     
Net income (loss)$10,537
 $(30,040) $(70,454)
Denominator:     
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding32,058
 46,228
 45,665
Effect of dilutive options and restricted stock units736
 
 
Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding32,794
 46,228
 45,665
Income (loss) per share:     
Basic$0.33
 $(0.65) $(1.54)
Diluted$0.32
 $(0.65) $(1.54)
The following table sets forth the number of stock options, RSUs and PSUs excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share for the periods indicated because their effect was anti-dilutive (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Stock options1,341 1,757 
Stock units and contingent consideration1,133 1,112 

 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Options1,850
 4,359
 5,063
RSUs and PSUs6
 730
 762
15.15. Stock-Based Compensation
The Company recorded $3.6$4.4 million, $7.3 and $8.3 million and $9.7 million of stock-based compensation expense related to equity awards for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021 and 2015,2020 respectively. The related income tax benefit was $1.4$1.1 million, $2.7 and $2.1 million and $3.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021 and 2015,2020, respectively. However, there was no net tax benefit recorded for the equity awards, as the Company was in a full valuation allowance position for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021 and 2015.2020. The Company has stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, RSUs, PSUs and contingent shares related to acquisitions. The Company records stock-based compensation expense over the vesting term using the graded-vesting method.
Stock Options
The Company grants stock options from either its 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”). or its Tutorme.com, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan. The compensation committee of the Company's board of directors, or the full board of directors (the “board”), determines eligibility, vesting schedules and exercise prices for stock options granted under the 2009 Plan. Stock options granted under the 2009 Plan typically have a maximum contractual term of 10 years,, subject to the option holder's continuing service with the Company. Stock options are generally granted with a four-yearfour-year vesting requirement, pursuant to which the option holder must continue providing service to the Company at the applicable vesting date. AllThere were no stock options granted during the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were awarded pursuant to the 2009 Plan. Under the 2009 Plan, the number of authorized shares is subject to automatic increase each January 1 through and including January 1, 2019, pursuant to a formula contained in the 2009 Plan, without the need for further approval by the Company's board of directors2021 or stockholders.
Before the adoption of the 2009 Plan, the Company awarded stock options pursuant to the Company's Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”). Effective upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering, the 2005 Plan was terminated and no further stock options may be issued under the 2005 Plan, provided that all stock options then outstanding under the 2005 Plan will continue to remain outstanding pursuant to the terms of the 2005 Plan and the applicable award agreements.

2020.

64
80



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The following table presents a summary of stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015periods indicated (in thousands, except for exercise prices and contractual terms):
Options
Outstanding
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
December 31, 20192,008 $13.42 4.16$393 
Granted— $— 
Exercised(22)$0.36 
Forfeitures and expired(361)$17.54 
December 31, 20201,625 $12.68 3.63$918 
Granted— $— 
Exercised— $— 
Forfeitures and expired(402)$16.52 
December 31, 20211,223 $11.42 2.56$191 
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 20211,223 $11.42 2.56$191 
Exercisable at December 31, 20211,223 $11.42 2.56$191 
 
Options
Outstanding
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
December 31, 20145,168
 $14.26
 5.73 $7,732
Granted455
 $9.44
    
Exercised(206) $1.38
    
Forfeitures and expired(764) $18.15
    
December 31, 20154,653
 $13.72
 4.84 $2,556
Granted375
 $10.44
    
Exercised(306) $4.35
    
Forfeitures and expired(1,115) $15.41
    
December 31, 20163,607
 $13.64
 4.80 $2,025
Granted332
 $10.44
    
Exercised(537) $7.17
    
Forfeitures and expired(502) $15.51
    
December 31, 20172,900
 $14.15
 4.23 $
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 20172,848
 $14.22
 4.15 $
Exercisable at December 31, 20172,467
 $14.79
 3.46 $
As of December 31, 2017,2021, the Company had 4.310.1 million shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding stock options and settlement of outstanding stock awards under the Company'sCompany’s equity incentive plans. Shares issued upon stock option exercises and settlements of stock awards are drawn from the authorized but unissued shares of common stock.
DuringNaN stock options were exercised during the year ended December 31, 2017, there were 0.5 million stock options exercised with an intrinsic value of $2.7 million. The2021. No windfall tax benefit was realized from these exercises was $0.3 million.exercises. The Company also realized a total tax benefit shortfall of $1.6$0.9 million. During the year ended December 31, 2016,2020, there were 0.3 millionapproximately 21,700 stock options exercised with an intrinsic value of $1.2approximately $0.1 million. TheNo windfall tax benefit was realized from these exercises was $0.3 million.exercises. The Company also realized a total tax benefit shortfall of $3.4$0.7 million. During the year ended December 31, 2015, there were 0.2
Approximately 0.4 million stock options exercised with an intrinsic value of $1.6 million. The windfall tax benefit realized from these exercises was $0.5 million. The Company also realized a total tax benefit shortfall of $1.0 million.
Approximately 0.3 million and 1.0 million stock options expired during the years ended December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively.
The fair value of each stock option award granted during the yearsyear ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 20152020 was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company'sCompany’s determination of the fair value of share-based awards is affected by the Company'sCompany’s common stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number ofseveral complex and subjective variables.


81



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Below is a summary of the assumptions used for the stock options granted in the years indicated.
 2017 2016 2015
Weighted average exercise price per share$10.44
 $10.44
 $9.44
Risk-free interest rate2.1% 1.4% 1.6%
Expected dividend yield
 
 
Expected volatility47.2% 49.8% 50.7%
Expected life (in years)5.75
 5.75
 5.75
Forfeiture rate11.0% 9.0% 7.0%
Weighted average grant date fair value per share$4.76
 $4.91
 $4.52
The risk-free interest rate is based on the currently available rate on a U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issue with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the stock option converted into a continuously compounded rate. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its common stock and does not currently anticipate paying cash dividends in the future. The Company has enough historical option exercise information to compute an expected term for use as an assumption in the Black-Scholes option pricing model, and as such, its computation of expected term was calculated using its own historical data. The volatility of the Company'sCompany’s common stock is also based upon its own historical volatility.
There were no unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock options as of December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015,2020, there was $0.9 million, $1.4 million and $1.7 million, respectively,$4 thousand of unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock options. At December 31, 2017, the unrecognized compensation costs of stock options were expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.1 years.
Stock Awards
The Company has also grantsgranted RSUs to its employees either under the 2009 Plan or the 2021 CEO Inducement Equity Incentive Plan. Each RSU represents the future issuance of one1 share of the Company'sCompany’s common stock contingent upon the recipient'srecipient’s continued service with the Company through the applicable vesting date. Upon the vesting date, RSUs are automatically settled for shares of the Company'sCompany’s common stock unless the applicable award agreement provides for delayed settlement. If prior to the vesting date the employee'semployee’s status as a full-time employee is terminated, the unvested RSUs are automatically canceled on the employment termination date, unless otherwise specified in an employee'semployee’s individual
65

ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
employment agreement. The fair value of an RSU is calculated based on the market value of the common stock on the grant date and is amortized over the applicable vesting period using the graded-vesting method.
During the year ended December 31, 2015, theThe Company hadhas also granted certain PSUs under the 2009 Plan to certain individuals. No PSUs were granted during either ofor the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2016.2021 CEO Inducement Equity Incentive Plan. Each PSU represents the future issuance of one1 share of the Company'sCompany’s common stock contingent upon achievement of the applicable performance target and the recipient'srecipient’s continued service with the Company through the applicable vesting date. Certain of the PSUs may be earned based on the achievement of the Company's stock price, a market-based measure, and certain of the PSUs may be earned based on the the Company's diluted income per share, a performance-based measure.measures.
With respect to each award of PSUs, vesting is based upon the achievement of the applicable performance target, and subject to the employee'semployee’s continued service with the Company through the applicable vesting date. If prior to the vesting date the employee'semployee’s status as a full-time employee is terminated, the unvested PSUs are automatically canceled on the employment termination date, unless otherwise specified in an employee'semployee’s individual employment agreement. PSUs are amortized over the applicable vesting period using the graded-vesting method. The fair value of the portion of the PSU awards subject to earning based on the achievement of a performance-based measure was based on the Company'sCompany’s stock price as of the date the applicable performance target was approved by the Company's board of directors.board. Compensation cost for the portion of the PSU awards subject to earning based on the achievement of a performance-based measure is recorded based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions associated with the shares, as determined by management. The fair value of the portion of the PSU awards subject to earning based on the achievement of a market-based measure was estimated based on the Company'sCompany’s stock price as of the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model.


82



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The weighted-average assumptions for the portion ofPSU awards during the PSU awardsyear ended December 31, 2021, subject to earning based on the achievement of a market-based measure are noted in the following table:
2021
Grant price per share$2.35 
Risk-free interest rate0.2 %
Expected dividend yield— 
Historical volatility108.4 %
Expected life (in years)2.57
Forfeiture rate13.0 %
Weighted average grant date fair value per share$2.50 
 2015
Grant price per share$9.46
Risk-free interest rate0.7%
Expected dividend yield
Historical volatility50.0%
Expected life (in years)4.0
Forfeiture rate7.0%
Weighted average grant date fair value per share$4.04
A summary of the RSU and PSU activity and related information is as follows (in thousands, except for exercise prices and contractual terms):
Restricted Stock Units and Performance Stock Units
Time-Based RSUPerformance-Based PSUMarket-Based PSU
Number of SharesWeighted Average
Purchase Price
Number of SharesWeighted Average
Purchase Price
Number of SharesWeighted Average
Purchase Price
Balance at December 31, 20192,305 $5.04 — $— 1,070 $6.76 
Awarded1,470 $2.27 1,059 2.19 — $— 
Vested(911)$9.67 — — — — 
Canceled(570)$5.14 (43)$2.18 (337)$7.79 
Balance at December 31, 20202,295 $1.4 1,017 $2.19 733 $6.28 
Awarded1,680 $2.63 195 $3.81 1,870 $0.90 
Vested(1,056)$3.83 — — — — 
Canceled(697)$3.59 (566)$2.18 (659)$5.68 
Balance at December 31, 20212,222 $2.64 645 $2.69 1,944 $1.30 
 Restricted Stock Units and Performance Stock Units
 Time-Based RSU Performance-Based PSU Market-Based PSU
 Number of Shares 
Weighted Average
Purchase Price
 Number of Shares 
Weighted Average
Purchase Price
 Number of Shares 
Weighted Average
Purchase Price
Balance at December 31, 20141,279
 $12.63
 
 
 975
 $5.39
Awarded983
 $9.33
 456
 $9.86
 229
 $4.04
Vested(353) $12.34
 
 
 
 
Canceled(519) $11.51
 (97) $9.86
 (238) $5.21
Balance at December 31, 20151,390
 $10.78
 359
 $9.86
 966
 $5.11
Awarded505
 $10.18
 
 
 
 
Vested(472) $10.84
 
 
 
 
Canceled(289) $10.69
 (92) $9.86
 (231) $5.19
Balance at December 31, 20161,134
 $10.52
 267
 $9.86
 735
 $5.09
Awarded473
 $10.45
 
 
 
 
Vested(461) $10.58
 
 
 
 
Canceled(302) $10.51
 (103) $9.86
 (300) $5.04
Balance at December 31, 2017844
 $10.45
 164
 $9.86
 435
 $5.13
As of December 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020 there was $3.6$3.0 million and $4.7$3.4 million,, respectively, of unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested RSUs. At December 31, 2017,2021, the unrecognized compensation costs of RSUs were expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.21.4 years.
During the year ended December 31, 2017, 0.5 million RSUs vested and were released with a market value of $4.8 million. The related windfall tax benefit realized was $0.1 million, and the related tax benefit shortfall realized was $0.1 million.
66

ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
During the year ended December 31, 2016, 0.52021, 1.1 million RSUs vested and were released with a market value of $4.8$4.0 million. The relatedApproximately $0.3 million of windfall tax benefit was realized from these awards, and the related tax benefit shortfall realized was $0.1$0.3 million. During the year ended December 31, 2020, 0.9 million RSUs vested and were released with a market value of $1.7 million. Approximately $44.7 thousand of windfall tax benefit was realized from these awards, and the related tax benefit shortfall realized from the RSUs released was $0.2$1.3 million. During the year ended December 31, 2015, 0.4 million RSUs vested and were released with a market value of $3.3 million. There was no related windfall tax benefit realized, and the related tax benefit shortfall realized from the RSUs released was $0.4 million.
As of December 31, 2017,2021, there was $0.3$3.0 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested PSUs. At December 31, 2017,2021, the unrecognized compensation costs of PSUs were expected to be recognized over a weighted average


83



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

period of 0.72.2 years, to the extent the applicable performance criteria are met. No PSUs vested during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 or 2015.2021, and 2020.
16. Stock Repurchase Programs
The Company's board of directors (“board”) may authorize the Company to repurchase outstanding shares of its common stock from time to time in the open market through block trades or otherwise depending on market conditions and other considerations, pursuant to the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The Company's policy is to retain these repurchased shares as treasury shares and not to retire them. The amount and timing of future share repurchases, if any, will be determined as market and business conditions warrant.
The Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock during either of the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015. On March 10, 2017, the Company repurchased approximately 18.1 million shares of the Company's common stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $152.0 million, including fees.
On November 17, 2017, the Company's board then authorized a share repurchase program of up to $20.0 million in aggregate value of shares of its common stock, over the next 12 months. The timing and extent of any repurchases will depend upon market conditions, the trading price of the Company's shares and other factors, and subject to the restrictions relating to volume, price and timing under applicable law. The Company may commence or suspend share repurchases at any time or from time to time.
Separate from the authorized repurchase program noted above, on November 21, 2017, the Company repurchased 2.1 million shares of the Company's common stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $16.7 million, including fees.
17. Income Taxes
The Company uses the asset-liability method to account for taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities result from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements that will result in income and deductions in future years.
The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Current:     
Federal$(1,091) $(8,433) $(10,370)
State517
 530
 (309)
 (574) (7,903) (10,679)
Deferred:     
Federal(605) 25
 33,482
State5
 3
 7,462
 (600) 28
 40,944
Total$(1,174) $(7,875) $30,265
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Current:
Federal$(270)$(13,238)
State131 284 
Foreign10 
(129)(12,949)
Deferred:
Federal— (56)
State— (63)
— (119)
Total$(129)$(13,068)
On December 22, 2017, President Donald TrumpMarch 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES Act”) was signed into law H.R.1, formerly known aslaw. The CARES Act is a relief package intended to assist many aspects of the Tax Cuts and JobsCountry’s economy of which certain components of the Act (the “Tax Legislation”). The Tax Legislation significantly revisedimpacted the U.S. tax code that will affect the Company's year ending December 31, 2018, including, but not limited to, lowering the U.S. federal corporateCompany’s 2020 income tax rate from 35% to 21%; bonus depreciation that will allowprovision. Specifically, the CARES Act temporarily reinstated a five-year carryback period for full expensing of qualified property; limitations onall NOLs generated in the deductibility of certain executive compensation and other deductions; and limitations of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017.2018, 2019 and 2020. Therefore, the Company’s NOLs from 2018 and 2019 were carried back to 2013 and 2014, respectively, and a tax benefit of approximately $12.8 million was recorded for the tax year 2020. The enactment of the Tax Legislation resulted in a one-time remeasurement of the Company's U.S. federal deferred tax assets and liabilities from 35% to the lower enacted corporate tax rate or 21%. The provisional remeasurement of the Company's deferred tax balance was primarily offset by a corresponding changeentire NOL carryback refund in the valuation allowance.


84



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

amount of $12.8 million was received by the Company in 2020.
Each reporting period, the Company assesses the likelihood that it will be able to recover its deferred tax assets, which represent timing differences in the recognition of certain tax deductions for accounting and tax purposes. The realization of deferred tax assets is dependent, in part, upon future taxable income. Significant judgment is required in determining any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers all available evidence, including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income given current business conditions affecting the Company, and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies.
As of December 31, 2017,2021, the Company continues to record a full valuation allowance against all net deferred tax assets, as was the case at December 31, 2016.2020. The Company intends to maintain a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets until sufficient positive evidence exists to support its reversal.
Deferred income tax balances reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases and are stated at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when taxes are paid or recovered.
67

ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities and balance sheet classifications are as follows (in thousands):
 As of December 31,
 2017 2016
Deferred tax assets:   
Net operating loss$2,414
 $1,052
Fixed assets(291) (1,241)
Bad debt1,506
 1,979
Vacation accrual1,880
 3,249
Stock-based compensation6,435
 12,827
Deferred rent4,818
 12,687
State tax1,520
 2,534
Bonus accrual1,372
 1,873
Accrued expenses3,711
 5,994
Revenue reserves104
 135
Other766
 760
Total deferred tax assets24,235
 41,849
Valuation allowance(23,891) (41,849)
Net deferred tax assets344
 
Deferred tax liabilities:   
Indefinite-lived intangibles(517) (773)
Total deferred tax liabilities(517) (773)
Total net deferred tax assets (liabilities)$(173) $(773)
As of December 31,
20212020
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss$31,841 $22,662 
Fixed assets365 — 
Bad debt239 303 
Vacation accrual618 673 
Stock-based compensation3,222 3,869 
Operating lease liabilities9,945 7,746 
Bonus accrual846 2,476 
Accrued expenses1,329 4,333 
Other1,154 1,258 
Total deferred tax assets49,559 43,320 
Valuation allowance(42,119)(37,375)
Net deferred tax assets7,440 5,945 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Fixed assets and intangibles— (704)
Indefinite-lived intangibles— — 
Operating lease assets(7,440)(5,045)
Other— (196)
Total deferred tax liabilities(7,440)(5,945)
Total net deferred tax assets (liabilities)$— $— 
At December 31, 2017,2021, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $5.5$117.0 million and $137.3 million, respectively, which are available to offset future taxable income. TheApproximately $112.0 million of the federal net operating loss can be carried forward indefinitely. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards will beginbegan to expire in 2021. The Company’s utilization of net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations due to ownership change provisions of Section 382 of Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.


68
85



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The following table presents a reconciliation of the income tax expense (benefit)benefit computed using the federal statutory tax rate of 35%21% and the Company'sCompany’s provision for income taxes (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Computed expected federal tax expense$(8,920)21.0 %$(13,024)21.0 %
State taxes, net of federal benefit(885)2.1 (2,476)4.0 
Permanent differences5,606 (13.2)436 (0.7)
Uncertain tax positions(349)0.8 (618)1.0 
Stock compensation696 (1.6)1,388 (2.2)
Federal tax rate change on NOL carryback— — (4,908)7.9 
Domestic production activities— — — — 
Valuation allowance3,981 (9.4)5,698 (9.2)
Other(258)0.6 436 (0.7)
Income tax benefit$(129)0.3 %$(13,068)21.1 %
 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Computed expected federal tax expense$3,277
35.0 % $(13,270)35.0 % $(14,066)35.0 %
State taxes, net of federal benefit321
3.4
 (551)1.5
 (655)1.6
Permanent differences(362)(3.8) 341
(0.9) 1,033
(2.6)
Penalty

 2,800
(7.4) 

Uncertain tax positions677
7.2
 346
(1.0) 480
(1.2)
Credits(466)(4.9) (402)1.1
 (206)0.5
Stock compensation1,277
13.6
 116
(0.3) 1,246
(3.1)
Federal tax rate change11,974
127.9
 

 

Valuation allowance(17,958)(191.8) 2,708
(7.1) 42,419
(105.5)
Other86
0.9
 37
(0.1) 14

Income tax expense (benefit)$(1,174)(12.5)% $(7,875)20.8 % $30,265
(75.3)%
The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of period$20,248
 $20,589
 $20,877
Gross increases-tax positions in prior period427
 176
 169
Gross decreases-tax positions in prior period(1,354) (517) (2)
Gross increases-current period tax positions
 
 
Settlements
 
 (455)
Lapse of statute of limitations(452) 
 
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of period$18,869
 $20,248
 $20,589
Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of period$18 $2,128 
Gross increases - tax positions in prior period— — 
Gross decreases - tax positions in prior period— (1,661)
Gross increases - current period tax positions— — 
Settlements— (400)
Lapse of statute of limitations(18)(49)
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of period$— $18 
Included in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2017 and 20162020 is $14.8 million and $13.2 million, respectively,$18 thousand of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the Company'sCompany’s effective tax rate. Also included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2017 and 20162020 is $3.9 million and $7.1 million, respectively,less than $4 thousand of tax benefits that, if recognized, would result in adjustments to other tax accounts, primarily deferred tax assets. Itassets which was offset by a full valuation allowance.
The Company is reasonably possiblerequired to file income tax returns in the United States that includes various state and local tax jurisdictions. The preparation of these income tax returns requires the totalCompany to interpret the applicable tax laws and regulations in effect in such jurisdictions, which could affect the amount of tax paid by the unrecognizedCompany. The income tax benefit will change duringreturns are subject to audits by the next 12 months; however,applicable federal and state taxing authorities. As part of these audits, the taxing authorities may disagree with our tax positions. The ultimate resolution of these tax positions is often uncertain until the audit is complete and any disagreements are resolved. The Company does not expecttherefore records an amount for its estimate of the potential changeadditional tax liability, including interest and penalties, for any uncertain tax positions taken or expected to have a material effect onbe taken in an income tax return. The Company reviews and updates the resultsaccrual for uncertain tax positions as more definitive information becomes available from taxing authorities, and upon completion of operations or financial position in the next year.tax audits and expiration of statutes of limitations.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. At December 31, 2017 and 2016,2020, the Company had approximately $2.7 million and $2.4 million, respectively,$10 thousand of accrued interest and penalties, before any tax benefit, related to uncertain tax positions.
The Company has analyzed filing positions in all of the federal and state jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns, as well as all open tax years in these jurisdictions. The 2017 tax years 2001 through 2016year are forward are open to examination by major taxing jurisdictionsfor federal income tax purposes, and the 2015 tax year and forward are open to which the Company is subject.examination for state income tax purposes.
The Company is currently under Internal Revenue ServiceIRS audit examinations of the Company’s income and payroll tax returns for the years 2013 through 2016.

2016 was completed during the quarter ended June 30, 2020. The Company obtained the Joint Committee on Taxation approval of the net operating loss

69
86



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Thecarryback refund claims filed under the 2020 CARES Act and the IRS audit examinations of the Company’s income tax returns are being audited by the California Franchise Tax Board for the years 20082013 through 2015.2016 was finalized during the quarter ended March 31, 2021. The Company was notified by the Franchise Tax Board in March 2017 that they are continuing to challengeIRS examinations had no adverse material impact on the Company’s filing position. The Company continues to work toward resolution, and based on all available information the Company has accrued for any uncertain tax positions that may be addressed in the audit.overall financial results as at December 31, 2021.
The FTB audit examinations of the Company’s income tax returns are being audited by the Oregon Department of Revenue for the years 20122013 through 2014. In January 2017,2015 was completed during the Oregon Department of Revenue issued Notices of Deficiencies, which were appealed byquarter ended December 31, 2020. The audit closing agreement was finalized during the Company. The Company does not expect any significant adjustments to amounts already reserved.quarter ended March 31, 2021 with no adverse material impact on the Company’s overall financial results as at December 31, 2021.
18. 17. Regulatory
The Company is subject to extensive regulation by federal and state governmental agencies and accrediting bodies. In particular, the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (the “Higher(“Higher Education Act”), and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the U.S. Department of Education (the “Department”(“Department”) subject the Company and its university partners to significant regulatory scrutiny on the basis of numerous standards that institutions of higher education must satisfy in order to participate in the various federal student financial aid programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act (“Title IV programs”). After the sale of the University to Global Campus, the Company remains responsible for liabilities resulting from any violation of these regulatory requirements during the time it owned and operated the University, either directly or by an obligation to indemnify Global Campus.
Department of Education On-Site Program Review of former Ashford University
In December 2016, the Department informed the University that it intended to continue the on-site program review, which commenced in January 2017 and initially covered the 2015-2016 and 2016-2017 award years, but may be expanded if the Department deems such expansion appropriate. To date, the Company has not received a draft report from the Department.
Department of Education Close Out Audit of University of the Rockies
The Company previously recorded an expense of $1.5 million during the fiscal year 2018, in relation to the close out audit of University of the Rockies resulting from its merger with the University in October 2018. The expense was recorded in relation to borrower defense to repayment regulations. On September 26, 2019, the Department sent the University a Final Audit Determination letter for the University of the Rockies. This letter confirmed that with the exception of the borrower defense to repayment regulations, none of the other audit findings resulted in financial liability. The Department also stated that additional liabilities could accrue in the future. On December 19, 2019, the Company filed an administrative appeal with the Department appealing the alleged liability on the basis that the University of Rockies did not close but rather merged with the University. The briefing on the appeal is complete and the Company is awaiting a decision by the administrative law judge.
WSCUC Accreditation of Global Campus (formerly Ashford University)
Global Campus is regionally accredited by WASC Senior College and University Commission (“WSCUC”). In July 2019, WSCUC acted to reaffirm accreditation through Spring 2025.
In connection with the Purchase Agreement by and among the Company and the University of Arizona, the Rockies is regionally accreditedCompany submitted to WSCUC, in July 2020, a substantive change application for a change in ownership from the University to Global Campus which required review and approval by the Higher Learning Commission (“HLC”).
Department of Education Open Program Review of Ashford University
On July 7, 2016, Ashford University was notified bySubstantive Change Committee and the Department that an off-site program review had been scheduled to assess Ashford’s administrationStructural Change Committee of the Title IV programs in which it participates. The off-site program review commenced on July 25, 2016 and covered students identified inCommission. In November 2020, WSCUC approved the 2009-2012 calendar year data previously provided by Ashfordchange of control application filed to complete the Department in responseSale Transaction, subject to a request for information received fromcertain conditions. WSCUC notified Global Campus that the Multi-Regional and Foreign School Participation Divisionprovisions of the Department’s OfficeNotice of Federal Student Aid (the “FSA”) on December 10, 2015, but may be expanded if appropriate.
On December 9, 2016, the Department informed Ashford that it intended to continue the program review on-site at Ashford. The on-site program review commenced on January 23, 2017 and initially covers the 2015-2016 and 2016-2017 award years, but may be expanded if appropriate. To date, the Company has not received a draft report or any notice of deficiencies from the Department.
Program Participation Agreement for Ashford University
On October 20, 2017, Ashford University received an updated Program Participation Agreement from the U.S. Department of Education (“Department”). Based on the updated Program Participation Agreement, Ashford University is provisionally certified to participate in Federal Student Financial Aid Programs until December 31, 2018. Ashford University was previously eligible to participate on a month-to-month basis while its reapplication for certification was pending with the Department. As a resultConcern issued as part of the updated Program Participation Agreement, Ashford University’s pending educational programs have been approved and Ashfordreaffirmation of the University is required to submit its reapplication for continued certification by September 30, 2018.
WSCUC Accreditation of Ashford University
Inin July 2013, WSCUC granted Initial Accreditation to Ashford University for five years, until July 15, 2018. In December 2013, Ashford effected its transition to WSCUC accreditation and designated its San Diego, California facilities as its main campus and its Clinton, Iowa campus as an additional location. As part of a continuing monitoring process, Ashford hosted a visiting team from WSCUC2019 also remain in a special visit in April 2015. In July 2015, Ashford received an Action Letter from WSCUC outlining the findings arising out of its visiting team's special visit. The Action Letter stated that the WSCUC visiting team found evidence that Ashford continues to make progress in all six areas recommended by WSCUC in 2013. As part of its institutional review process, WSCUC will conduct a comprehensive review of Ashford scheduled to commence with an off-site review in spring 2018, followed by an on-site review in fall 2018.

effect.

70
87



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Department of Education Regulation
The “90/10” Rule
On December 1, 2020, the parties to the Purchase Agreement entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Purchase Agreement (“Amendment”) pursuant to which, among other things, the University of Arizona and Global Campus waived the closing condition regarding issuance of a pre-acquisition review notice by the Department of Education. Under the Higher Education Act,terms of the Purchase Agreement, as amended, the Closing was subject to customary closing conditions for transactions in this sector. The Department is expected to conduct a proprietary institution loses eligibilitypost-closing review of Global Campus following the Sale Transaction, consistent with the Department’s procedures during which the Department makes a determination on the institution’s request for recertification from the Department following the change of control, including whether to impose or place other conditions or restrictions. To be eligible to participate in Title IV programs, if the institution derives more than 90% of its revenues from Title IV program funds for two consecutive fiscal years, as calculated in accordance with Department regulations. This rule is commonly referred to as the “90/10 rule.” Any institution that violates the 90/10 rule for two consecutive fiscal years becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV programs for at least two fiscal years. In addition, an institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any single fiscal year is placed on provisional certificationmust comply with the Higher Education Act and may be subjectthe regulations thereunder that are administered by the Department.
Borrower Defense to other enforcement measures. In SeptemberRepayment
On October 28, 2016, the Department issued new audit standards, for financial statement auditspublished borrower defense to repayment regulations to change processes that assist students in gaining relief under certain provisions of proprietary institutions for fiscal years ending June 30, 2017 or later, which includethe Direct Loan Program regulations. These defense to repayment regulations allow a requirement that institutions must determine Title IV and non-Title IV revenueborrower to assert a defense to repayment on a student by student basis. On the basis of this calculation, duringa substantial misrepresentation, any other misrepresentation in cases where certain other factors are present, a breach of contract or a favorable nondefault contested judgment against a school for its act or omission relating to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, Ashford University derived 80.8%, and Universitymaking of the Rockies derived 86.1%,borrower’s loan or the provision of their respective cash revenues from Title IV program funds. As previously reported,educational services for fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, Ashford University derived 81.2% and 80.9%, respectively, and University ofwhich the Rockies derived 86.5% and 86.6%, respectively, of their respective cash revenues from Title IV program funds.
Cohort Default Rate
For each federal fiscal year,loan was provided. In addition, the financial responsibility standards contained in the new regulations establish the conditions or events that trigger the requirement for an institution to provide the Department calculates a rate of student defaults over a three-year measuring period for each educational institution, which is known as a “cohort default rate.” An institution may lose eligibility to participatewith financial protection in the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program and the Federal Pell Grant Program if, for eachform of the three most recent federal fiscal years, 30% or more of its students who became subject to a repayment obligation in that federal fiscal year defaulted on such obligation by the end of the following federal fiscal year.
The most recent official three-year cohort default rates for Ashford University for the 2014, 2013 and 2012 federal fiscal years, were 14.9%, 14.5% and 15.3%, respectively. The most recent official three-year cohort default rates for University of the Rockies for the 2014, 2013 and 2012 federal fiscal years, were 5.5%, 3.8% and 4.3%, respectively.
Financial Responsibility
The Department calculates an institution's composite score for financial responsibility based on its (i) equity ratio, which measures the institution's capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability; (ii) primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution's ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and (iii) net income ratio, which measures the institution's ability to operate at a profit. An institution that does not meet the Department's minimum composite score of 1.5 may demonstrate its financial responsibility by posting a letter of credit or other security against potential institutional liabilities. Triggering conditions or events include, among others, certain state, federal or accrediting agency actions or investigations, and in favorthe case of publicly traded companies, receipt of certain warnings from the SEC or the applicable stock exchange, or the failure to timely file a required annual or quarterly report with the SEC. The new regulations also prohibit schools from requiring that students agree to settle future disputes through arbitration.
On March 15, 2019, the Department issued guidance for the implementation of parts of the Departmentregulations. The guidance covers an institution’s responsibility in regard to reporting mandatory and possibly accepting other conditions on its participation in the Title IV programs.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, the consolidated composite score calculated was 2.0, satisfying the composite score requirementdiscretionary triggers as part of the Department's financial responsibility test, whichstandards, class action bans and pre-dispute arbitration agreements, submission of arbitral and judicial records, and repayment rates.
On August 30, 2019, the Department finalized the regulations derived from the 2017-2018 negotiated rulemaking process and subsequent public comments. This version of the borrower defense regulations applies to all federal student loans made on or after July 1, 2020, and, among other things: grants borrowers the right to assert borrower defense to repayment claims against institutions, must satisfyregardless of whether the loan is in orderdefault or in collection proceedings; allows borrowers to participatefile defense to repayment claims three years from either the student’s date of graduation or withdrawal from the institution; and gives students the ability to allege a specific amount of financial harm and to obtain relief in Title IV programs. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, the Company expects the consolidated composite score to be 2.5. However, the consolidated calculation is subject to determinationan amount determined by the Department, once it receiveswhich may be greater or lesser than their original claim amount. It also includes financial triggers and reviews the Company's auditedother factors for recalculating an institution’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2017, theresponsibility composite score at each ofthat differ from those in the Company's institutions is higher than the consolidated score.2016 regulations.
Return of Title IV funds for students who withdraw
If a student who has received Title IV funds withdraws, the institution must determine the amount of Title IV program funds the student has earned pursuant to applicable regulations. If the student withdraws during the first 60% of any payment period (which, for undergraduate online students, is typically a 20-week term consisting of four five-week courses), the amount of Title IV funds that the student has earned is equal to a pro rata portion of the funds the student received or for which the student would otherwise be eligible for the payment period. If the student withdraws after the 60% threshold, then the student is deemed to have earned 100% of the Title IV funds received. If the student has not earned all of the Title IV funds disbursed, the institution must return the unearned funds to the appropriate lender orOn March 18, 2021, the Department announced it would adopt a streamlined approach for granting full debt relief to borrowers reversing the methodology first announced in a timely manner, which is generally no later than 45 days after the date the institutionDecember 2019 that allowed for partial student loan cancellation for borrowers. The Department determined that the previous methodology did not result in an appropriate relief determination.
In July 2020, the Department notified the Company that they would be initiating a preliminary review of borrower defense applications from borrowers who made claims regarding the University. As part of the initial fact-finding process, the Department will send individual student withdrew. If an institution's annual financial aid compliance audit in eitherclaims to the University and allow the institution the opportunity to submit a response to the borrower’s allegations. In 2020, the Company received and timely responded to the submitted claims. The Company has responded to everything received and cannot predict the outcome of its two most recently completed fiscal years determines that 5% or more of such returns were not

this the Department's review at this time.

71
88



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

timely made, the institution may be required to submit a letter of credit in favor of the Department equal to 25% of the amount of unearned Title IV funds the institution was required to return for its most recently completed fiscal year. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, the Company's institutions did not exceed the 5% threshold for late refunds sampled.
Substantial Misrepresentation
The Higher Education Act prohibits an institution participating in Title IV programs from engaging in substantial misrepresentation regarding the nature of its educational programs, its financial charges or the employability of its graduates. Under the Department’s rules, a “misrepresentation” is any false, erroneous or misleading statement an institution, one of its representatives or any ineligible institution, organization or person with whom the institution has an agreement to provide educational programs or marketing, advertising, recruiting, or admissions services makes directly or indirectly to a student, prospective student or any member of the public, or to an accrediting agency, a state agency or the Department. The Department’s rules define a “substantial misrepresentation” as any misrepresentation on which the person to whom it was made could reasonably be expected to rely, or has reasonably relied, to that person’s detriment. For-profit educational institutions are also subject to the general deceptive practices jurisdiction of the Federal Trade Commission and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”).
On December 10, 2015, Ashford University received a request for information from the Multi-Regional and Foreign School Participation Division of the FSA for (i) advertising and marketing materials provided to prospective students regarding the transferability of certain credits, (ii) documents produced in response to the August 10, 2015 Civil Investigative Demand from the CFPB related to the CFPB’s investigation to determine whether for-profit postsecondary education companies or other unnamed persons have engaged in or are engaging in unlawful acts or practices related to the advertising, marketing or origination of private student loans, (iii) certain documents produced in response to subpoenas and interrogatories issued by the Attorney General of the State of California (the “CA Attorney General”) and (iv) records created between 2009 and 2012 related to the disbursement of certain Title IV funds. The FSA is investigating representations made by Ashford University to potential and enrolled students, and has asked the Company and Ashford to assist in its assessment of Ashford’s compliance with the prohibition on substantial misrepresentations. The Company and Ashford University are cooperating fully with the FSA with a view toward demonstrating the compliant nature of their practices.
The Department is currently conducting a program review to assess Ashford University’s administration of the Title IV programs in which it participates. For additional information, see “Department of Education Open Program Review of Ashford University” above.
If the Department determines that one of the Company’s institutions has engaged in substantial misrepresentation, the Department may (i) revoke the institution’s program participation agreement, if the institution is provisionally certified, (ii) impose limitations on the institution’s participation in Title IV programs, if the institution is provisionally certified, (iii) deny participation applications made on behalf of the institution or (iv) initiate proceedings to fine the institution or to limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV programs. Because Ashford University is provisionally certified, if the Department determined that Ashford has engaged in substantial misrepresentation, the Department may take the actions set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above in addition to any other actions taken by the Department.
GI Bill Benefits
On May 20, 2016, the Company received a letter from the Iowa Department of Education (the “Iowa DOE”) indicating that, as a result of the planned closure of the Clinton Campus, the Iowa State Approving Agency (the “ISAA”) would no longer continue to approve Ashford University’s programs for GI Bill benefits after June 30, 2016, and recommending Ashford seek approval through the State Approving Agency of jurisdiction for any location that meets the definition of a “main campus” or “branch campus”. Ashford began the process of applying for approval through the State Approving Agency in California (“CSAAVE”), and the Company subsequently disclosed that on June 20, 2016 it received a second letter from the Iowa DOE indicating that the Iowa DOE had issued a stay of the ISAA’s withdrawal of approval of Ashford’s programs for GI Bill benefits effective immediately until the earlier of (i) 90 days from June 20, 2016 or (ii) the date on which CSAAVE completed its review and issued a decision regarding the approval of Ashford in California. Ashford received communication from CSAAVE indicating that additional information and documentation would be required before Ashford’s application could be considered for CSAAVE approval. Ashford subsequently withdrew the CSAAVE application and continued working with the U.S.


89



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”), the Iowa DOE and the ISAA to obtain continued approval of Ashford’s programs for GI Bill benefits and to prevent any disruption of educational benefits to Ashford’s veteran students.
On September 15, 2016, in response to a Petition for Declaratory and Injunctive Relief (the “Petition”) filed by Ashford University, the Iowa District Court for Polk County entered a written order (the “Order”) staying the Iowa DOE’s announced intention to withdraw the approval of Ashford as a GI Bill eligible institution until the entry of a final and appealable order and judgment in the action. On June 23, 2017, the Iowa District Court held a hearing on Ashford’s Petition and on July 17, 2017, the Court ruled in favor of the Iowa DOE and denied the petition. Ashford filed a motion for reconsideration of this ruling, which was denied on August 17, 2017. On August 23, 2017, Ashford filed a Petition to Vacate or Modify the Iowa District Court’s July 17, 2017 ruling, based on material evidence, newly discovered, which could not with reasonable diligence have been previously discovered by Ashford (the “Petition to Vacate”). The Petition to Vacate is pending. On September 18, 2017, Ashford posted an appeal bond, which stays this matter pending resolution of Ashford’s appeal, and as a result, Ashford’s approval was not withdrawn, and Ashford’s programs remain approved for GI Bill purposes. The Assistant Attorney General handling this matter on behalf of the Iowa DOE also advised Ashford that the Iowa DOE would take no action pending the post-ruling motions and appeal. On October 12, 2017, the Iowa District Court judge that issued the July 17, 2017 ruling filed a Disclosure Statement revealing family ties to the Iowa Attorney General’s Office, and following a motion by Ashford for recusal, the judge recused herself from further proceedings concerning the Petition to Vacate on October 20, 2017. On October 24, 2017, Ashford moved to vacate the July 17, 2017 ruling and all other material orders entered by the judge, or in the alternative, for a limited remand of this matter. This motion is pending.
On July 6, 2017, Ashford University received approval from the Arizona State Approving Agency (“ASAA”)to provide GI Bill benefits to its students. On September 13, 2017, the VA accepted the ASAA’s approval, subject to Ashford’s compliance with the approval requirements and the University subsequently received a facility code from the VA. On November 9, 2017, the VA informed Ashford University that the ASAA had not provided sufficient evidence to establish that it has jurisdictional authority over Ashford’s online programs. The VA stated that they intend to suspend payment of educational assistance and approval of new student enrollments and student re-enrollments for Ashford University’s online programs in 60 days unless corrective action was taken.
On November 17, 2017, Ashford University filed a petition for review in the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit challenging the VA’s actions.  In response to that petition, the VA agreed to stay the actions with respect to suspension and reenrollment it had announced on November 9, 2017 through the entry of judgment in the Federal Circuit case, on the condition that Ashford request and submit an application for approval to CSAAVE on or before January 8, 2018. Ashford University submitted an application to CSAAVE for approval on January 5, 2018, which is currently pending with that agency. Although the Company cannot predict the eventual outcome of this litigation, the Company believes that in approving Ashford for GI Bill benefits, Arizona took all appropriate actions, followed correct procedures, and acted within the authority clearly delegated to the states by Congress. For additional information, see “Part II, Item 9B - Other information.”
19.18. Retirement Plans
The Company maintains an employee savings plan (the “401(k) Plan”) that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Under the 401(k) Plan, participating employees may contribute a portion of their pre-tax earnings up to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. Additionally, the Company may elect to make matching contributions into the 401(k) Plan in its sole discretion. The Company'sCompany’s total expense related to the 401(k) Plan was $2.9 million, $3.1$1.8 million and $3.4$2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162021 and 2015,2020, respectively.


90



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

20.19. Commitments and Contingencies
Litigation
From time to time, the Company is a party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. When the Company becomes aware of a claim or potential claim, it assesses the likelihood of any loss or exposure. In accordance with GAAP, the Company records loss contingencies in its financial statements only for matters in which losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Where a range of loss can be reasonably estimated, the best estimate within that range should be accrued. If no estimate is better than another, the Company records the minimum estimated liability in the range. If the loss is not probable or the amount of the loss cannot be reasonably estimated, the Company discloses the nature of the specific claim if the likelihood of a potential loss is reasonably possible and the amount involved could be material. The Company continuously assesses the potential liability related to the Company’s pending litigation and revises its estimates when additional information becomes available. Other than the specific liabilities assumed by Global Campus, the Company and AU LLC will generally remain responsible for liabilities of the University relating to periods prior to the closing of the Sale Transaction. Below is a list of material legal proceedings to which the Company or its subsidiaries is a party.
California Attorney General Investigation of For-Profit Educational Institutions
In January 2013, the Company received from the Attorney General of the State of California (the “CA Attorney General”) an Investigative Subpoena relating to the CA Attorney General’s investigation of for-profit educational institutions. Pursuant to the Investigative Subpoena, the CA Attorney General requested documents and detailed information for the time period March 1, 2009 to present. On July 24, 2013, the CA Attorney General filed a petition to enforce certain categories of the Investigative Subpoena related to recorded calls and electronic marketing data. On September 25, 2013, the Company reached an agreement with the CA Attorney General to produce certain categories of the documents requested in the petition and stipulated to continue the hearing on the petition to enforce from October 3, 2013 to January 9, 2014. On January 13, 2014 and June 19, 2014, the Company received additional Investigative Subpoenas from the CA Attorney General each requesting additional documents and information for the time period March 1, 2009 through the currenteach such date.
Representatives from the Company met with representatives from the CA Attorney General’s office on several occasions to discuss the status of the investigation, additional information requests, and specific concerns related to possible unfair business practices in connection with the Company’s recruitment of students and debt collection practices.
The parties also discussed a potential resolution involving injunctive relief, other non-monetary remedies and a payment to the CA Attorney General and in the third quarter of 2016, the Company recorded an expense of $8.0 million related to the cost of resolution ofresolving this matter.
The parties did not reach a resolution and on November 29, 2017, the CA Attorney General filed suit against Ashford University and Bridgepoint Education.the Company. The Company intends to vigorously defend this case and emphatically denies the allegations made by the CA Attorney General that it ever deliberately misled its students, falsely advertised its programs, or in any way were not fully accurate in its statements to investors. However,A trial took place from November 2021 through December 2021. On March 7, 2022, the outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this point because of the many questions of fact and law that may arise. At, present, the Company cannot reasonably estimate any updated range of loss for this action based on currently available information and as such, the prior accrual remains.
Massachusetts Attorney General Investigation of Bridgepoint Education, Inc. and Ashford University
On July 21, 2014, the Company and Ashford University received from the Attorney GeneralSuperior Court of the State of MassachusettsCalifornia, County of San Diego (the “MA“Court”), issued a Statement of Decision regarding the lawsuit in favor of the CA Attorney General”) a Civil Investigative Demand (the “MA CID”) relating toGeneral. In the MA Attorney General's investigationStatement of for-profit educational institutions and whetherDecision, the university's business practices complied with Massachusetts consumer protection laws. Pursuant to the MA CID, the MA Attorney General has requested fromCourt ordered the Company to pay $22.4 million in statutory penalties. As a result, the Company has accrued an additional $14.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2021, for a total of $22.4 million as of December 31, 2021. The Court denied the CA Attorney General’s demands for restitution and Ashford University documents and information for the time period January 1, 2006 to present.injunctive relief finding no evidence postdating 2017 that would necessitate an injunction. The Company is cooperatingdisappointed by the Court’s decision and believes that its practices were at all times in compliance with the investigation and cannot predict the eventual scope, duration or outcome of the investigation at this time.California law. The Company has not accrued any liability associated with this action.is currently considering all options available to it related to the Statement of Decision. On April 7, 2022, the Company filed a motion for a new trial and/or to set aside and vacate the judgement, which is currently set for a hearing on May 13, 2022.



72
91



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Department of Justice Civil Investigative Demand
On July 7, 2016, the Company received from the U.S. Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) a Civil Investigative Demand (the “DOJ CID”) related to the DOJ's investigation concerning allegations that the Company may have misstated Title IV refund revenue or overstated revenue associated with private secondary loan programs and thereby misrepresented its compliance with the 90/10 rule of the Higher Education Act. Pursuant to the DOJ CID, the DOJ has requested from the Company documents and information for fiscal years 2011-2015. The Company is cooperating with the DOJ and cannot predict the eventual scope, duration or outcome of the investigation at this time. The Company has not accrued any liability associated with this action.
Securities Class Actions
Zamir v. Bridgepoint Education, Inc., et al.
On February 24, 2015, a securities class action complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California by Nelda Zamir naming the Company, Andrew Clark and Daniel Devine as defendants. The complaint asserts violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, claiming that the defendants made false and materially misleading statements and failed to disclose material adverse facts regarding the Company's business, operations and prospects, specifically regarding the Company’s improper application of revenue recognition methodology to assess collectability of funds owed by students. The complaint asserts a putative class period stemming from August 7, 2012 to May 30, 2014 and seeks unspecified monetary relief, interest and attorneys' fees. On July 15, 2015, the Court granted plaintiff's motion for appointment as lead plaintiff and for appointment of lead counsel.
On September 18, 2015, the plaintiff filed a substantially similar amended complaint that asserts a putative class period stemming from March 12, 2013 to May 30, 2014. The amended complaint also names Patrick Hackett, Adarsh Sarma, Warburg Pincus & Co., Warburg Pincus LLC, Warburg Pincus Partners LLC, and Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII, L.P. as additional defendants. On November 24, 2015, all defendants filed motions to dismiss. On July 25, 2016, the Court granted the motions to dismiss and granted plaintiff leave to file an amended complaint within 30 days. Plaintiffs subsequently filed a second amended complaint and the Company filed a second motion to dismiss on October 24, 2016, which was granted by the Court with leave to amend. Plaintiffs filed a third amended complaint on April 19, 2017 and the defendants filed a third motion to dismiss, which is currently pending with the court. The outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this point because of the many questions of fact and law that may arise. The Company has not accrued any liability associated with this action.
Shareholder Derivative Actions
In re Bridgepoint, Inc. Shareholder Derivative Action
On July 24, 2012, a shareholder derivative complaint was filed in California Superior Court by Alonzo Martinez. In the complaint, the plaintiff asserts a derivative claim on the Company's behalf against certain of its current and former officers and directors. The complaint is captioned Martinez v. Clark, et al. and generally alleges that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties of candor, good faith and loyalty, wasted corporate assets and were unjustly enriched. The lawsuit seeks unspecified monetary relief and disgorgement on behalf of the Company, as well as other equitable relief and attorneys' fees.On September 28, 2012, a substantially similar shareholder derivative complaint was filed in California Superior Court by David Adolph-Laroche. In the complaint, the plaintiff asserts a derivative claim on the Company's behalf against certain of its current and former officers and directors. The complaint is captioned Adolph-Laroche v. Clark, et al. and generally alleges that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties of candor, good faith and loyalty, wasted corporate assets and were unjustly enriched.
On October 11, 2012, the Adolph-Laroche action was consolidated with the Martinez action and the case is now captioned In re Bridgepoint, Inc. Shareholder Derivative Action. A consolidated complaint was filed on December 18, 2012 and the defendants filed a motion to stay the case while the underlying securities class action is pending. The motion was granted by the Court on April 11, 2013. A status conference was held on October 10, 2013, during which the Court ordered the stay continued for the duration of discovery in the underlying securities class action, but permitted the plaintiff to receive copies of any discovery responses served in the underlying securities class action. The stay was lifted following the settlement of the


92



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

underlying securities class action and all defendants filed demurrers on October 3, 2016, which were granted with leave to amend on October 6, 2017. On October 17, 2017, the plaintiff submitted a litigation demand to the Company's Board of Directors, which appointed a working group to evaluate the demand.
Reardon v. Clark, et al.
On March 18, 2015, a shareholder derivative complaint was filed in the Superior Court of the State of California in San Diego. The complaint asserts derivative claims on the Company's behalf against certain of its current and former officers and directors. The complaint is captioned Reardon v. Clark, et al. and generally alleges that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties of candor, good faith and loyalty, wasted corporate assets and were unjustly enriched. The lawsuit seeks unspecified monetary relief and disgorgement, as well as other equitable relief and attorneys’ fees. Pursuant to a stipulation among the parties, on May 27, 2015, the Court ordered the case stayed during discovery in the underlying Zamir securities class action, but permitted the plaintiff to receive copies of any discovery conducted in the underlying Zamir securities class action.
Larson v. Hackett, et al.
On January 19, 2017, a shareholder derivative complaint was filed in the Superior Court of the State of California in San Diego. The complaint asserts derivative claims on the Company's behalf against certain of its current and former officers and directors. The complaint is captioned Larson v. Hackett, et al. and generally alleges that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties of candor, good faith and loyalty, wasted corporate assets and were unjustly enriched. The lawsuit seeks unspecified monetary relief and disgorgement, as well as other equitable relief and attorneys’ fees. The parties have not yet responded to the complaint, but will most likely seek to have the case stayed during discovery in the underlying Zamir securities class action.
Nieder v. Ashford University, LLC
On October 4, 2016, Dustin Nieder filed a purported class action against Ashford University in the Superior Court of the State of California in San Diego. The complaint is captioned Dustin Nieder v. Ashford University, LLC and generally alleges various wage and hour claims under California law for failure to pay overtime, failure to pay minimum wages and failure to provide rest and meal breaks. The lawsuit seeks back pay, the cost of benefits, penalties and interest on behalf of the putative class members, as well as other equitable relief and attorneys' fees. On January 5, 2018, the parties reached a mediated agreement to settle the case, subject to court approval. Accordingly, the Company has accrued a liability of $1.8 million associated with this action.
21.20. Concentration of Risk
Concentration of Revenue
In 2017, Ashford UniversityPrior to December 1, 2020, the Company derived 80.8% and Universitythe majority of the Rockies derived 86.1% of their respective cashits revenues from students whose source of funding is through Title IV programs, as calculated in accordance with Department regulations. See Note 18, “Regulatory - The “90/10” Rule.”programs. Revenue derived from government tuition assistance for military personnel, including veterans, is not considered federal student aid for purposes of calculations under the 90/10 rule.
Title IV programs are subject to political and budgetary considerations and are subject to extensive and complex regulations. The Company's administration
Subsequent to December 1, 2020, the majority of these programs is periodically reviewed by various regulatory agencies. Any regulatory violation could be the basis for the initiation of potentially adverse actions including a suspension, limitation or termination proceeding, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's enrollments, revenues and results of operations. Students obtain accessrevenue is attributable to federal student financial aid through a Department-prescribed application and eligibility certification process. Student financial aid funds are generally made available to students at prescribed intervals throughout their expected length of study. Students typically apply the funds received from the federal financial aid programs first to pay their tuition and fees. Any remaining funds are distributed directly to the student, if requested.


93



BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC.
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

its contractual relationship with Global Campus.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents accounts in financial institutions. Accounts at these institutions are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to $250,000.$250,000. The Company performs ongoing evaluations of these institutions to limit its concentration risk exposure.
Concentration of Sources of Supply
The Company is dependent on a third-party provider for its online platform, which includes a learning management system that stores, manages and delivers course content, enables assignment uploading, provides interactive communication between students and faculty, and supplies online assessment tools. The partial or complete loss of this source may have an adverse effect on enrollments,the Company’s revenues and results of operations.

22. Quarterly Results
21. Segment Information
Prior to December 1, 2020, the Company operated in one segment for reporting purposes. Following the Sale Transaction, the Company now operates in 2 reportable segments: University Partners and Zovio Growth. These segments were recast based upon the Company’s respective offerings.
On December 1, 2020, the Company consummated the Sale Transaction. For additional information and description of Operations (Unaudited)the Sale Transaction, see Note 1, “Nature of Business.” The Company reports segment information based upon the management approach, and the Sale Transaction resulted in a change in how the chief operating decision maker viewed the operations moving forward. This change included the creation of three operating segments: Fullstack, TutorMe, and Zovio, and two reportable segments: University Partners and Zovio Growth.
The Company’s operating segments are determined based on (i) financial information reviewed by the chief operating decision maker, the CEO, (ii) internal management and related reporting structure, and (iii) the basis upon which the CEO makes resource allocation decisions. The Fullstack and TutorMe operating segments are aggregated into a single reportable segment called Zovio Growth. The aggregation of the Fullstack and TutorMe operating segments is based on their uniform customer bases and methods of services provided, as well as evaluation of quantitative thresholds as required by ASC 280-10-50-12. Based on these same quantitative tests, the Zovio operating segment is a separate reportable segment, University Partners. This change in segment reporting did not have any impact on the determination of reporting units used to assess impairment under ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other.
The Company’s University Partners segment includes the technology and services provided to colleges and universities to enable the online delivery of degree programs and the related goods and services. University Partners also includes the tuition revenue related to the University prior to the Sale Transaction on December 1, 2020.
73

ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Segment Performance
The following tables set forth unauditedtable summarizes financial information regarding each reportable segment’s results of operations and certain operating results for each quarter duringthe periods presented (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
 20212020
Revenue by segment
University Partners$232,793$376,220
Zovio Growth30,24020,901
Total revenue and other revenue$263,033$397,121
Segment profitability
University Partners$(26,551)$(41,182)
Zovio Growth(7,724)(9,315)
Total segment profitability(1)$(34,275)$(50,497)
(1) Segment profitability represents EBITDA. The following table reconciles total loss before income taxes to total segment profitability (in thousands):
 Year Ended December 31,
 20212020
Loss before income taxes$(42,478)$(62,020)
Adjustments:
Interest expense (income), net(130)120 
Depreciation and amortization expense8,333 11,403 
Total segment profitability$(34,275)$(50,497)
For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. The Company believes2020, the information reflects all adjustments necessary to present fairlylegacy University accounted for $356.1 million of the information below. Basic and diluted income (loss) per share are computed independently forUniversity Partners segment revenue.
For each of the quarters presented. Therefore,years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no customers or individual university clients which accounted for 10% or more of the sumZovio Growth segment revenue.
The Company’s total assets by segment are as follows (in thousands):
As of December 31,
20212020
University Partners$86,628 $111,830 
Zovio Growth62,406 49,476 
Total assets$149,034 $161,306 
As of December 31, 2021, approximately $36.2 million of the assets in University Partners were considered to be entity-wide assets.
74

ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
The Company’s accounts receivable and deferred revenue in each segment are as follows (in thousands):
As of December 31,
20212020
University Partners$78 $45 
Zovio Growth9,553 7,159 
Total accounts receivable$9,631 $7,204 
University Partners$— $10 
Zovio Growth14,939 8,080 
Total deferred revenue and student deposits, current$14,939 $8,090 
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, the University Partners segment net accounts receivable balance was immaterial. As of each December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, there were no individual partners or customers which accounted for 10% or more of the Zovio Growth segment net accounts receivable balance, as customers are individual students, or third parties, paying on their behalf, rather than university clients.
The Company’s goodwill amounts as of each December 31, 2021 and 2020 are fully attributable to the Zovio Growth Segment. For additional information on goodwill, see Note 9, “Goodwill and Intangibles, Net.”

22. Subsequent Events
The Company performed an evaluation of events occurring between the end of our most recent fiscal year and the date of filing these consolidated financial statements. On March 7, 2022, the Superior Court of the State of California, County of San Diego (the “Court”), issued a Statement of Decision regarding the lawsuit in favor of the CA Attorney General. In the Statement of Decision, the Court ordered the Company to pay $22.4 million in statutory penalties. The Company has accrued for the $22.4 million within accounts payable and accrued liabilities, see also Note 10, “Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities” and recorded $14.3 million of additional legal expense as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively. We are currently considering all options available and have filed a motion for a new trial on the Court’s decision. Regardless of the ultimate outcome, this decision could have a material impact on our financial condition. See Note 19, “Commitments and Contingencies,” for further information.
The majority of our cash comes from our Services Agreement with our largest customer. The service fees in the Services Agreement are subject to certain minimum residual liability adjustments, including performance-based adjustments, minimum profit level adjustments, and excess direct cost adjustments. These adjustments are all variable in nature in that they depend upon the Company’s performance, and to a certain extent the performance of our customer, during each service period. On April 11, 2022 the Company and their largest customer modified the payment terms from monthly to bi-monthly for the months of July, August and September 2022.
On April 14, 2022, the Company entered into a Financing Agreement (the “Credit Facility”) among the Company, as borrower, each of its wholly-owned subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors (the “Guarantors”), the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “Lenders”) and Blue Torch Finance LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders (the “Agent”). The Credit Facility provides for, among other things, a term loan in the aggregate principal amount of $31.5 million (the “Term Loan”). The proceeds of the Term Loan will be used (i) if necessary, to satisfy any final judgement in the CA Attorney General lawsuit, and (ii) thereafter, to fund the working capital of the Company and the Guarantors.
Subject to the terms of Credit Facility, the Term Loan bears interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 9.0%, payable monthly. The principal amount of the Term Loan will be repayable in equal quarterly basicinstallments of $393,750 beginning June 30, 2023 and diluted income (loss)through March 31, 2025, with the remaining unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, due and payable on the maturity date of April 14, 2025.
The Credit Facility contains customary representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants (including financial covenants), and indemnification provisions in favor of the Agent and the Lenders. The financial covenants include a minimum cash flow covenant that takes effect six months following the Effective Date and that is to be tested on a monthly basis for the trailing twelve month period, a minimum liquidity covenant that requires the Company to maintain unrestricted
75

ZOVIO INC
Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
cash on hand at all times of at least $7.5 million (inclusive of any proceeds of the Term Loan in excess of the amounts used to satisfy any final judgment in the CA Attorney General lawsuit, and minimum revenue covenants applicable to each of the Company’s Fullstack Academy, LLC and TutorMe, LLC subsidiaries and that are to be tested on a monthly basis beginning June 30, 2022 for the trailing twelve month period.
In connection with the Credit Facility, the Company issued warrants (the “Warrants”) to the Lenders to purchase at any time or from time to time on or after the date that is six months from the Effective Date, at an exercise price of $0.01 per share, information may not equal annual basic and diluted income (loss) per share.such number of shares of common stock of the Company as equals 5.0% of the outstanding fully-diluted shares of common stock of the Company as of the issuance date.
76
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 (In thousands, except per share data)
2017       
Revenue$129,490
 $124,581
 $119,367
 $104,959
Operating income (loss)9,662
 6,180
 (1,503) (6,487)
Net income (loss)9,869
 6,314
 39
 (5,685)
Income (loss) per share:       
Basic$0.23
 $0.22
 $0.00
 $(0.20)
Diluted$0.23
 $0.21
 $0.00
 $(0.20)
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 (In thousands, except per share data)
2016       
Revenue$133,002
 $137,970
 $136,583
 $119,535
Operating income (loss)(16,299) 3,357
 (8,823) (18,456)
Net income (loss)(10,112) 3,338
 (9,477) (13,789)
Income (loss) per share:       
Basic$(0.22) $0.07
 $(0.20) $(0.30)
Diluted$(0.22) $0.07
 $(0.20) $(0.30)


94



Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements withWith Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintainOur disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC'sSEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officerPrincipal Executive Officer and principal financial officerPrincipal Financial Officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of any possible controls and procedures.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officerChief Executive Officer and our principal financial officer,Principal Financial Officer, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) and Rule 15d-15(b) of the Exchange Act. Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officerChief Executive Officer and our principal financial officerPrincipal Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2017.2021.
Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act.. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets,assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors,directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.
Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements prepared for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Our management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20172021, based on the framework set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013)issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2017.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 has been audited by Deloitte and Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report that appears under Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”2021.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We continually assess the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting and make improvements as deemed appropriate. There have been no changes to ourin internal control over financial reporting, during the three months ended December 31, 20172021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.



77
95



Item 9B. Other Information.Information
Entry into Material Definitive Agreement (Information Required Under Item 1.01 of Form 8-K):
On February 21, 2018,April 14, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), the California State Approving Agency for Veterans Education (“CSAAVE”Company entered into a Financing Agreement (the “Credit Facility”), provided notice among the Company, as borrower, each of its intention notwholly-owned subsidiaries as subsidiary guarantors (the “Guarantors”), the lenders party thereto from time to act on Ashford University’s initial application for approvaltime (the “Lenders”) and Blue Torch Finance LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the trainingLenders (the “Agent”). The Credit Facility provides for, among other things, a term loan in the aggregate principal amount of veterans$31.5 million (the “Term Loan”). The proceeds of the Term Loan will be used (i) if necessary, to satisfy any final judgement in the CA Attorney General lawsuit, and other eligible persons.(ii) thereafter, to fund the working capital of the Company and the Guarantors.
Subject to the terms of Credit Facility, the Term Loan bears interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 9.0%, payable monthly. The notice directs Ashford to request approvalprincipal amount of its applicationthe Term Loan will be repayable in equal quarterly installments of $393,750 beginning June 30, 2023 and through March 31, 2025, with the remaining unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, due and payable on the maturity date of April 14, 2025.
The Credit Facility provides for a guaranty by the U.S. DepartmentGuarantors of Veterans Affairs. Ashford intendsall of the obligations of the Company, including the payment when due of all principal, interest, fees, expense reimbursements, indemnifications and all other obligations under the Credit Facility (collectively, the “Obligations”). In connection with the Credit Facility, the Company and the Guarantors entered into a Security Agreement with the Agent (the “Security Agreement”), pursuant to respondwhich they each granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, a first priority security interest in, and lien upon, substantially all of the assets and properties now owned or hereinafter acquired by the Company and the Guarantors to secure the Obligations.
The Credit Facility contains customary representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants (including financial covenants), and indemnification provisions in favor of the Agent and the Lenders. The financial covenants include a minimum cash flow covenant that takes effect six months following the Effective Date and that is to be tested on a monthly basis for the trailing twelve month period, a minimum liquidity covenant that requires the Company to maintain unrestricted cash on hand at all times of at least $7.5 million (inclusive of any proceeds of the Term Loan in excess of the amounts used to satisfy any final judgment in the CA Attorney General lawsuit, and minimum revenue covenants applicable to each of the Company’s Fullstack Academy, LLC and TutorMe, LLC subsidiaries and that are to be tested on a monthly basis beginning June 30, 2022 for the trailing twelve month period. The negative covenants include restrictions on the ability to, among other things, incur liens and indebtedness, sell assets, make dividends or other distributions, enter into transactions with affiliates, or make loans or investments, in each case, subject to certain exceptions. The Credit Facility also includes certain customary events of default, including, without limitation, payment defaults, representation or warranty inaccuracies, covenant violations, cross-defaults to other agreements evidencing indebtedness for borrowed money, invalidity of certain loan documents relating to the notice by providing the additional informationCredit Facility, certain judgments, bankruptcy and continuing to work in good faith with CSAAVEinsolvency events and the Departmentoccurrence of Veterans Affairs. Forevents constituting a copychange of control. The Company will be required to make mandatory prepayments under certain circumstances, and will have the option to make prepayments under the Credit Facility, in each case subject to a prepayment premium equal to (i) if such prepayment occurs on or prior to the first anniversary of the notice, see Exhibit 99.2.Effective Date, zero, (ii) if such prepayment occurs after the first anniversary and on or prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, 103% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan then outstanding, and (iii) if such prepayment occurs after the second anniversary, 106% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan then outstanding. The Lenders are entitled to accelerate repayment of all or any portion of the Term Loan then outstanding upon the occurrence, and in certain instances the continuance, of any events of default under the Credit Facility.

In connection with the execution of the Credit Facility, the Company paid fees and expenses to the Agent and the Lenders, including a closing fee equal to 5.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan on the Effective Date. In addition, the Company is required to pay (i) a non-refundable loan servicing fee of $250,000, payable on the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereof that occurs prior to the date on which all of the Obligations are paid in full in cash and the commitments of the Lenders are terminated (the “Termination Date”), and (ii) a non-refundable anniversary fee in an amount equal to 1.5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan on the Effective Date payable on each of (i) the Termination Date, (ii) the first anniversary of the Effective Date provided that the Termination Date has not occurred prior to such date, and (iii) on the second anniversary of the Effective Date provided that the Termination Date has not occurred prior to such date
The foregoing description of the Credit Facility and the Security Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Credit Facility and the Security Agreement, copies of which will be timely filed as an exhibit to an upcoming periodic report in accordance with applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

78
96


Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant (Information Required Under Item 2.03 of Form 8-K)
See disclosure provided under “Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement” above.
Unregistered Sale of Equity Securities (Information Required Under Item 3.02 of Form 8-K).
In connection with the Credit Facility, the Company issued warrants (the “Warrants”) to the Lenders to purchase at any time or from time to time on or after the date that is six months from the Effective Date, at an exercise price of $0.01 per share, such number of shares of common stock of the Company as equals 5.0% of the outstanding fully-diluted shares of common stock of the Company as of the issuance date. The number of shares issuable upon exercise of each Warrant is subject to increase if the Company issues or sells any shares of common stock, common stock equivalents, options or convertible securities for a consideration per share (including upon exercise, exchange or conversion) of less than the exercise price. The Warrants will expire ten years after the issuance date and will be exercisable on a cash basis or, at the election of the holder, on a cashless basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that all of the Obligations are paid in full in cash before the Effective Date, each Warrant will be canceled and terminated in its entirety and be of no further force or effect.
The issuance of the Warrants is being made in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that the transaction was by an issuer not involving any public offering. At issuance, the recipients of the Warrants represented that they are “accredited investors” and represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. The shares of the Company’s common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants have not been registered under the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction, and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and such other jurisdictions.
The Company did not pay or give, directly or indirectly, any commission or other remuneration, including underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with the issuance of the Warrants.
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.
Not applicable.
79



PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.Governance
Information about our Executive Officers
Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, the Board. Each executive officer is a full-time employee of Zovio. The names of our current executive officers, their ages as of December 31, 2021, titles and biographies are set forth below:
NameAgePosition
Randy J. Hendricks65Chief Executive Officer
Kevin S. Royal57Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer
Steven R. Burkholder43Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller
Vickie L. Schray61Executive Vice President and Chief External Affairs Officer
John W. Semel51Executive Vice President/Chief Strategy Officer
Christopher L. Spohn61Executive Vice President of Operations
Randy J. Hendricks has served as the Chief Executive Officer and a director of our company since December 2021. Mr. Hendricks has over 30 years of executive experience and a proven track record leading enterprise-wide transformation through focused execution, in challenging and highly competitive market segments with companies looking to re-establish growth. Mr. Hendricks brings a global perspective and a keen knowledge of different markets and cultures, through previous operating roles when based in London, Tokyo, and Madrid. Mr. Hendricks' experience includes over 20 years working with clients in higher education institutions assisting them to advance their academic and research missions. Prior to joining Zovio, Mr. Hendricks was a Senior Executive at the Huron Consulting Group. Before joining Huron, Mr. Hendricks served as President of Education & Government at Workday. Mr. Hendricks held multiple senior leadership roles in IBM’s Global Business Services unit, both in the U.S. and internationally. Mr. Hendricks also serves as a board member for several technology companies. Mr. Hendricks holds a B.S. in Industrial Administration with a minor in Computer Science from Iowa State University. Mr. Hendricks obtained his CPA after taking advanced accounting courses at the University of Illinois.
Kevin S. Royal joined us in October 2015 and serves as our Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Royal resigned from his position from October 2017 to April 2018 for personal reasons unrelated to the Company. Prior to joining us, Mr. Royal was Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of Maxwell Technologies, Inc., a developer, manufacturer and marketer of energy storage and power delivery solutions from April 2009 to May 2015. From May 2005 until April 2009, Mr. Royal was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Blue Coat Systems, Inc., a previously Nasdaq-listed developer and provider of application delivery network technology. From December 1996 until May 2005, Mr. Royal held a series of senior finance positions, culminating with his appointment as vice president and chief financial officer of Novellus Systems, Inc., an S&P 500 company that manufactures, markets and services semiconductor capital equipment. Before Mr. Royal joined Novellus, he spent 10 years with Ernst & Young LLP, where he became a certified public accountant. Mr. Royal received his Bachelor of Business Administration from Harding University.
Steven R. Burkholder has served as our Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller since June 2017. Mr. Burkholder previously served as our Associate Vice President, Assistant Controller from September 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. Burkholder served in various roles at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, a public accounting firm, from September 2001 to September 2012, culminating in his appointment as Senior Manager in June 2011. As Senior Manager, he led engagement teams including audit, information technology, valuation and tax professionals. Mr. Burkholder received his Bachelor of Science in Business Accounting with honors from the University of Minnesota - Carlson School of Management and his Masters in Business Administration from Ashford University, and is a certified public accountant.
Vickie L. Schray joined us in January 2011 and currently serves as our Executive Vice President, Chief External Affairs Officer. Prior to Ms. Schray’s current appointment in September 2018, Ms. Schray also served as Executive Vice President, Regulatory Affairs and Public Policy since October 2016, as well as our Senior Vice President, Regulatory Affairs and Public Policy and also as our Vice President Regulatory Affairs. Ms. Schray has over 20 years of experience in postsecondary education and has worked at the federal, state and institutional level. From 1998 to 2010, Ms. Schray served in various leadership positions with the U.S. Department of Education, including Acting Deputy Assistant Secretary in the Office of Postsecondary Education, Senior Policy Analyst in the Office of the Under Secretary, and as the Deputy Director for the Secretary of Education’s Commission on the Future of Higher Education. Before her work with the Department of Education,
80


Ms. Schray consulted for the National School-to-Work Opportunities Office and was Deputy Director of the National Skill Standards Board. Ms. Schray earned an M.S. at Portland State University and a B.S. at Oregon State University.
John W. Semel joined us in March 2019 and has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Strategy Officer since that time. Mr. Semel was interim Chief Strategy Officer of Mood Media, an international in-store customer engagement company, from 2018 to 2019. At Mood Media, Mr. Semel drove strategic planning, strategic partnerships, and product development for new revenue sources. Prior to joining Mood Media, Mr. Semel served as the Chief Strategy Officer of John Wiley and Sons, a global leader in research and education, focusing on publishing, platforms and services for researchers, learners, universities, and corporations, from 2009 to 2017. At John Wiley and Sons, Mr. Semel helped build Wiley Solutions, its online education business. Over his career, Mr. Semel has held senior strategy and principal investment roles at MTV Networks, The Hearst Corporation, Everger Investment Associates, and PRIMEDIA. Mr. Semel began his career at J.P. Morgan and Company as an analyst and then an associate in Equity Capital Markets and Syndicate before moving on to High Yield Capital Markets and Syndicate. Mr. Semel received his B.A. from Brown University and his M.B.S. from Harvard Business School.
Christopher L. Spohn has served as our Executive Vice President of Operations since April 2020. From March 2021 to December 2021, Mr. Spohn also served on an interim basis as a member of the Office of the CEO. Mr. Spohn has over 20 years of leadership and operations experience in the online higher education and technology services industries. Mr. Spohn was most recently the President of Rocky Mountain College of Art & Design, a for-profit art and design school, since 2017. At Rocky Mountain, Mr. Spohn drove the re-engineering of all operations related to the institution, while planning and directing all programs and services of the institution. From 2015 to 2016, Mr. Spohn served as Chief Executive Officer (Acting Campus Director) of Gnomon School for Visual Effects, Animation & Game Design, overseeing all school operations. Mr. Spohn also served as a member of the board of directors for Gnomon School from 2013 to 2016. From 2012 to 2015, Mr. Spohn served as President of WebWise Education, LLC, an online tutoring company, facilitating all business operations for the company. From 2011 to 2012, Mr. Spohn served as Chief Executive Officer of Higher Education Online, a United Kingdom-based education company, overseeing the start-up operations for the company. From 2004 to 2010, Mr. Spohn served as our Chief Admissions Officer, focusing on all operations related to recruiting, business development, and quality assurance. Mr. Spohn received his Bachelor of Arts from Azusa Pacific University and has completed the CORO Public Affairs Executive Leadership Program.
None of our executive officers has any family relationships with any of our other executive officers or directors. There currently are no legal proceedings, and during the past ten years there have been no legal proceedings, that are material to the evaluation of the ability or integrity of any of our executive officers.
Information about our Board of Directors
The names, ages as of December 31, 2021, and certain information requiredregarding each member of the Board, are set forth below. The following information has been furnished to us by the directors.
Teresa S. Carroll, age 56, has served as a director of our company since March 2018. Ms. Carroll is a former President for Kelly Services, Inc. and Oasis, a Paychex Company. Ms. Carroll is also a board member for Bayada, a home healthcare company and ProUnlimited, a contingent workforce management company. Ms. Carroll earned a B.S. from the G.M.I. Engineering and Management Institute (now Kettering) and an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan. Ms. Carroll brings to the Board deep understanding of operational and talent challenges in various industries gained through her experience driving strategy, operations, sales, marketing and human resources for large public companies.
Michael P. Cole, age 49, has served as a director of our company since January 2020. Mr. Cole currently serves as Chief Executive Officer of SevenSaoi Capital (pronounced “7C”), an investment management since March 2016, and Chief Financial Officer of eMed LLC, a digital healthcare company since December 2021. Previously, Mr. Cole served as President of MAEVA Group, a turnaround-oriented merchant bank and was also with Madison Dearborn Partners, a Chicago-based private equity firm that manages $23 billion in equity capital, for nearly 17 years, retiring as Managing Director. Mr. Cole does not currently serve on any other public boards, but has previously served on the boards of Univision Communications, Inc., Merge Healthcare Inc., MetroPCS Communications and The Topps Company, among others. Mr. Cole also worked in a senior-level role on Madison Dearborn’s investments in technology-enabled service companies such as Intelsat, Ltd. and X.M. Satellite Radio. Mr. Cole received his A.B. degree from Harvard College. Mr. Cole brings to the Board a deep knowledge of business and strategic planning, as well as expertise in the areas of finance and accounting, corporate governance and risk management.
Ryan D. Craig, age 49, has served as a director of our company since November 2003. Mr. Craig is a founding partner of Achieve Partners, a private equity firm focused on investing at the intersection of education and employment. Prior to that, he was the founding partner of University Ventures, a private equity firm focused on innovation from within higher education. From 2004 to 2010, he was the founder and President of Wellspring, an organization providing treatment programs for overweight and obese adolescents. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. Craig was an Associate at Warburg Pincus in the education sector. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Craig served as Vice President Business Development for Fathom, a consortium of universities,
81


museums and libraries. From 1994 to 1996, he worked as a consultant with McKinsey & Company. Mr. Craig earned a B.A. from Yale University and a J.D. from Yale Law School. Mr. Craig currently serves on the boards of seven privately held companies. Mr. Craig brings to the Board extensive expertise in the postsecondary education sector and a long history with our business, which enables him to provide key strategic vision.
Randy J. Hendricks, age 65, has served as the Chief Executive Officer and a director of our company since December 2021. Mr. Hendricks has over 30 years of executive experience and a proven track record leading enterprise-wide transformation through focused execution, in challenging and highly competitive market segments with companies looking to re-establish growth. Mr. Hendricks brings a global perspective and a keen knowledge of different markets and cultures, through previous operating roles when based in London, Tokyo, and Madrid. Mr. Hendricks' experience includes over 20 years working with clients in higher education institutions assisting them to advance their academic and research missions. Prior to joining Zovio, Mr. Hendricks was a Senior Executive at the Huron Consulting Group. Before joining Huron, Mr. Hendricks served as President of Education & Government at Workday. Mr. Hendricks held multiple senior leadership roles in IBM’s Global Business Services unit, both in the U.S. and internationally. Mr. Hendricks also serves as a board member for several technology companies. Mr. Hendricks holds a B.S. in Industrial Administration with a minor in Computer Science from Iowa State University. Mr. Hendricks obtained his CPA after taking advanced accounting courses at the University of Illinois.
Michael B. Horn, age 42, has served as a director of our company since August 2017. Mr. Horn currently serves as the owner of Horn-Ed LLC, serving as Board Member, advisor, and consultant to a portfolio of education companies. Mr. Horn has also been a Venture Partner for Nextgen Venture Partners since 2017. Mr. Horn served as the Chief Strategy Officer and Senior Partner at The Entangled Group and Entangled Solutions from October 2015 to May 2020, and as Co-Founder, Distinguished Fellow, and Board Member of Clayton Christensen Institute for Disruptive Innovation since October 2015. The Entangled Group was acquired in May 2020 by Guild Education, where Mr. Horn now serves as a senior strategist. Previously, Mr. Horn served as Co-Founder and Executive Director, Education, of the Clayton Christensen Institute for Disruptive Innovation from 2007 through October 2015. Mr. Horn earned a B.A. in History from Yale University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Horn brings to the Board significant expertise in innovation across sectors with a deep focus on innovation and quality assurance in higher education and its strategic and organizational implications.
Ron Huberman, age 50, has served as a director of our company since March 2021. Mr. Huberman currently serves as the Chief Executive Officer of Benchmark Analytics, a provider of enterprise human capital management software and learning management. Mr. Huberman was a Senior Advisor for PeopleAdmin, a human capital software company, from 2016 to 2018. Mr. Huberman was also the Founder and Executive Board Chair for TeacherMatch from 2012 to 2016, which provides online predictive hiring tools for the K-12 market. Mr. Huberman has also held executive roles at Prairie Capital as well as within the Chicago Public Schools, Chicago Transit Authority, Chicago Office of the Mayor and Chicago Police Department. Mr. Huberman earned his B.A. from the University of Wisconsin and both his M.A. and M.B.A. from the University of Chicago. Mr. Huberman currently serves on the boards of Benchmark Analytics, Learner's Edge and Right-at-School. Mr. Huberman brings to the Board a deep knowledge of business and a special focus on human capital management.
John J. Kiely, age 63, has served as a director of our company since July 2019. Mr. Kiely currently serves as a director for Amneal Pharmaceutical and Covis Group Pharmaceutical. Mr. Kiely retired from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in 2019. During his 39-year career, he had significant leadership roles, including Assurance Chief Quality Officer, Assurance Leader of the Private Equity Sector, and Leader of the U.S. Pharmaceutical Industry. Additionally, he had extensive experience working with Fortune 500 companies and Private Equity portfolio companies. Mr. Kiely earned a B.A. from St. Francis University (Pa) and is a certified public accountant. Mr. Kiely brings to the Board a deep knowledge of business, as well as expertise in the areas of finance and accounting, corporate governance and strategic planning.
Kirsten M. Marriner, age 49, has served as a director of our company since March 2018. Ms. Marriner is the Executive Vice President - Chief People and Corporate Affairs Officer of the Clorox Company, a position she has held since March 2016. Prior to joining the Clorox Company, she served as senior vice president and chief human resources officer at Omnicare, from 2013 to 2015. She served in various leadership roles, including as senior vice president, director of talent management and development at Fifth Third Bank, from 2004 to 2013. She has held human resources leadership roles at KeyCorp and worked in the human capital consulting practices at Deloitte and KPMG. Ms. Marriner earned a B.S. in Industrial/Organizational Psychology from John Carroll University and an M.B.A. from Cleveland State University. Ms. Marriner brings to the Board her executive leadership experience with Fortune 500 companies across various industries and expertise on culture, talent and succession, and environmental, social and governance leadership.
Victor K. Nichols, age 65, has served as a director of our company since September 2014. Mr. Nichols was an independent advisor to Harland Clarke Holdings, a portfolio of companies optimizing customer relationships through a broad variety of omni-channel solutions, from June 2019 to December 2019, and was previously the Chairman of Harland Clarke Holdings. Mr. Nichols also served as the Chief Executive Officer of Harland Clarke Holdings from January 2017 until December 2018. Prior
82


to this itemrole, Mr. Nichols served as the Chief Executive Officer of Valassis, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Harland Clarke Holdings. He has also served as Chief Executive Officer for North America at Experian, a global leader in data and analytics based information systems, and the Managing Director U.K. and EMEA at Experian. In addition, Mr. Nichols has held strategic roles as Chief Information Officer for Wells Fargo & Company, and Chief Executive Officer of Vicor, a company delivering advanced corporate receivables management solutions. His experience also includes serving as the President of Safeguard Business Systems, and various senior leadership positions at Bank of America, managing the consumer lending business and retail operations. Mr. Nichols currently serves on the boards of Bank of Hawaii Corporation, Revlon Inc. and Make-A-Wish, International, and previously served on the board of Harland Clarke Holdings. Mr. Nichols holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of California, San Diego, and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley. Mr. Nichols brings to the Board extensive business and leadership experience across multiple industries, including finance, marketing, technology and data analytics, which enables him to provide key operational and management perspective.
George P. Pernsteiner, age 73, has served as a director of our company since August 2017. Mr. Pernsteiner has over 28 years of experience serving in several leadership posts in the post-secondary education system. From September 2013 through August 2017, he served as President of the State Higher Education Executive Officers Association, which represents chancellors and commissioners of higher education from every state. Mr. Pernsteiner also served as Chancellor of the Oregon University System from July 2004 through May 2013. Mr. Pernsteiner has a B.A. in Political Science from Seattle University and an M.P.A. from the University of Washington in Public Administration. Mr. Pernsteiner brings to the Board his broad experience in managing universities and in developing and advancing education policies and practices.
John S. Wilson, age 64, has served as a director of our company since March 2021. Mr. Wilson is incorporated by referencea visiting scholar at the Harvard Business School, and is currently on leave from the Board of Overseers at Harvard University. Mr. Wilson was previously a Senior Advisor to the President of Harvard from April 2018 to September 2020, and the President in Residence to the Harvard School of Education from August 2017 to April 2018. Prior to that, Mr. Wilson also served as the President of Morehouse College from 2013 to 2017. Additionally, Mr. Wilson served as the Executive Director of the White House initiative on Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) from 2009 to 2013. Mr. Wilson has also held Executive Dean and Associate Professor roles at the George Washington University, as well as Director positions at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT). Mr. Wilson earned his B.A. from Morehouse College and a Masters in Education and Masters in Theological Studies from Harvard. Mr. Wilson also earned his Doctorate in Education from Harvard Graduate School of Education. Mr. Wilson brings to the Board his vast experience in the higher education industry and governmental policy.
Leadership Structure of the Board of Directors
Pursuant to our definitive proxy statementbylaws and Corporate Governance Guidelines, the Board has the following general leadership structure:
The positions of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board are separate, but may be held by the same individual. The position of Chief Executive Officer is currently held by Mr. Hendricks. The position of Chairman of the Board is currently held by Mr. Pernsteiner. From March 31, 2021 through December 6, 2021, Mr. Pernsteiner, was deemed not to be filedindependent due to his interim service as a member of the Office of the CEO.
The Chairman of the Board presides at meetings of the Board and, so long as the Chairman of the Board is an independent director, also presides at executive sessions of the non-management and/or independent directors. The Company’s current Chairman of the Board.
The Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of the Board jointly establish the agenda for each meeting of the Board, though any director may request the inclusion of items on the agenda.
If the Chairman of the Board is not an independent director, the independent directors will appoint one independent director to serve as “lead independent director.” In that scenario, the lead independent director will preside at executive sessions of the non-management and/or independent directors, preside at meetings of the Board in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, review agendas for meetings of the Board with the SECChief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, and assume such other functions as the Board may deem appropriate.
The Board has determined that this leadership structure, specifically the separation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board positions, is appropriate for our company because, in connectionthe judgment of the Board, an independent Chairman of the Board (or lead independent director, if the Chairman of the Board is not an independent director) is best positioned to express to management the views of the Board (and, particularly, the independent directors) and to provide constructive feedback to the Chief Executive Officer regarding management’s performance. Mr. Nichols was the lead independent director from March 31, 2021 through December 6, 2021. Mr. Pernsteiner is the lead independent director following the hiring of Mr. Hendricks in December 2021.
83


Our Corporate Governance Guidelines are available on our website at http://www.zovio.com under “Investors - Governance.”
Board Committees
The Board has an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Governance Committee and an M&A Oversight Committee. These committees operate under written charters, which are available on our website at http://www.zovio.com under “Investors - Governance.” The Board has determined that all members of these committees satisfy the applicable independence requirements under Nasdaq rules. The members of the committees are identified in the table below.
DirectorAudit CommitteeCompensation CommitteeNominating and Governance CommitteeM&A Oversight Committee
Teresa CarrollMember
Michael ColeMemberMember
Ryan CraigMemberChairChair
Michael HornMember
Ron HubermanMember
John KielyChairMember
Kirsten MarrinerMember
Victor NicholsMemberChairMember
George Pernsteiner
Member (1)
Member
John WilsonMember
(1) Mr. Pernsteiner did not serve on the Compensation Committee during his service in the Office of the CEO.
The Audit Committee is responsible primarily for overseeing (i) the services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm, (ii) the integrity of our financial statements and internal control over financial reporting, and (iii) risk management, internal audit and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Mr. Kiely, the Chair of the Audit Committee, has been determined by the Board to be an audit committee financial expert. The Audit Committee held eight meetings in 2021.
The Compensation Committee is responsible primarily for evaluating and approving all compensation plans, policies and programs as they affect our 2017executive officers, administering our equity compensation plans, and reviewing the compensation of the Board. The Compensation Committee held fifteen meetings in 2021.
The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible primarily for identifying, evaluating and recommending to the Board, nominees for election or appointment to the Board and committees of the Board, evaluating the performance and independence of the Board and of individual directors, and evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices. The Nominating and Governance Committee held five meetings in 2021.
The M&A Oversight Committee is responsible primarily for evaluating strategies for near-term and long term value and considering other strategic transactions involving the Company, including but not limited to a business combination transaction, a sale of an entity, or recapitalization or similar transaction. The M&A Oversight Committee held seven meetings in 2021.
Meetings of the Board of Directors and Board Committees
The Board has regularly scheduled meetings quarterly, and holds additional meetings as needed. The committees of the Boardmeet quarterly and hold additional meetings as needed. Our independent directors hold executive sessions without management present at least once per quarter. During 2021, the Board held thirteen meetings.
Each director who served during 2021 attended at least 75% of the aggregate number of meetings held by the Board and all applicable committees of the Board during the period that he or she served. Members of the Board of Directors traditionally attend our annual meetings of stockholders. In 2021, all directors who served during 2021 attended the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, or an amendmentheld virtually.
Role of the Board of Directors in Risk Oversight
Management is responsible for day-to-day risk management at our company. The role of the Board is to provide oversight of the processes designed to identify, assess and monitor key risks and risk mitigation activities. The Board fulfills its risk oversight responsibilities through (i) a robust Enterprise Risk Management process that incorporates the views on risk of
84


employees of all levels in their areas and culminates in a board presentation on key risks and mitigation strategies each quarter, (ii) the receipt of reports directly from managers responsible for the management of particular business risks and (iii) the receipt of reports from each committee chair regarding such committee’s oversight of specific risk topics.
Delegation of Risk Oversight
The Board has delegated oversight of specific risk areas to its committees. For example, the Audit Committee is tasked with overseeing risk management at our company with respect to financial matters and the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting. Pursuant to its charter, the Audit Committee is required, among other things, to discuss with management our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management, including guidelines and procedures to govern the process by which risk assessment and risk management are handled, and to review our major risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor, control and report such exposures. The Audit Committee typically has these discussions with management at least once per quarter, and the Chair of the Audit Committee subsequently reports on these discussions to the full Board. Similarly, the Compensation Committee assists the Board in overseeing risks arising from our compensation policies and practices, and the Nominating and Governance Committee assists the Board in overseeing risks associated with corporate governance, director and executive officer succession planning, board membership and board structure. The Board then discusses significant risk management issues with the Chief Executive Officer and other members of the management team and recommends appropriate action.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a written Code of Ethics applicable to the Board and our officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, in accordance with the rules of Nasdaq and the SEC. The Code of Ethics is available on our website at http://www.zovio.com under “Investors - Governance.”
Director Compensation
The following table presents compensation information for our non-employee directors for 2021. Compensation for each Messrs. Hendricks, Pernsteiner and Clark is presented in the Summary Compensation Table below and the related explanatory tables. Mr. Clark, prior to his separation from our company, did not receive any additional compensation for his services as a director.
Name
Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($)
Stock Awards
($)(1)
Total ($)
Teresa Carroll60,000 69,743 129,743 
Michael Cole90,000 69,743 159,743 
Ryan Craig95,000 69,743 164,743 
Michael Horn55,000 69,743 124,743 
Ron Huberman45,000 76,590 121,590 
John Kiely90,500 69,743 160,243 
Kirsten Marriner65,000 69,743 134,743 
Victor Nichols102,500 69,743 172,243 
George Pernsteiner126,875 140,704 267,579 
John Wilson41,250 76,590 117,840 
(1)    Represents the grant date fair value of the restricted stock unit award, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The valuation methodology used to calculate this amount is discussed in Note 17, “Stock-Based Compensation,” to our annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021, which are included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021.
85


The following table presents the total number of shares subject either to unreleased RSUs or to vested exercisable options, for each non-employee director as of December 31, 2021.
DirectorNumber of Unreleased RSUsNumber of Vested Exercisable Options
Teresa Carroll19,472 — 
Michael Cole30,577 — 
Ryan Craig16,410 32,714 
Michael Horn16,410 — 
Ron Huberman31,370 — 
John Kiely34,120 — 
Kirsten Marriner19,472 — 
Victor Nichols16,410 28,034 
George Pernsteiner36,860 — 
John Wilson31,370 — 
The following table presents our non-employee director compensation program. The Compensation Committee reviews director compensation annually, including fees, retainers and equity compensation, as well as total compensation, and makes recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation program. In 2021, the Compensation Committee worked with Pay Governance, LLC (“Pay Governance”) compensation consultants, in determining appropriate changes to director compensation.
Position
Annual Cash
Retainer ($)
Annual Equity Award ($)
Continuing Director50,000 85,000 (3)
Board of Directors Chair50,000 (1)— 
Audit Committee Chair15,000 (2)— 
Compensation Committee Chair10,000 (2)— 
Nominating and Governance Committee Chair5,000 (2)— 
CEO Search Committee Chair3,000 (2)— 
Audit Committee Member10,000 — 
Compensation Committee Member7,500 — 
Nominating and Governance Committee Member5,000 — 
CEO Search Committee Member7,500 — 
M&A Oversight Committee Member25,000 — 
(1)    The annual cash retainer for serving as board chair is to be filedpaid in addition to the annual cash retainer for board membership.
(2)    The annual cash retainer for serving as committee chair is to be paid in addition to the annual cash retainer for committee membership.
(3)    The annual equity award was comprised of restricted stock unit awards. The annual restricted stock units vest in full on the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the continuing service of the director. Upon initial election to the Board, directors receive an initial grant of $85,000 of restricted stock units that vest over four years on the anniversary date of the grant, subject to the continuing service of the director.

86


Item 11. Executive Compensation
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
The following table summarizes the total compensation earned by each of our named executive officers (“NEOs”) for 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Name and Principal PositionYearSalary
($)
Bonus
($)
Stock Awards ($)(1)
Option
Awards
($)(2)
Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
Changes in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings
($)(4)
All Other
Compensation
($)(5)(6)
Total ($)
Randy Hendricks202131,731 300,000 2,517,241 — — — 1,957 2,850,929 
Chief Executive Officer— 
George Pernsteiner2021392,829 100,000 140,705 — — — — 633,534 
Chairman of the Board
Office of the CEO
Christopher Spohn2021657,892 — 750,140 — — — 59,698 1,467,730 
EVP of Operations2020347,308 — 900,508 — 342,279 — 51,624 1,641,719 
Office of the CEO— 
Andrew Clark2021203,116 — — — — — 3,182,622 3,385,738 
Former President and CEO (7)2020806,490 — 1,222,762 — 655,056 — 91,456 2,775,764 
2019776,620 — 2,486,860 — — — 1,064,969 4,328,449 
Kevin Royal2021395,000 — 391,176 — — — 64,688 850,864 
EVP, Chief Financial Officer2020410,192 — 382,699 — 183,244 — 69,027 1,045,162 
2019395,000 — 778,361 — — — 79,208 1,252,569 
John Semel2021500,000 — 222,663 — 187,500 — 72,688 982,851 
EVP, Chief Strategy Officer2020503,846 — 218,000 — 316,301 — 75,853 1,114,000 
Diane Thompson2021526,683 — 221,419 — — — 72,881 820,983 
Former General Counsel2020438,542 — 182,074 — 178,099 — 125,287 924,002 
Office of the CEO2019422,300 — 370,347 — — — 110,712 903,359 
Marc Brown2021160,000 — 173,665 — — — 431,796 765,461 
Former Chief HR Officer
Matthew Hillman2021350,000 — 128,663 — — — 69,578 548,241 
SVP, University Partnerships
Matt Mitchell2021294,200 — 162,282 — — — 28,603 485,085 
General Counsel and Secretary
(1)Represents the grant date fair market value of any RSUs, PSUs and MSUs awarded to the NEOs in each fiscal year, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For the PSU and MSU awards, the grant date fair value of such awards at the time of grant was based upon the probable outcome at the time of grant. The RSUs, PSUs and MSUs are further described under the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” and “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End” tables below. Assumptions used to calculate these amounts are described in Note 17, “Stock-Based Compensation,” to our annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(2)Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option awards granted to the NEOs in each fiscal year, computed in each case in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.
(3)Represents the performance-based cash awards earned in each fiscal year under the Company's Short Term Incentive Plan.
87


(4)There are no nonqualified deferred compensation earnings reflected in this column because no NEO received above-market or preferential earnings on such compensation.
(5)Represents (i) payments for health, life and disability insurance premiums, (ii) medical expense reimbursements received under the Senior Management Benefit Plan, (iii) 401(k) retirement savings plan (the “401(k) Plan”) matching contributions, (iv) reimbursement for housing expenses and (v) nonqualified deferred compensation plan contributions (only to contribute the matching contributions we would have made to the 401(k) Plan on the NEOs behalf because the NEOs contributions to the 401(k) Plan were required to be reduced pursuant to applicable plan contribution limitations). Payments for health insurance premiums reflect the full amount paid on behalf of the NEOs rather than the portion in excess of that paid for non-executives. For a breakdown of the amounts comprising the “All Other Compensation” column, see the All Other Compensation Detail table below.
(6)For Mr. Clark, our former CEO, the “All Other Compensation” column for 2019 includes certain relocation allowances.
(7)As previously discussed, Mr. Clark separated from the Company effective March 31, 2021.
ALL OTHER COMPENSATION DETAIL
NameYear
Qualified
Retirement Plan
Employer Match ($)
Employer Deferred Compensation Plan Contributions ($)
Health, Life and
Disability Insurance
Premiums and Medical Reimbursements ($)
Severance, Legal Reimbursement, Housing or Vacation Pay Out ($)All Other Compensation Total ($)
Randy Hendricks2021635 — 1,307 15 1,957 
George Pernsteiner2021— — — — — 
Christopher Spohn2021— — 44,456 15,242 59,698 
2020— — 28,800 22,824 51,624 
Andrew Clark20214,182 — 65,932 3,112,508 3,182,622 
20208,550 — 66,497 16,409 91,456 
20198,400 — 59,564 997,005 1,064,969 
Kevin Royal2021— — 64,488 200 64,688 
2020— — 66,497 2,530 69,027 
2019— — 59,564 19,644 79,208 
John Semel20218,000 — 64,488 200 72,688 
20207,923 — 66,497 1,433 75,853 
Diane Thompson20218,700 — 40,447 23,734 72,881 
20208,550 — 41,605 75,132 125,287 
20198,769 — 37,471 64,472 110,712 
Marc Brown20214,433 — 64,712 362,651 431,796 
Matthew Hillman20214,890 — 64,488 200 69,578 
Matt Mitchell20218,700 — 19,703 200 28,603 
88


GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS
The following table provides information regarding grants of plan-based awards to each of our NEOs during 2021.
NameGrant DateApproval DateEstimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards (1)Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards
(2)
All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units (#)
Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock
Awards
(3)($)
Threshold ($)Target ($)Maximum ($)Threshold (#)Target (#)Maximum (#)
Hendricks— — — — — — — — — — 
12/6/2112/1/21— — — — — — 574,138 838,241 
12/6/2112/1/21— — — 690,000 1,150,000 2,300,000 — 1,518,000 
Pernsteiner— — — — — — — — — — 
3/29/213/15/21— — — — — — 16,410 69,743 
4/7/214/7/21— — — — — — 20,450 70,962 
Spohn— — 301,875 603,750 1,207,500 — — — — — 
4/7/214/7/21— — — — — — 10,220 35,463 
5/31/215/27/31— — — — — — 111,490 262,002 
5/31/215/27/31— — — 115,500 192,500 385,000 — 481,250 
Clark— — 388,310 776,620 1,553,240 — — — — — 
Royal— — 108,625 217,250 434,500 — — — — — 
5/31/215/27/31— — — — — — 61,000 143,350 
5/31/215/27/31— — — 63,198 105,330 210,660 — 263,325 
Semel— — 187,500 375,000 750,000 — — — — — 
5/31/215/27/31— — — — — — 34,750 81,663 
5/31/215/27/31— — — 36,000 60,000 120,000 — 150,000 
Thompson— — 105,575 211,150 422,300 — — — — — 
4/7/214/7/21— — — — — — 10,220 35,463 
5/31/215/27/31— — — — — — 29,020 68,197 
5/31/215/27/31— — — 30,066 50,110 100,220 — 125,275 
Brown— — 85,800 171,600 343,200 — — — — — 
5/31/215/27/31— — — — — — 27,100 63,685 
5/31/215/27/31— — — 28,080 46,800 93,600 — 117,000 
Hillman— — 113,750 227,500 455,000 — — — — — 
5/31/215/27/31— — — — — — 20,080 47,188 
5/31/215/27/31— — — 20,802 34,670 69,340 — 86,675 
Mitchell— — 57,680 115,360 230,720 — — — — — 
5/31/215/27/31— — — — — — 12,920 30,362 
8/31/218/25/21— — — — — — 12,330 31,811 
5/31/215/27/31— — — 13,380 22,300 44,600 — 55,750 
8/31/218/25/21— — — 11,094 18,490 36,980 — 50,663 
(1)    The threshold, target and maximum amounts shown correspond to potential performance-based cash bonuses pursuant to the 2021 STI Plan based upon the achievement of certain performance goals. The threshold, target and maximum amounts shown above assume threshold, target and maximum achievement, respectively, for each of the weighted performance goals. For additional information regarding the STI Plan, including the performance-based cash bonuses, performance targets and methodology for determining bonus amounts, see “2021 Short Term Incentive Plan” below. Actual payouts to the NEOs under the 2021 STI Plan for achievement of the 2021 performance goals are reflected in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table above.
89


(2)    The target amount represents the PSU shares that the Compensation Committee awarded the NEOs. These PSUs also have minimum and maximum amounts that each NEO could receive for achieving certain performance targets.
(3)     Represents the grant date fair value of the respective RSU and PSU awards. The RSUs are calculated using closing market price on the date of grant. The PSUs are calculated using the Monte Carlo value on the date of grant. As the PSUs are subject to a three-year cumulative EBITDA target, with the SECtotal payout subject to an rTSR modifier, the amount included for future awards represent the service inception date fair value multiplied by the target number of shares. The Monte Carlo fair value applied to the PSU awards granted on May 31, 2021, August 31, 2021 and December 6, 2021, were $2.50, $2.74 and $1.32, respectively. Assumptions used to calculate these amounts are further described in Note 17, “Stock-Based Compensation,” to our annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS
The following table shows the number of shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options, RSUs, PSUs and MSUs held by our NEOs as of December 31, 2021.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End
Option AwardsStock Unit Awards
Name
Securities
underlying
unexercised options (#) exercisable
Securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
Option
exercise
price ($)
Option expiration dateNumber of stock units that have not vested (#)Market value of all stock units that have not vested ($)(1)Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares
that have not
vested (#)
Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value of Unearned Shares
that have not
vested (1)
Mr. Hendricks— — — — 574,138 729,155 (2)— — 
— — — — — — 1,150,000 1,460,500 (3)
Mr Pernsteiner— — — — 16,410 20,841 (4)— — 
— — — — 20,450 25,972 (5)— — 
Mr. Spohn— — — — 82,417 104,670 (6)— 
— — — — 85,553 108,652 (7)— 
— — — — 111,490 141,592 (8)— 
— — — — — — 192,500 244,475 (9)
— — — — — — 192,500 244,475 (10)
Mr. Clark122,750 — 24.75 3/30/22(11)(12)— — — — 
125,900 — 10.23 3/29/23(11)(13)— — — — 
114,230 — 14.50 3/29/24(11)(14)— — — — 
105,952 — 9.43 3/29/25(11)(15)— — — — 
100,270 — 10.59 3/29/26(11)(16)— — — — 
104,070 — 10.44 3/29/27(11)(17)— — — — 
— — — — — — 150,870 191,605 (20)
Mr. Royal— — — — 10,020 12,725 (21)— — 
— — — — 31,854 40,455 (19)— — 
— — — — 46,813 59,453 (7)— — 
— — — — 61,000 77,470 (8)— — 
— — — — — — 47,220 59,969 (20)
— — — — — — 105,330 133,769 (9)
— — — — — — 105,330 133,769 (10)
Mr. Semel— — — — 18,144 23,043 (19)— — 
— — — — 26,666 33,866 (7)— — 
— — — — 34,750 44,133 (8)— — 
— — — — — — 26,900 34,163 (20)
— — — — — — 60,000 76,200 (9)
— — — — — — 60,000 76,200 (10)
Ms. Thompson38,870 — 24.75 44,650 (11)(12)— — — — 
31,470 — 10.23 45,014 (11)(13)— — — — 
26,110 — 14.50 45,380 (11)(14)— — — — 
25,198 — 9.43 45,745 (11)(15)— — — — 
23,830 — 10.59 46,110 (11)(16)— — — — 
24,730 — 10.44 46,475 (11)(17)— — — — 
— — — — 6,772 8,600 (18)— — 
— — — — 15,154 19,246 (19)— — 
90


— — — — 22,273 28,287 (7)— — 
— — — — 29,020 36,855 (8)— — 
Mr. Hillman— — — — 3,853 4,893 (22)— — 
— — — — 20,080 25,502 (8)— — 
— — — — — — 8,670 11,011 (23)
— — — — — — 34,670 44,031 (10)
Mr. Mitchell3,719 — 9.43 3/29/25(11)(15)— — — — 
— — — — 2,287 2,904 (18)— — 
— — — — 6,744 8,565 (19)— — 
— — — — 9,913 12,590 (7)— — 
— — — — 12,920 16,408 (8)— — 
— — — — 12,330 15,659 (24)— — 
— — — — — — 10,000 12,700 (20)
— — — — — — 22,300 28,321 (9)
— — — — — — 22,300 28,321 (10)
— — — — — — 18,490 23,482 (25)
(1)    The calculated value is based on the closing price of our common stock of $1.27 as reported by the Nasdaq on December 31, 2021.
(2)    These RSUs were granted under the 2021 CEO Inducement Equity Incentive Plan on December 6, 2021 to Mr. Hendricks, and 33% of the RSUs will vest and be delivered to Mr. Hendricks on each anniversary of the grant date, subject to Mr. Hendrick’s continuing service with us through each such date.
(3)    These PSUs were granted under the 2021 CEO Inducement Equity Incentive Plan on December 6, 2021 to Mr. Hendricks, and will be eligible to vest and be delivered to Mr. Hendricks on the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to certain performance and market criteria, and subject to Mr. Hendrick’s continuing service with us through each such date.
(4)    These RSUs were granted under the 2009 Plan on April 7, 2021 to Mr. Pernsteiner, and 100% of the RSUs will vest and be delivered to Mr. Pernsteiner on the one year anniversary of the grant date.
(5)     These RSUs were granted under the 2009 Plan on March 31, 2021 to Mr. Pernsteiner, and 100% of the RSUs will vest and be delivered to Mr. Pernsteiner on the one year anniversary of the grant date.
(6)    These RSUs were granted under the 2009 Plan on May 7, 2020 to Mr. Spohn, and 25% of the RSUs will vest and be delivered to Mr. Spohn on each anniversary of the grant date, subject to Mr. Spohn’s continuing service with us through each such date.
(7)    These RSUs were granted under the 2009 Plan on May 12, 2020, and 33% of the RSUs will vest and be delivered to the NEO on each anniversary of the grant date, subject to the NEO’s continuing service with us through each such date.
(8)    These RSUs were granted under the 2009 Plan on May 31, 2021, and 33% of the RSUs will vest and be delivered to the NEO on each anniversary of the grant date, subject to the NEO’s continuing service with us through each such date.
(9)     These PSUs were granted under the 2009 Plan on May 12, 2020, and vesting is predicated on multiple factors, including a free cash flow metric.
(10)    These PSUs were granted under the 2009 Plan on May 31, 2021, and vesting is predicated on multiple factors, including a EBITDA target and a relative TSR metric.
(11)    These stock options vest as follows, subject to the NEOs continued service with us: (i) 25% of the option vests on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, (ii) an additional 2% of the option vests on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date for the 33 months following the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and (iii) an additional 3% of the option vests on each of the 46th, 47th and 48th monthly anniversaries of the vesting commencement date.
(12)     These options were granted under the 2009 Plan on March 30, 2012, with an exercise price equal to the regular session closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. The vesting commencement date was March 30, 2012.
(13)    These options were granted under the 2009 Plan on March 29, 2013, with an exercise price equal to the regular session closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. The vesting commencement date was March 29, 2013.
(14)    These options were granted under the 2009 Plan on March 29, 2014, with an exercise price equal to the regular session closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. The vesting commencement date was March 29, 2014.
(15)    These options were granted under the 2009 Plan on March 29, 2015, with an exercise price equal to the regular session closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. The vesting commencement date was March 29, 2015.
(16)    These options were granted under the 2009 Plan on March 29, 2016, with an exercise price equal to the regular session closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. The vesting commencement date was March 29, 2016.
91


(17)    These options were granted under the 2009 Plan on March 29, 2017, with an exercise price equal to the regular session closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. The vesting commencement date was March 29, 2017.
(18)    These RSUs were granted under the 2009 Plan on March 29, 2018, and 25% of the RSUs will vest and be delivered to the NEO on each anniversary of the grant date, subject to the NEO’s continuing service with us through each such date.
(19)    These RSUs were granted under the 2009 Plan on March 29, 2019, and 25% of the RSUs will vest and be delivered to the NEO on each anniversary of the grant date, subject to the NEO’s continuing service with us through each such date.
(20)     These PSUs were granted under the 2009 Plan on March 29, 2019, and vesting is predicated on multiple factors, including: (i) the obtaining of a new client within 120 daysthree years, (ii) a share price decline by 40% or more would result in no MSUs vesting, and (iii) more or less MSUs at more or less than grant price can vest based on the share price at the date of vesting.
(21)     These RSUs were granted under the 2009 Plan on May 31, 2018 to Mr. Royal, and 25% of the RSUs will vest and be delivered to Mr. Royal on each anniversary of the grant date, subject to Mr. Royal's continuing service with us through each such date.
(22)    These RSUs were granted under the 2009 Plan on November 30, 2020, and 33% of the RSUs will vest and be delivered to the NEO on each anniversary of the grant date, subject to the NEO’s continuing service with us through each such date.
(23)    These PSUs were granted under the 2009 Plan on November 30, 2020, and vesting is predicated on multiple factors, including a free cash flow metric.
(24)    These RSUs were granted under the 2009 Plan on August 31, 2021, and 33% of the RSUs will vest and be delivered to the NEO on each anniversary of the grant date, subject to the NEO’s continuing service with us through each such date.
(25)    These PSUs were granted under the 2009 Plan on August 31, 2021, and vesting is predicated on multiple factors, including a EBITDA target and a relative TSR metric.
OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED
The following table provides information for the NEOs regarding (i) any stock options exercised during 2021, including the total number of shares acquired upon exercise and the aggregate value realized before payment of any applicable withholding tax and broker commissions, and (ii) any RSUs vested during 2021.
Option AwardsStock Awards
Name
Number of
shares acquired
on exercise (#)
Value realized
on exercise ($)(1)
Number of
shares acquired
on vesting (#)
Value realized
on vesting ($)(2)
Randy Hendricks— — — — 
George Pernsteiner— — 21,252 86,376 
Christopher Spohn— — 80,470 225,344 
Andrew Clark— — 326,389 1,357,297 
Kevin Royal— — 49,355 190,721 
John Semel— — 22,407 95,230 
Diane Thompson— — 38,584 143,440 
Marc Brown— — 23,324 99,127 
Matthew Hillman— — 1,927 2,640 
Matt Mitchell— — 12,072 51,306 
(1)    The value realized for a stock option exercise is determined by multiplying (i) the number of shares acquired upon exercise by (ii) the difference between the market price of the shares at exercise and the exercise price of the stock option.
(2)    The value realized upon vesting of RSUs is determined by multiplying (i) the number of shares vested by (ii) the market price of the shares at vesting.
92


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
The following table and accompanying footnotes summarize the material terms contained in the employment agreement we entered into with Mr. Clark in March 2015 and the employment agreement we entered into with Mr. Spohn in April 2020. Once the employment agreement for Mr. Spohn expires in April 2022, we will not have employment agreements. We do not have any employment agreements with any of our other NEO's, who are instead a participant in, and may receive severance benefits pursuant to, the Amended and Restated Executive Severance Plan and any Severance Agreement executed thereunder, as described under “Potential Payments upon Termination and Change of Control” below. Pursuant to the terms of their employment, each of our NEOs is entitled to participate in health, insurance, retirement and other benefits that are provided to our senior executives.
NamePositionEffective Date of Agreement
Initial Term of
Agreement
(1)
Base Salary
($)(2)
Annual Target
Bonus, as
Percentage
of Salary (3)
Potential
Payments upon
Termination or Change of Control
Christopher SpohnExecutive Vice President of OperationsApril 30, 20202 years525,000 115 %(4)
Andrew ClarkFormer President and Chief Executive OfficerMarch 9, 20153 years725,000 100 %(4)
(1)    The term of the employment agreement for Mr. Spohn will not be extended upon the end of the initial term. As previously discussed, Mr. Clark separated from the Company effective March 31, 2021.
(2)    This column shows the initial annual base salary set forth in the related employment agreement, which salary may be periodically reviewed and increased by the Board in its discretion, or decreased with such executive’s written consent.
(3)    The employment agreement for Mr. Clark provided that he would have been eligible for an annual discretionary incentive bonus based on the attainment of certain performance criteria. The employment agreement provided for a target bonus amount as a percentage of annual salary, which target percentage is reflected in this column. The actual bonus paid may have been more or less than the target amount, as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee. Upon his separation from the Company, Mr. Clark was eligible to receive his annual cash bonus for the prior fiscal year to the extent such bonus had not yet been paid. In addition, upon his separation from the Company, Mr. Clark was eligible to be paid a pro-rata portion of his annual cash bonus for the fiscal year of termination based on the percentage of time he was employed in fiscal year 2021.
(4)    For information regarding severance and other payments that Messrs. Spohn and Clark would have received, under their employment agreement in the event of a termination of employment and/or a change of control, see “Potential Payments upon Termination and Change of Control” below.
POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION AND CHANGE OF CONTROL
The table below provides estimates for compensation payable to the NEOs in hypothetical termination of employment and change of control scenarios under our compensatory arrangements with such executives, other than nondiscriminatory arrangements generally available to salaried employees. The table below does not include Mr. Pernsteiner or Ms. Thompson, as these individuals are no longer an employee by the company and a triggering event did not occur.
The amounts shown in the table below are estimates and assume the hypothetical termination, resignation, death, disability or change of control, as applicable, occurred on December 31, 2021, applying the provisions of the agreements that are in effect as of the date of this report. If any such executive resigns without “Good Reason” or is terminated by us for “Cause” (each as defined below), such executive will be entitled only to any accrued and unpaid salary and vested benefits and no severance benefits. Due to the number of factors and assumptions that can affect the nature and amount of any benefits provided upon the events discussed below, any amounts paid or distributed upon an actual event may differ.
For purposes of the hypothetical payment estimates shown in the below table, some of the important assumptions that were made are as follows: (i) the NEO’s base salary as in effect as of December 31, 2021; (ii) severance benefits as provided under the NEO’s employment agreement or the Amended and Restated Executive Severance Plan and related Severance Agreement; (iii) value for payment of health insurance continuation, including dental, at an assumed value of $3,500 per month; (iv) no discretionary acceleration of vesting of RSUs held by the NEO in the event of a “Change of Control” (as defined below) and (v) a price per share of our common stock of $1.27, based on the closing price of our common stock as reported by Nasdaq on December 31, 2021.
93


Name
Change of
Control (1)
Termination of
Employee
Without Cause,
or Resignation
by Employee for
Good Reason (2)(3)
Termination of
Employee without Cause, or
Resignation by
Employee for
Good Reason,
within 24 Months
of Change of
Control (1)(2)(3)
Termination of
Employee for
Death
Termination
of Employee
for
Disability
(4)
Randy Hendricks
Cash Severance Payment$— $550,000 (6)$550,000 (8)$— $— 
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation$— $632,500 (6)$632,500 (8)$— $— 
Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits$— $84,000 (6)$84,000 (8)$— $— 
Acceleration of Vesting of Stock Awards$— $243,053 (6)$2,189,655 (8)$— $— 
Total$— $1,509,553 $3,456,155 $— $— 
Christopher Spohn
Cash Severance Payment$— $1,693,125 (7)$1,693,125 (9)$262,500 (10)$262,500 (10)
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation$— $603,750 (7)$603,750 (9)$— (10)$— (10)
Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits$— $63,000 (7)$63,000 (9)$21,000 (10)$21,000 (10)
Acceleration of Vesting of Stock Awards$— (5)$136,416 (7)$843,864 (9)$136,416 (10)$136,416 (10)
Total$— $2,496,291 $3,203,739 $419,916 $419,916 
Andrew Clark
Cash Severance Payment$— $3,106,480 (11)$— $— $— 
Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits$— $102,834 (11)$— $— $— 
Acceleration of Vesting of Stock Options$— $471,744 (11)$— $— $— 
Total$— $3,681,058 $— $— $— 
Kevin Royal
Cash Severance Payment$— $395,000 (6)$395,000 (8)$— $— 
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation$— $217,250 (6)$217,250 (8)$— $— 
Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits$— $21,000 (6)$21,000 (8)$— $— 
Acceleration of Vesting of Stock Awards$— (5)$88,504 (6)$517,610 (8)$— $— 
Total$— $721,754 $1,150,860 $— $— 
John Semel
Cash Severance Payment$— $500,000 (6)$500,000 (8)$— $— 
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation$— $375,000 (6)$375,000 (8)$— $— 
Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits$— $21,000 (6)$21,000 (8)$— $— 
Acceleration of Vesting of Stock Awards$— (5)$43,166 (6)$287,604 (8)$— $— 
Total$— $939,166 $1,183,604 $— $— 
Matthew Hillman
Cash Severance Payment$— $350,000 (6)$350,000 (8)$— $— 
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation$— $227,500 (6)$227,500 (8)$— $— 
Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits$— $21,000 (6)$21,000 (8)$— $— 
Acceleration of Vesting of Stock Awards$— (5)$10,949 (6)$85,437 (8)$— $— 
Total$— $609,449 $683,937 $— $— 
Marc Brown
Cash Severance Payment$— $325,000 (12)$— $— $— 
Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits$— $51,243 (12)$— $— $— 
Total$— $376,243 $— $— $— 
Matt Mitchell
Cash Severance Payment$— $144,000 (6)$144,000 (8)$— $— 
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation$— $57,600 (6)$57,600 (8)$— $— 
Continuation of Health Insurance Benefits$— $21,000 (6)$21,000 (8)$— $— 
Acceleration of Vesting of Stock Awards$— (5)$24,172 (6)$148,951 (8)$— $— 
Total$— $246,772 $371,551 $— $— 
(1)    “Change of Control” generally means any of the following events: (i) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (other than us or any of our employee benefit plans) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of securities representing more than 50% of the voting securities of the company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors,
94


determined on a fully-diluted basis (unless a majority of the holders of company voting securities immediately prior to such acquisition retain directly or through ownership of one or more holding companies, immediately following such acquisition, a majority of the voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the successor entity); (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of 50% or more of our assets to one or more unaffiliated individual(s), entities or groups; or (iii) when a majority of the members of the Board are not “company directors,” which term means: (a) individuals who, as of a specified date, were directors of the company; (b) individuals elected as directors of the company after such date for whose election proxies were solicited by the Board, or (c) individuals appointed to the Board after such date to fill vacancies caused by death or resignation (but not by removal) or to fill newly created directorships. A transaction does not constitute a Change of Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the company’s securities immediately before such transaction.
(2)    For Mr. Spohn, “Cause” generally means the occurrence of one or more of the following: (i) conviction of, or a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or other crime (except for misdemeanors which are not materially injurious to our business or reputation or the business or reputation of our affiliates); (ii) willful refusal to perform in any material respect such executive’s duties and responsibilities for us or our affiliates or failure to comply in any material respect with the terms of such executive’s agreements with us and our policies and procedures if such refusal or failure causes or reasonably expects to cause injury to us or our affiliates; (iii) fraud or other illegal conduct in such executive’s performance of duties for us or our affiliates; or (iv) any conduct by such executive which is materially injurious to us, our affiliates, our business reputation or the business reputation of our affiliates. For Mr. Royal, “Cause” has the same meaning except that subsection (ii) does not require that the willful refusal to perform cause or be reasonably expected to cause injury to us or our affiliates in order to find “Cause.”
(3)    For Mr. Spohn, “Good Reason” generally means any of the following events: (a) a material diminution in his annual base salary; (b) a material diminution in his authorities, duties, responsibilities or reporting structure; or (c) our material breach of his employment agreement. For Mr. Royal, “Good Reason” generally means any of the following events: (a) a material diminution in their annual base salary; (b) a material diminution in his authorities, duties, responsibilities or reporting structure; (c) notification of a material change in his geographic work location; or (d) our material breach of his Severance Agreement.
(4)    For Mr. Spohn, “Disability” generally means he is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.
(5)    The Compensation Committee has discretion as to whether to approve the acceleration of the RSUs and PSUs that would accelerate based on a Change of Control.
(6)    If the NEO’s employment is terminated by us without Cause or by employee for Good Reason (and other than for death or Disability), then the NEO will receive, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Executive Severance Plan and the Severance Agreement executed by the NEO thereunder, (i) cash payments equal in the aggregate to one times his annual base salary, payable in equal bi-weekly installments over the 12-month period following termination date; (ii) medical, dental and life insurance premiums for up to 12 months following termination, provided that such benefit will terminate immediately if he is offered comparable coverage in connection with new employment, paid by the company at the same cost as if the NEO continued as an active employee of the company; and (iii) a lump sum cash payment equal to the pro-rata portion of his annual cash bonus for the fiscal year of termination based on the percentage of time he was employed in such fiscal year, payable at the same time the company pays annual cash bonuses to other members of senior management.
(7)    If Mr. Spohn’s employment is terminated by us without Cause or by Mr. Spohn for Good Reason (and other than for death or Disability), then Mr. Spohn will receive, pursuant to his employment agreement, (i) continued payment of base salary for a period of 18 months; (ii) if his termination occurs following the end of our fiscal year ended Decemberbut before the date annual bonuses are paid for that year, payment of his annual bonus for the prior fiscal year based on actual achievement of the relevant performance objectives; and (iii) reimbursement by the Company for up to 18 months of that portion of the premiums the Company previously paid for health insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents of his COBRA premiums to continue such health insurance coverage, or a taxable lump sum payment for the equivalent period in the event payment of such subsidy for COBRA premiums would violate applicable law. Mr. Spohn’s receipt of such severance benefits is conditioned upon him providing us with a release of claims against us, our affiliates and related parties, and his compliance with certain non-disparagement, non-solicitation and confidentiality requirements set forth in his employment agreement.
(8)    If the NEO’s employment is terminated by us without Cause or by the NEO for Good Reason within 24 months after a Change of Control (and other than for death or Disability), then pursuant to the Amended and Restated Executive Severance Plan and the Severance Agreement executed by the NEO thereunder, in addition to the severance benefits described above, the NEO will receive full vesting acceleration of all outstanding time-based equity awards as of their termination date.
(9)    If Mr. Spohn’s employment is terminated by us without Cause or by Mr. Spohn for Good Reason within 24 months after a Change of Control (and other than for death or Disability), then pursuant to his employment agreement Mr. Spohn will receive the severance benefits described above, except that he will receive full vesting acceleration of all outstanding time-based equity awards as of his termination date.
(10)    If Mr. Spohn’s employment is terminated due to his death or Disability, then pursuant to his employment agreement (i) his outstanding time-based equity awards will vest as if his termination date had occurred one year later; (ii) he or his dependents, as applicable, will be
95


entitled to receive his Accrued Pay (as defined in his employment agreement); (iii) he or his estate, as applicable, will receive six monthly installments of his base salary; and (iv) he or his dependents, as applicable, will receive company-paid medical benefits for a period of six months following the date of his termination. No amount is included for Mr. Spohn’s PSUs because they remain subject to performance requirements even after the triggering event occurs.
(11)    Mr. Clark’s employment was terminated by us without Cause effective March 31, 2017.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference2021, and he provided us with a release of claims against the company. Mr. Clark therefore received, pursuant to our definitive proxy statementhis employment agreement, (i) cash payments equal in the aggregate to be filed withtwo times the SECsum of his annual base salary and annual target bonus, payable in equal bi-weekly installments over the 24-month period following his termination date; (ii) reimbursement of premium payments for continuation coverage under a company-sponsored group medical plan for up to 24 months following termination, provided that such benefit will terminate immediately if he was offered comparable coverage in connection with his employment by another employer; and (iii) accelerated vesting of outstanding time-based equity awards as if his service had terminated one year later. No PSUs are included, as they terminated upon Mr. Clark's termination date. There was no non-equity incentive compensation paid out for 2021.
(12)    Mr. Brown’s employment was terminated by us without Cause effective June 25, 2021, and he provided us with a release of claims against the company. Mr. Brown therefore received, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Executive Severance Plan and the Severance Agreement, (i) cash payments equal in the aggregate to one year of his annual base salary, payable in equal bi-weekly installments over the 12-month period following his termination date; and (ii) continuation coverage under a company-sponsored group medical plan for up to 12 months following termination. There was no non-equity incentive compensation paid out for 2021.
NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION
The following table shows certain information for 2021 for the NEOs under the Zovio Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”). The Deferred Compensation Plan was eliminated effective December 31, 2021, and any related distributions will occur for participants in January 2023.
Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation (1)
NameExecutive Contributions in Last FY ($)Registrant Contributions in Last FY ($)Aggregate Earnings in Last FY ($)Aggregate Withdrawals/Distributions ($)Aggregate Balance at Last FYE ($)
Diane Thompson32,947 — 90,872 — 691,227 
Marc Brown14,700 — 44,591 430,670 — 
(1)    There are no non-qualified deferred compensation earnings reflected in the Summary Compensation Table above because no NEO received above-market or preferential earnings on such compensation.
CEO PAY RATIO
The Compensation Committee monitors the relationship between the pay our executive officers receive and the pay that all other employees receive. The Compensation Committee believes executive pay must be equitable to motivate our employees and to create stockholder value. The Compensation Committee reviewed a comparison of CEO pay, to the pay of all other employees as of December 31, 2021.
Our CEO to median employee pay ratio is calculated in compliance with Item 402(u) of Regulation S-K, as promulgated under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Using this methodology, our CEO's compensation in 2021 was approximately 40 times the pay of our median employee.
As allowed by Item 402(u) of Regulation S-K, for fiscal year 2021, we used the fiscal year 2020 calculations and did not recalculate the median employee. As a result, our median employee for fiscal year 2021 did not change from fiscal year 2020. Outlined below is the process we applied for identifying the median employee for fiscal year 2020:
We identified the median employee using our workforce population (excluding our former CEO) as of December 31, 2020, which included 1,522 full-time, temporary or seasonal employed on that date;
We consistently applied the 2020 W-2 earnings as a compensation measure for the median employee;
We did not make any assumptions, adjustments, or estimates with respect to total cash compensation;
We annualized the compensation for any full-time employees that were not employed by us for all of 2021 or who were on leave of absence during 2021.
We did not annualize pay for those employees who worked less than full-time;
96


We believe the use of total W-2 compensation for all employees is the most accurate and consistently applied compensation measure.
After identifying the median employee based on total W-2 compensation, we calculated annual total compensation for such employee for 2021 using the same methodology we use for our named executive officers as set forth in the 2021 Summary Compensation Table above. This calculation is illustrated in the table below:
CEOMedian Employee
Total$2,850,929 $70,489 
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
This section explains how the Compensation Committee (“Compensation Committee”) of the Board of Directors oversees our executive compensation programs and discusses the compensation earned by Zovio’s named executive officers (“NEOs”), as presented in the tables under “Executive Compensation.”
Zovio is going through one of the most significant transformations in our company history. This Compensation Discussion & Analysis contains a retrospective review of our compensation practices up through December 31, 2021 under our previous business model and prospectively comments on highlights of our compensation plans for 2022 as we move forward.In April 2019, we changed our name to Zovio Inc as part of our strategy to transform from providing postsecondary education through one institution to being an education technology services provider to many university partners. In 2019, we also acquired Fullstack Academy, Inc., an immersive coding boot camp, and TutorMe.com, Inc., a provider of instant online tutoring services.
In December 2020, the Company finalized a definitive Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement with the Arizona Board of Regents on behalf of the University of Arizona and the University of Arizona Global Campus (“Global Campus”), a newly formed Arizona nonprofit corporation. Global Campus now owns and operates Ashford University in affiliation with the University of Arizona, focusing on expanding access to education for non-traditional adult learners. Zovio will provide services to Global Campus under a long-term Strategic Services Agreement.
In March 2021, the Company commenced a search for a new Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) to lead its continuing transition in becoming an education technology services company. From March 2021 to December 2021, the Company was led by the Office of the CEO, comprised of George Pernsteiner, Chairman of the Board and Christopher Spohn, Executive Vice President of Operations, with Diane Thompson, Executive Vice President in an advisory capacity. Under the guidance of the Board, the Office of the CEO helped advance the Company’s strategic plan and ensure continued operations and provision of quality services. In December 2021, the Company hired its current CEO, Randy Hendricks.
COMPENSATION PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
The Compensation Committee is dedicated to maintaining a structured and balanced compensation program designed to attract, motivate and retain highly skilled and talented executives to redefine the education services industry and drive Company performance. Our compensation programs’ continued evolution is a testament to the Compensation Committee’s determination to align with market best practices, shareholders’ interests, and our business model’s ongoing transformation.

97


The chart below outlines key features of our executive compensation program:
Compensation Program Highlights
Incentive PlansOur incentive plans are split between short-term incentives (“STI”) and long-term incentives (“LTI”) to balance short-term and long-term value creation.
Equity AwardsWe offer our executive officers a combination of performance stock units (“PSUs”) and time-based restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to align our executives’ interests with those of shareholders and reward the attainment of specific performance objectives.
Vesting PeriodsAll performance-based equity vests on the third anniversary of the grant date. This vesting period was selected to align with the achievement of specific performance-based metrics. Our time-based equity awards vest annually in one-third increments over three years.
Performance MeasuresFor executive officers, at least 60% of their LTI awards are performance-based and tied to performance metrics that support our strategic objectives that we believe will drive shareholder value over the long-term.
Stock Ownership GuidelinesWe require our CEO, Executive Vice Presidents and Senior Vice Presidents to maintain minimum stock ownership levels (6x, 3x and 2x of base salary, respectively). These requirements reinforce our belief in the importance of aligning our executives’ interests with the interests of our shareholders.
Market-based CompensationWe regularly perform market-based compensation analysis to ensure that our executive officers’ total compensation packages remain competitive.
Peer GroupWe leverage a peer group that reflects the size, scope, and complexity of our transforming business to stay informed of market trends and understand how our compensation programs and practices compare to similar companies.
Recoupment Policy
We have adopted a recoupment policy (clawback policy) that covers all performance-based compensation.
COMPENSATION FRAMEWORK
Compensation Philosophy and Design Principles
Our executive compensation programs support our philosophy of attracting, motivating, and retaining talented executives required to redefine a fragmented, highly competitive and continuously evolving education industry while delivering strong results and long-term shareholder value. We aim to provide externally competitive and internally equitable compensation programs that support our transformation and align with our pay-for-performance philosophy. Our compensation program is anchored in four design principles:
Attract, motivate, and retain executive talent required to redefine and create industry-leading products and services;
Directly align the financial interests of our executives with those of our shareholders by providing a significant portion of total compensation in the form of performance-based equity awards;
Establish a clear link between compensation outcomes and the achievement of our financial and operational objectives; and
Ensure fairness among our executives by recognizing each individual’s contributions, prior experience, and unique skills and abilities.
Key Program Design Components
Our balanced and structured compensation programs reflect the Compensation Committee’s belief that robust corporate governance is imperative for prudent compensation decision-making. Below are key elements of our compensation programs. We also identify certain pay practices that are not followed because we believe they do not serve our shareholders’ long-term interests.
98


WHAT WE DOWHAT WE DON’T DO
ü Adhere to a disciplined pay-for-performance philosophy that informs our compensation design and target pay levels
ü Maintain an independent Compensation Committee that has oversight of executive pay design
ü Utilize an independent compensation consultant who is hired by and reports directly to the Compensation Committee
ü Require minimum levels of stock ownership for our executives and directors
ü Maintain a formal clawback policy applicable to all performance-based compensation that covers both financial restatements and certain detrimental conduct
ü Deploy a multi-year vesting approach on equity
ü Conduct an annual compensation risk assessment
ü Utilize a rigorous target-setting process for our incentive plan metrics
ü Impose limits on maximum incentive payouts
û No guaranteed salary increases
û No credit for unvested performance shares or vested stock options when determining compliance with stock ownership guidelines
û No hedging or pledging of Zovio stock
û No repricing underwater stock options
û No excessive perquisites for senior leaders; all perquisites require specific business rationale
û No perquisite-related tax gross-ups for executive officers (except for company-wide benefits such as relocation)
û No special retirement plans exclusively for executive officers
û No excise tax gross-ups related to change of control


Our strong governance practices extend beyond our executive compensation programs to compensation plans for all employees. For our company-wide compensation and human capital management practices, we focus on building an inclusive culture and advancing fair pay. Annually, we assess the gap in average pay between employees of different genders in the same or similar roles after accounting for legitimate business factors that can explain differences, such as performance, time in position, and tenure. Finally, we perform an annual review of our compensation programs to assess whether the programs’ provisions and operations create undesired or unintentional material risk.
Overview of Compensation Elements
The material components of our executive compensation program are base salary, short-term cash incentives, and long-term equity incentives. We believe that a combination of pay elements competitive with the market, emphasizing incentive-driven pay coupled with goals appropriately aligned with the business strategy, provides strong incentives to our NEOs to take actions that result in positive outcomes for our Company and shareholders.
Pay ElementPurposePerformance PeriodPerformance Metric
Base SalaryMarket competitive fixed compensation reflecting executive’s scope of responsibilityAnnual
Short-Term Cash IncentiveCash-based incentive compensation to reward achievement of Zovio’s short-term financial and operational objectivesOne-Year Period
Revenue
Net Income
EBITDA
Operational Goals
Restricted Stock UnitsFacilitates stock ownership, executive retention, and shareholder alignmentThree-Year Period with Annual Vesting
Value of RSUs is tied to our stock price
Performance Stock UnitsReward long-term profitability, long-term performance, and alignment with shareholdersThree-Year Performance Period
EBITDA
rTSR (relative total shareholder return)

99


CEO and NEO Pay Mix
In 2021, the majority of our executive compensation consisted of variable, at-risk compensation for the NEOs. As illustrated below, 58% of NEO compensation was at-risk pay, and 29% of the NEO’s overall compensation was delivered in equity with multi-year vesting. The CEO pay opportunity reflects the overall compensation for our new CEO. As described under the 2021 Long-Term Incentive (LTI) Plan, the Compensation Committee, the equity value for 2021 was granted using a higher stock price than the stock price on the date of grant to convert the award into shares. Equity value was converted using the 20-day trading average stock price prior to the date of grant which resulted in 16% reduction in the grant value.

2021 CEO Pay Opportunity (1)(2)
2021 NEOs Pay Opportunity (1)(2)(3)
zvo-20211231_g1.jpgzvo-20211231_g2.jpg
(1) Does not include Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings or All Other Compensation as reported in the 2021 Summary Compensation Table.
(2) Calculation reflects the accounting value of the equity awards. See details on 2021 equity awards under Long-Term Incentives.
(3) The average across the NEOs excluding the CEO.


Total Realized Compensation
When evaluating our executive compensation program, the Compensation Committee compares NEO target total compensation for a year with realizable pay, as illustrated by the Total Realized Compensation figures below.
CEOOther NEOs (Average)
Target___________________100%Target___________________100%
zvo-20211231_g3.jpgzvo-20211231_g4.jpg
For 2021, our CEO realized total compensation equal to 9% of his 2021 target compensation level, while total realized compensation for our NEOs ranged from 47% to 58%. This is driven by the zero dollar bonus payout for 2021 performance and the realized value from LTI vestings in 2021. This outcome demonstrates our ongoing commitment to compensating our leadership based on the Company’s performance and placing a significant portion of executive compensation “at risk.”

100


2021 Pay Opportunity Comparison to Total Realized Compensation
Named Executive Officer2021 Pay Opportunity
2021 Total
Realized Compensation
% of Pay Opportunity Realized
Randy Hendricks$3,699,741 $331,731 ò9%
Christopher Spohn$1,878,590 $883,236 ò47%
Kevin Royal$1,003,126 $585,721 ò58%
John Semel$1,097,663 $595,230 ò54%
Matthew Hillman$706,163 $352,640 ò50%
Matt Mitchell$612,283 $345,506 ò56%

Pay Opportunity is calculated as follows:

Base Salary+Target Bonus Opportunity+Grant date fair value of equity awards

Total Realized Compensation is calculated as follows:

Base Salary+Actual Bonus Earned+Value realized from shares vested during the year

Our executive compensation philosophy and practices reflect our strong commitment to pay for performance—both short-term and long-term. We design our executive compensation program to attract and retain top management talent, reward financial and operational performance and recognize effective strategic leadership, key elements of driving shareholder value and sustainable growth. Zovio’s Chief Executive Officer’s compensation is anchored in our compensation philosophy and design principles, providing a well-balanced total rewards package that encourages decisions and behaviors that aligns executives’ interests with shareholders’ interests.
Inputs into Compensation Decisions
For 2021, the Compensation Committee received input from several sources and reference points to guide its design of the Company’s executive compensation programs and individual pay decisions. The Compensation Committee views this multi-perspective approach critical as it evaluates peer companies’ practices, investor viewpoints, changes in external market practices and input into each executive’s evolving role and performance.
The Compensation Committee regularly reviews input and data provided by its independent compensation consultant, our shareholders, external market practice surveys, and individual performance to make informed compensation decisions. Also, the Compensation Committee reviews tally sheets that provide a comprehensive look at total compensation for each NEO. The chart below further describes the process:
101


Independent Compensation Consultant / Market DataShareholder Say-on- PayPeer GroupManagement
Evaluates comparative market data against peer group and survey data
Advises the Compensation Committee on compensation plan design, targets and pay mix
Provides the Compensation Committee with research on trends and best practices
Engage with shareholders to understand their viewpoints and focus
Results of the advisory Say-on-Pay vote
Our peer group is reviewed annually and comprised of companies that are of similar revenue, market capitalization, and complexity where we may recruit talent
Provides a reference point to inform executive compensation decisions
CEO provides input regarding the various roles and responsibilities of his direct reports and their overall performance
CEO provides recommendations to the Compensation Committee for the compensation of his direct reports and the rationale for those decisions

Independent Compensation Consultant
For 2021, the independent compensation consultants for the Committee were Pay Governance. The compensation consultant reports directly to the Compensation Committee and interacts with Zovio management when necessary and appropriate. For all regularly scheduled Compensation Committee meetings, a representative from Pay Governance attended at the invitation of the Compensation Committee.
In accordance with the Compensation Committee’s Charter, the Compensation Committee has the sole authority to retain and terminate any compensation consultant to be used to assist it in the evaluation of CEO, executive officer, and non-employee director compensation. Compensation consultants provide services to the Compensation Committee as an independent consultant and do not have any other consulting engagements or provide any other services to Zovio. The independence of the compensation consultants has been assessed according to factors stipulated by the SEC. The Compensation Committee concluded that no conflict of interest exists that would prevent them from independently advising the Compensation Committee.
While the Compensation Committee considers its compensation consultant’s recommendations in making decisions regarding executive compensation, the Compensation Committee is not obligated to follow its compensation consultant’s advice. It may instead determine to pay amounts and/or forms of compensation other than as recommended by its compensation consultant. The Compensation Committee intends to review its relationship with its compensation consultant periodically.
Peer Group
The Compensation Committee reviews our peer group and comparative market data annually to help determine our NEOs and other executive officers’ compensation. These references help determine base salary ranges, short-term incentive and long-term incentive awards, and the overall competitiveness of the total compensation package.
In collaboration with its independent compensation consultant, the Compensation Committee uses the framework below to select a broad group of potential peers. This framework yields multiple perspectives that enrich our understanding of competitive pay practices while also ensuring that our peer group is comprised of companies with whom we may compete for talent, whose revenues and market capitalization and business focus are similar to our own. We believe it is vital to maintain peer-group stability, limiting changes only when warranted and improving market comparability or better aligning with selection criteria.
IndustryStrategic FocusTalentSize / GrowthCustomers
Operates in a similar education or technology sectorSimilar interests in education or technologyCompete for executive talent and experienceSimilar revenue and market capitalizationSimilar types of customers and/or product offerings
102



The peer group that was used to inform our 2021 pay decisions was:

Benefitfocus, Inc.K12 Inc.Synacor, Inc.
Ebix, Inc.Perdoceo Education CorporationSyncronoss Technologies, Inc.
GreenSky, Inc.QAD Inc.Telenav, Inc.
Houghton Mifflin Harcourt CompRealNetworks, Inc.2U, Inc.
i3 Verticals, Inc.Rimini Street, Inc.Universal Technical Institute, Inc.


In August 2021 and November 2021, Pay Governance reviewed market data from the peer group and data from national compensation surveys, providing a written report summarizing its findings to the Compensation Committee regarding executive and board compensation considerations for the Company’s transition to an education technology services company. This data was not used to make any pay changes to base salary, annual incentive targets or long-term incentive targets in 2021, but may be used going forward as we transition to an education technology services company.
In late 2021, the Compensation Committee worked with Pay Governance to modify the peer group to account for mergers and acquisitions or other significant changes in the companies and that better reflected the company’s business model, revenues, market capitalization, revenue growth and EBITDA margins. This peer group, which was used for 2022 compensation decisions, consists of the following companies:

ALJ Regional Holdings, Inc.Kaspien Holdings Inc.RealNetworks, Inc.
Aspen Group, Inc.Limelight Networks, Inc.Rimini Street, Inc.
Benefitfocus, Inc.Lincoln Educational Services Corp.Stride, Inc.
Ebix, Inc.Net Element, Inc.Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.
GreenSky, Inc.Perdoceo Education Corporation2U, Inc.
Houghton Mifflin Harcourt CompQAD Inc.Universal Technical Institute, Inc.
i3 Verticals, Inc.

PLAN DESIGN AND AWARD DECISIONS
2021 Base Salaries
On an annual basis, the Compensation Committee, in consultation with its independent compensation consultant, reviews the market data and current base salaries for our executive officers, considering adjustments where deemed appropriate. Salary increases, if any, must receive advance approval from the Compensation Committee.
The table below presents the base salaries for 2020 and 2021:
Named Executive OfficerPosition2020 Base Salary2021 Base Salary
% Change
2021 vs. 2020
Randy HendricksCEON/A$550,000N/A
George PernsteinerChairman of the Board and Office of the CEON/AN/AN/A
Christopher SpohnEVP, Operations and Office of the CEO$525,000$525,000—%
Andrew ClarkFormer President and CEO$777,000$777,000—%
Kevin RoyalEVP, Chief Financial Officer$395,000$395,000—%
John SemelEVP, Chief Strategy Officer$500,000$500,000—%
Diane ThompsonFormer EVP, General Counsel$422,300$422,300—%
Marc BrownFormer Chief Human Resource Officer$312,000$325,0004%
Matthew HillmanSVP, University Partnerships$350,000$350,000—%
Matt MitchellSVP, Secretary and General Counsel$288,000$300,0004%
103




2021 Short-Term Incentive Plan
In May 2021, the Compensation Committee adopted the 2021 Short Term Incentive (“STI”) Plan in consultation with its independent compensation consultant. The 2021 STI Plan was designed to ensure alignment with our strategy and external market practices, and to maintain an appropriate balance of risk and reward to motivate, retain, and engage our executive officers. The evaluation included considerations of the following elements:
Align with creating near-term shareholder value and consistent use of metrics;
Balance financial targets with operational goals that are leading indicators of high performance;
Adopt practices used by top-performing companies in our peer group; and
Establish targets that demonstrate year-over-year improvement with over-performance resulting in additional payout opportunity.
104


Under the 2021 STI Plan, the payment of annual performance-based cash bonuses to our NEOs and other executive officers was based on the achievement of key financial and operational objectives:
zvo-20211231_g5.jpg
For this purpose, Non-GAAP Net Income is defined as net income plus other income (expense), including interest, income tax benefit, depreciation, and amortization plus certain other expenses as more fully described below.
For the Revenue metric, a payout is earned between the target and maximum based on the attainment of performance goals. Similarly, reduced payouts are earned between the minimum threshold and target based on the achievement of performance goals.
For Non-GAAP Net Income metric, a payout is earned for every dollar in positive net income growth above threshold.
A threshold of positive EBITDA performance exists in order for the plan to fund any of the two metrics. In addition, Operational Goals in Student Net Promoter Score ("NPS"), Employee Engagement, New University Clients, and Client Satisfaction were included, requiring 2 of the 4 metrics to be met in order to fund the plan.

2021 Short-Term Incentive (STI) Plan Results

Annual STI Payout Percentage
Named Executive OfficersBelow ThresholdThresholdTargetMaximum
0%50%100%200%


Award payouts were calculated using the following formula:

Base Salary for
Year
xTarget Annual STI PercentagexPerformance
Attainment
(0% - 200%)
=Annual STI Payout

For 2021, based on our performance, the Compensation Committee approved a payout of 0.0% of target for the NEOs and other executive officers as follows:

Performance Targets
(in millions)
Weighting
Threshold
(50%)
Target
(100%)
Maximum
(200%)
Performance Attainment
Total Payout1
Revenue10%$247.5$275.0$302.5$263.08.0%
Non-GAAP Net Income90%$(6.7)$(5.6)$(4.4)$(15.7)0.0%
EBITDAGateopenern/a$(9.7)n/a
Operational MetricsGateopenern/aMet 3 of 4n/a
Total0.0%
(1) Revenue performance exceeded threshold and would have resulted in a payout of 8%, however EBITDA was negative which negates any funding that may have been earned on either metric.

Interpolation is used to determine the payout percentages that fall between threshold and target and between target and maximum.
The Operational Metrics for 2021 included average Student NPS, Employee Engagement, the number of New University Clients, and Client Satisfaction. The student NPS of 58.5 exceeded the goal of 51.8 and slightly exceeded the maximum performance target of 58.0, a strong indicator that the Company positively impacted students’ perception of their academic
105


experience. The company added two new university clients in 2021, meeting goal and deployed a new client satisfaction survey in December, meeting the goal of developing and deploying a new survey.

Named Executive Officer2021 Base Pay2021 STI Target
Payout
Actual Payout
Randy Hendricks$550,000115%—%$—
George PernsteinerN/AN/A$—
Christopher Spohn$525,000115%$—
Andrew Clark$777,000100%$—
Kevin Royal$395,00055%$—
John Semel 1
$500,00075%$187,500
Diane Thompson$422,30050%$—
Marc Brown$325,00055%$—
Matthew Hillman$350,00065%$—
Matt Mitchell$300,00050%$—

(1)Mr. Semel received a guaranteed bonus payout as part of a contractual obligation

Any amount of performance-based cash bonus that each NEO earned is shown in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table above.
2021 Long-Term Incentive (LTI) Plan
Long-term incentives provide a critical link between long-term shareholder value and the financial rewards provided to our executive officers. In May 2021, the Compensation Committee approved the following mix of long-term incentive awards for our NEOs and other executive officers.
The Compensation Committee approved an award of RSUs and PSUs to our NEOs and other executive officers under the 2009 Stock Plan. The percentage of performance shares was 60% in 2021.
zvo-20211231_g6.jpg
The RSUs vest annually over three years and align the executive officers’ interests with shareholders by emphasizing long-term value creation and retaining top talent through our transition to an education technology services provider.
At the end of the three years, the PSUs vest, based on EBITDA performance vs. a three-year cumulative goal. The number of shares vesting at the end of the performance can further be modified based upon the attainment of a rTSR (relative total shareholder return) performance against the Russell 200 index..
Given the volatility in our stock price during 2021, the Compensation Committee determined to use a premium stock price when converting target LTI values into a number of RSUs and PSUs granted. The premium value applied to the annual grant for executives and was 220% of the FMV of the stock on grant date.
The Compensation Committee believes that the combination of RSUs and PSUs in 2021, with the majority being performance shares, is consistent with best practices and the feedback we received during our shareholder outreach, aligning our executives and shareholders’ interests.
106


The Compensation Committee, in consultation with its independent compensation consultant, determined the 2021 aggregate amounts and terms of equity compensation awards for each NEO and executive officer. The Compensation Committee reviewed the equity programs, peer companies’ practices, and the outstanding equity information for each executive officer.
The 2021 approved equity awards for the NEOs are:
Named Executive Officer
PSUs
60%
RSUs
40%
Total 2021
LTI Award
Total 2020
LTI Award
% Change
2021 vs. 2020
Randy Hendricks$1,518,000$838,241$2,356,241$—N/A
George Pernsteiner$—$185,000$185,000$85,000118%
Christopher Spohn$866,250$627,500$1,493,750$1,643,750(9)%
Kevin Royal$474,000$316,000$790,000$790,000—%
John Semel$270,000$180,000$450,000$450,000—%
Diane Thompson$225,508$200,339$425,847$375,84713%
Marc Brown$210,600$140,400$351,000$336,9604%
Matthew Hillman$156,000$104,000$260,000$65,000300%
Matt Mitchell$144,000$96,000$240,000$167,27243%

The number of shares underlying the RSUs and PSUs, as well as the vesting and other terms of the equity awards, are summarized under “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End.”
2021 Long-Term Incentive (LTI) Plan Results
PSUs granted in 2021 had a three-year performance period. For 2021, PSU awards are modified by a three-year Russell 2000 relative TSR metric to determine the total PSU payout at the time of vesting (no upward adjustment if Zovio outperforms the Russell 2000 relative TSR but absolute TSR is negative). This award will vest based on for the cumulative performance from 2021 through 2023.
Other Benefits and Perquisites
We operate in a highly competitive, complex and consolidating industry and offer certain benefits that we believe are critical to attract and retain talent. These benefits, which are generally offered to all eligible employees, include medical, dental and life insurance benefits, short-term disability pay, long-term disability insurance and flexible spending accounts for medical expense reimbursements. We also have a Senior Management Benefit Plan (the “Benefit Plan”) in which our NEOs and other executive officers are eligible to participate. The Benefit Plan is a fully insured plan and provides an annual benefit of up to $100,000 per participant (including the participant’s eligible dependents) for unreimbursed medical expenses during a calendar year that are not covered by our major medical plan. Additionally, the Benefit Plan provides worldwide medical assistance services, including locating the nearest medical facility, finding an attorney and making arrangements for emergency medical evacuation.
We also offer our employees, including our NEOs, a 401(k)-retirement savings plan (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan is a defined contribution plan established in accordance with Section 401(a) of the Code. Employees may make contributions (pre-tax or after-tax) into the 401(k) Plan up to annual limits prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service. We also make matching contributions under the 401(k) Plan up to certain limits, including for our NEOs who participate in the 401(k) Plan.
Our NEOs and other executive officers were also eligible to participate in the Zovio Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”), pursuant to which certain of our highly compensated employees were permitted to defer up to 80% of their annual base salary and up to 100% of their annual performance bonus and any performance-based compensation into such plan. We do not make any contributions to the Deferred Compensation Plan on behalf of any participant, including any NEO, other than to contribute the matching contributions we would have made to the 401(k) Plan on such participant’s behalf in the event the participant’s contributions to the 401(k) Plan are required to be reduced pursuant to applicable 401(k) Plan contribution limitations. To the extent our NEOs elected to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan, they may have elected to receive distributions while they are still working for us or they may have elected to receive distributions (i) at termination of employment or retirement, (ii) in the event of disability, death or financial hardship, or (iii) in the event we undergo a change of control. Investment gains or losses credited to a participant’s account in the Deferred Compensation Plan are based on investment elections made by the participant from prescribed mutual fund investment options. Each participant in the Deferred Compensation Plan made his or her own individual investment elections and could change any such investment election at any time.
107


The Zovio Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan was eliminated effective December 31, 2021 and distributions will occur for participants in January 2023.
Change of Control Arrangements
The Compensation Committee provides change of control benefits to our NEOs because it recognizes that, as is the case with many publicly held corporations, the possibility of a change of control exists and the uncertainty and questions that a potential change of control may raise could result in the departure or distraction of our executives to the detriment of the Company and our shareholders. The details of the potential payments and benefits to be received by our NEOs upon the consummation of a change of control are discussed under “Potential Payments upon Termination and Change of Control.”
Our current severance benefits in connection with a change in control are “double-trigger” benefits, that is they require both a change in control and termination of employment within a limited period of time after the change of control. The only exception is the immediate vesting of company matching contributions under our Deferred Compensation Plan.
The Compensation Committee believes change of control benefits are appropriate because (i) it helps retain key employees during change of control discussions, especially senior executive officers for whom long-term incentive plan awards represent a significant portion of their total compensation package, (ii) it is difficult to replicate underlying performance goals, where applicable to long-term incentive plan awards, after a change of control, and (iii) the possibility that the Company that made the original long-term incentive plan award will no longer exist after a change of control (and employees should not necessarily be required to have the fate of their outstanding long-term incentive plan awards tied to the new Company’s future success). Additionally, the “double trigger” treatment is appropriate because it prevents an unintended windfall to the executives in the event of a friendly change of control while still providing them with appropriate incentives to cooperate in negotiating any change of control in which they believe they may lose their employment.
The Deferred Compensation Plan provides that the matching contributions that we make to that Plan will fully vest upon the consummation of a change of control.
Our Executive Severance Plan and the related Severance Agreements provide Messrs. Hendricks, Royal and Semel with certain benefits and payments if the executives are terminated without cause or terminate employment for good reason. The Executive Severance Plan and the related Severance Agreements provide Messrs. Hendricks, Royal and Semel with some additional benefits if they incur a termination without cause or termination for good reason during the 24-month period following the consummation of a change of control. The benefits and payments that could be made to the executives under the Executive Severance Plan and the Severance Agreement are described under “Potential Payments upon Termination and Change of Control.”
The 2009 Plan also provides that, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement: (i) upon a change of control where outstanding awards are assumed or continued, no accelerated vesting shall occur; and (ii) upon a change of control where outstanding awards are not assumed or continued, all awards shall vest and become exercisable immediately before such change of control. In this regard, the MSUs that were granted to Messrs. Clark, Royal and Semel, and Ms. Thompson in March 2019 provide the treatment upon a change of control that if the price of one share as reflected in a corporate transaction equals or exceeds 200% of the base stock price, the Compensation Committee shall take all action necessary to provide for the immediate vesting of all of the MSUs subject to such award.
Mr. Clark’s employment agreement provided that upon a change of control, 50% of each of Mr. Clark’s unvested equity awards that vest based solely on the passage of time would have vested upon the change of control. In addition, the employment agreement provided that if Mr. Clark incurred a termination without cause or a termination for good reason during the 24 months following the consummation of a change of control, he would have been entitled to the additional severance benefits, including cash severance, discussed under “Potential Payments upon Termination and Change of Control.”
108


Termination of Employment
The Compensation Committee believes that reasonable severance benefits for our NEOs are necessary to attract and retain qualified executives and limit the ability of our competitors to hire away our best talent. These benefits are also important because it may be difficult for such executives to find comparable employment within a short period of time following certain qualifying terminations. For Mr. Spohn, severance benefits are set forth in his employment agreement; for Messrs. Hendricks, Royal and Semel these benefits are set forth in our Executive Severance Plan and the Severance Agreements executed by Messrs. Hendricks, Royal and Semel. The payments and benefits to be received by our NEOs in the event of a termination without cause, resignation for good reason, termination for death or termination for disability are discussed under “Potential Payments upon Termination and Change of Control.” Our NEOs may be eligible for additional severance benefits if there is a termination of employment or resignation for good reason within two years following the consummation of a change of control, as discussed under “Change of Control Arrangements” above.
On March 21, 2021, the Company and Mr. Clark entered into the Separation Agreement pursuant to which Mr. Clark would separate from service with the Company, resigning as Chief Executive Officer and all other offices of the Company, effective as of March 31, 2021. Mr. Clark’s separation from service with the Company is considered to be “without cause” as that term is defined in his employment agreement. Mr. Clark’s separation was not made in connection with a disagreement between Mr. Clark and the Company on any matter relating to the Company’s operations, policies or practices. Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Clark is eligible to receive certain severance payments and benefits as described in his Employment Agreement, contingent upon his release of claims against the Company. In addition, the Separation Agreement provides that, in consideration of, among other things, Mr. Clark’s entry into certain restrictive covenants regarding non-competition and non-solicitation and agreement to provide support and cooperation with certain matters, Mr. Clark vested in certain equity awards based on the effective date of his separation and received an extension of the exercise period of his option awards from one year to three years and reimbursement of certain legal expenses in connection with the Separation Agreement.

COMPENSATION RISK MANAGEMENT, POLICIES, AND PRACTICES
Policy Regarding Deductibility of Compensation
On December 22, 2017, Annual Meetingthe Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was signed into law, which significantly changed the executive compensation deduction rules in Section 162(m) of Stockholdersthe Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
Prior to the Act, Section 162(m) of the Code limited the amount of compensation the Company could deduct in any one year for federal income tax purposes to $1 million for compensation paid to certain officers, unless the compensation qualified as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m). The Act repeals the “performance-based compensation” exception and, as a result, starting with tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, compensation paid to any individual serving as a named executive officer at any time during the year in excess of $1 million will not be deductible unless it qualifies for the Act’s transition relief applicable to binding written agreements that were in effect on November 2, 2017 and not materially modified thereafter.
The Compensation Committee will continue to monitor the impact that the Act will have on the Company’s compensation programs and contracts. However, the Compensation Committee continues to believe that, in certain circumstances, factors other than tax deductibility take precedence when determining the forms and levels of executive compensation most appropriate and in the best interests of our Company and our stockholders. Given the difficult regulatory and legislative environment we face and the competitive market for outstanding executive talent, the Compensation Committee believes it is important to retain the flexibility to design compensation programs consistent with its overall executive compensation philosophy even if some executive compensation is not fully tax deductible to us. Accordingly, the Compensation Committee may from time to time deem it appropriate to approve elements of compensation for certain executive officers that are not fully tax deductible which might include the approval of amendments to agreements that were initially intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” if the Compensation Committee determines such amendments are in the best interests of our Company and our stockholders.
Recoupment Policy
The Company has a Recoupment Policy that provides for the clawback or cancellation of performance-based compensation from any NEO or executive officer in the following two situations:
Misconduct
Financial Restatements Outside of Misconduct
109


The table outlines our policies:
Misconduct
Financial Restatements
Outside of Misconduct
WHO
NEOs and other executive officers
NEOs and other executive officers
WHEN
Intentional misconduct, gross negligence or failure to report intentional misconduct or gross negligence
Contributing factor in having to restate our financial statements
Fraud, bribery or any other illegal act
Restatement of any of our financial statements (excluding changes due to account principles)
Restated financial results would have resulted in a lesser amount of paid performance-based compensation
WHAT
Company may seek to recover incentive compensation
Cancel outstanding equity awards
Reimbursement of realized equity gains
Possible adjustment of future compensation
Disciplinary actions, up to and including termination


We believe the Recoupment Policy is appropriate given the types and amounts of performance-based compensation we pay our NEOs and other executive officers, and that our policy incentivizes them to only take those risks that they determine are calculated to reward our shareholders without material adverse risk to our Company.
Stock Ownership Guidelines
We maintain the following robust stock ownership guidelines for our executive officers, including the NEOs. These guidelines are designed to further link these executives’ interests with the interests of shareholders:
Chief Executive Officer6x Annual Base Salary
Executive Vice Presidents3x Annual Base Salary
Senior Vice Presidents2x Annual Base Salary
Non-Employee Directors3x Annual Cash Retainer

Within five years of becoming subject to the Stock Ownership Guidelines, our executives must achieve their requisite stock ownership level.
The applicable date of calculation is the date of grant of annual equity awards or the date of a contemplated sale by the executive or director, whichever is later. The covered executives and directors may not sell shares of our common stock unless they satisfy the applicable ownership guidelines following the sale.
The Company does not consider the value of vested stock options, or unvested MSUs or PSUs in determining whether the required level of equity ownership meets the guidelines. As of December 31, 2021, all NEOs exceeded our stock ownership guidelines except those within the five years of becoming subject to the guidelines.
Trading in Company Securities
We have a policy that prohibits directors, executive officers, and employees from:
Using financial instruments (including prepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars, and exchange funds) that are designed to hedge or offset any decreases in the market value of our securities;
Holding our securities in margin accounts or pledging our securities as collateral for a loan; and
Executing short sales of our securities and derivative or speculative transactions in our securities.
110


Process for Granting Equity Awards
We do not grant any equity compensation, in anticipation of the release of material non-public information. Similarly, we do not time the release of material non-public information based on equity award grant dates. Any options granted to our NEOs and other executive officers are granted with an amendmentexercise price equal to or above the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant.
Any equity awards approved by the Compensation Committee are granted as of the date of a quarterly meeting, unless a future effective date of grant is specifically authorized. Typically, equity awards are granted by the Compensation Committee pursuant to either a live or telephonic meeting. However, the Compensation Committee may also authorize the grant of equity awards pursuant to a unanimous written consent. If equity awards are authorized by unanimous written consent, the effective date of the grant is the date on which our Secretary has received all signatures to the unanimous written consent, unless a future effective date of grant is specifically authorized.
Tax and Accounting Considerations
While the Compensation Committee generally considered the financial accounting and tax implications of its executive compensation decisions, neither element was a material consideration in the compensation awarded to our NEOs and other executive officers during 2021.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
During 2021, no executive officer of our company (i) served as a member of the Compensation Committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on our Compensation Committee, (ii) served as a director of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on our Compensation Committee, or (iii) served as a member of the Compensation Committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of another entity, one of whose executive officers served as a director of our company.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT
The Compensation Committee, which is composed solely of independent directors of the Board of Directors, assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities regarding compensation matters, and is responsible under its charter for determining the compensation of Zovio’s executive officers. The Committee has reviewed and discussed with management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K. Based on this review and discussion, the Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the section entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed withfor the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year endedending December 31, 2017.2021.
Compensation Committee:
Michael Cole
Kirsten Marriner
Victor Nichols (Chair)
George Pernsteiner

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.Matters
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP TABLE
The following table presents certain information requiredwith respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2022 by this item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement(i) each person we know to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock, (ii) each named executive officer and director and (iii) all executive officers and directors as a group. Information with respect to beneficial ownership is based on a review of our stock transfer records and on the Schedules 13D and 13G that have been filed with the SEC by or on behalf of the stockholders listed below. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information available to us, that the persons named in connectionthe table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.
111


Percentage of beneficial ownership is calculated based on 34,054,879 shares of common stock outstanding on March 31, 2022. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed as outstanding shares of common stock subject to stock options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2022. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table is Zovio Inc, 1811 E. Northrop Blvd, Chandler, AZ 85286.
Number of Shares Held
Number of Shares
Subject to Options
Exercisable
within 60 Days
Total Shares
Beneficially Owned
Name of Beneficial OwnerNumber%
Principal Stockholders
Nantahala Capital Management, LLC (1)2,980,767 — 2,980,767 8.8 %
Royce & Associates (2)2,397,476 — 2,397,476 7.0 %
SevenSaoi Capital Partners, LLC (3)2,069,761 — 2,069,761 6.1 %
Heartland Advisors, Inc. (4)1,804,102 — 1,804,102 5.3 %
Directors and Executive Officers
Marc Brown50,555 — 50,555 *
Teresa Carroll61,260 — 61,260 *
Andrew Clark (5)1,222,044 550,422 1,772,466 5.2 %
Michael Cole (6)25,856 — 25,856 *
Ryan Craig35,300 27,804 63,104 *
Randy Hendricks— — — *
Matthew Hillman5,810 — 5,810 *
Michael Horn70,710 — 70,710 *
Ron Huberman— — — *
John Kiely63,010 — 63,010 *
Kirsten Marriner61,260 — 61,260 *
Matt Mitchell26,772 3,719 30,491 *
Victor Nichols71,801 28,034 99,835 *
George Pernsteiner71,709 — 71,709 *
Kevin Royal138,591 — 138,591 *
John Semel39,206 — 39,206 *
Christopher Spohn102,101 — 102,101 *
Diane Thompson152,067 — 152,067 *
John Wilson— — — *
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (16 Persons)830,524 126,368 956,892 2.8 %
*    Less than one percent.
(1)    Based on the Schedule 13G, the address for Nantahala Capital Management, LLC is 130 Main St. 2nd Floor, New Canaan, CT 06840.
(2)     Based on the Schedule 13G, the address for Royce & Associates, LP. is 745 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10151.
(3)    Based on the Schedule 13D, the address for SevenSaoi Capital, LLC is 1165 North Clark Street, 4th Floor, Chicago, IL 60610. Mr. Cole is the Chief Executive Officer of SevenSaoi Capital, LLC. See also footnote (6) noted below.
(4)    Based on the Schedule 13G, the address for Heartland Advisors, Inc. is 790 North Water Street, Suite 1200, Milwaukee, WI 53202.
(5)     Mr. Clark was the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and an employee until March 31, 2021, and was a director of the Company until March 22, 2021. Includes 513,444 shares of common stock held by the Clark Family Trust, dated July 8, 1998.
(6)     Mr. Cole is the Chief Executive Officer of SevenSaoi Capital, LLC. See also footnote (3) noted above.

SECTION 16(a) REPORTING COMPLIANCE
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our 2017 Annual Meetingofficers, directors and beneficial owners of Stockholders or an amendmentmore than 10% of our common stock to this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filedtimely file with the SEC within 120 days aftercertain reports regarding ownership of and transactions in our securities. Copies of the endrequired filings must also be furnished to us. Based solely on the Company’s review of our fiscalthe copies of Forms 3, 4 and 5 received by the Company from such reporting persons, and representations made by them, the Company believes that during the year
112


ended December 31, 2017.2021, all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to its executive officers, directors, and greater than ten percent beneficial stockholders were satisfied.

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
The following table summarizes the number of outstanding options and rights granted to our employees, consultants and directors, as well as the number of shares of common stock remaining available for future issuance, under our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2021:
Plan CategoryNumber of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and rights
(a)
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options and rights
(b)
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1) (2) (3)4,379,123 (4)$7.67 (5)6,921,689 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders1,724,138 — — 
Total6,103,261 $7.67 6,921,689 
(1)Consists of the 2009 Plan and our Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(2)The 2009 Plan provides for an annual increase in the number of shares available for issuance thereunder on each subsequent January 1 through and including January 1, 2027, in an amount equal to the least of (i) two percent (2%) of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, (ii) 1,300,000 shares of our common stock or (iii) such lesser amount as the Board may determine.
(3)The Employee Stock Purchase Plan provides for an annual increase in the number of shares available for issuance thereunder on each subsequent January 1 through and including January 1, 2027, in an amount equal to the least of (a) one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, (b) 400,000 shares of our common stock or (c) such lesser amount as the Board or Compensation Committee may determine.
(4)Includes 4,879,868 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of outstanding RSUs, PSUs and MSUs.
(5)Calculated taking into account the 4,879,868 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of outstanding RSUs, PSUs and MSUs without the payment of any exercise price.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.Independence
Related Party Transactions
The information requiredCharter of the Audit Committee provides that any related party transaction (or series of transactions) that may require disclosure under the rules of the SEC must be reviewed and approved by this item is incorporatedthe Audit Committee. When evaluating such transactions, the Audit Committee focuses on whether the terms of such transactions are at least as favorable to us as terms we would receive on an arm’s-length basis from an unaffiliated third party.
There have been no related party transactions since the beginning of our last fiscal year, including any currently proposed transactions, to which we have been or will be a party, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than five percent of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons has had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. This description does not cover (i) compensation arrangements with our executive officers and directors that are described elsewhere under the sections entitled “Executive Compensation” and “Corporate Governance — Director Compensation” or (ii) compensation arrangements with our executive officers other than our NEOs that have been approved, or recommended to the Board for approval, by referenceour Compensation Committee.
113


Indemnification Agreements
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our definitive proxy statementdirectors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Additionally, as permitted by Delaware law, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers pursuant to which we agree to indemnify those individuals to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law against all expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred by such individual in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any pending, threatened or completed action, hearing, suit or other proceeding to which they are or may be made a party or threatened to be filedmade a party by reason of their position as a director, officer or other agent of ours, and otherwise to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law and our certificate of incorporate and bylaws. We also have an insurance policy covering our directors and executive officers with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the SECSecurities Act of 1933, as amended, or otherwise.
Director Independence
The Board has affirmatively determined that Mmes. Carroll and Marriner and Messrs. Cole, Craig, Horn, Huberman, Kiely, Nichols and Wilson have no material relationships with us (either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with us) and, accordingly, each of the foregoing members of the Board were determined to be independent under the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Exchange (“Nasdaq”). Mr. Pernsteiner was not independent during the time he served as a member of the Office of the CEO from March 31, 2021 through December 6, 2021. Mr. Hendricks is not independent under Nasdaq rules because he is also currently serving as the Chief Executive Officer.
In determining whether directors were independent under Nasdaq rules, the Board considered the matters discussed in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” above. There are no family relationships between any of our directors and executive officers. There are currently no legal proceedings, and during the past ten years there have been no legal proceedings, that are material to the evaluation of the ability or integrity of any of our directors.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Our independent registered public accounting firm is Deloitte & Touche, LLP in Phoenix, Arizona. PCAOB Auditor Firm ID No. 34
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees and Services
The following table presents fees for professional audit and other services rendered by Deloitte for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
20212020
Audit Fees (1)$1,315,818 $2,257,624 
Audit‑Related Fees (2)— 265,745 
Tax Fees (3)19,626 157,236 
All Other Fees (4)3,790 3,790 
Total$1,339,234 $2,684,395 
(1)    Audit Fees consist of the aggregate fees billed for 2021 and 2020 for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements and the review of consolidated financial statements included in our quarterly reports, or professional services rendered in connection with our 2017 Annual Meetingfiling of Stockholdersvarious registration statements or otherwise normally provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.
(2)    Audit-Related Fees consist of the aggregate fees billed in 2021 and 2020 for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our consolidated financial statements and are not reported under Audit Fees. Such fees primarily related to auditing unusual transactions and compliance advice regarding Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
(3)    Tax Fees consist of the aggregate fees billed in 2021 and 2020 for professional services rendered for tax compliance, responses to tax audits, tax advice and tax planning. Such fees primarily related to federal and state tax compliance, planning and consulting.
(4)    All Other Fees consist of the aggregate fees billed in 2021 and 2020 for products and services other than the services reported under Audit Fees, Audit-Related Fees or Tax Fees. Such fees related to a subscription for accounting software.
114


Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy
Our Audit Committee has adopted a Pre-Approval Policy pursuant to which the Audit Committee must pre-approve the audit and non-audit services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm to assure that the provision of such services does not impair the firm’s independence. Before we may engage the independent registered public accounting firm to render a service, the engagement must be either specifically approved by the Audit Committee or entered into pursuant to the Pre-Approval Policy. The Audit Committee may consider the amount or range of estimated fees as a factor in determining whether a proposed service would impair the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm. Under the Pre-Approval Policy, the Audit Committee may delegate pre-approval authority to one or more of its members, and has delegated pre-approval authority to Mr. Kiely as Chair of the Audit Committee. The member or members to whom such authority is delegated are required to report any pre-approval decisions to the Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. The Audit Committee may not delegate to management the Audit Committee’s responsibilities to pre-approve services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm.
All services provided by Deloitte during fiscal years 2021 and 2020 were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The following Audit Committee Report shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to otherwise be considered “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing of ours under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.
The Audit Committee oversees our financial reporting process on behalf of the Board of Directors. Management is responsible for the preparation, presentation and integrity of the financial statements, including establishing accounting and financial reporting principles and designing systems of internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm is responsible for expressing an amendmentopinion as to thisthe conformity of our consolidated financial statements with generally accepted accounting principles. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a charter that is available on our website at http://www.zovio.com under “Investors - Governance.”
In performing its responsibilities, the Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed with management and Deloitte & Touche LLP (“Deloitte & Touche”), our independent registered public accounting firm, the audited consolidated financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed withfor the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.
Item 14. Principal2021. The Audit Committee has also discussed with Deloitte & Touche the matters required to be discussed by the applicable requirements of Auditing Standard No. 1301, Communications with Audit Committees, as adopted by the Public Company Accounting Fees and Services.Oversight Board.
The informationAudit Committee has received written disclosures and the letter from Deloitte & Touche required by this item is incorporated by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filedthe applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding Deloitte & Touche’s communications with the SECAudit Committee concerning independence, and has discussed with Deloitte & Touche its independence.
Based upon the review and discussions referred to above, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that our audited consolidated financial statements be included in connection with our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be filed withfor the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.2021.

Dated: April 15, 2022Audit Committee:
John J. Kiely, Chairman
Teresa S. Carroll
Ryan D. Craig
Victor K. Nichols


115
97



PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.Schedules
(a)    The following documents are included as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
(1)    Financial Statements.
(2)    Financial Statement Schedules.
All financial statement schedules have been omitted as they are not required, not applicable, or the required information is otherwise included.

(3)    Exhibits.
ExhibitDescription of DocumentFiled HerewithIncorporated by ReferenceFormExhibit No.Date Filed
Charter Documents and Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders
3.1 X10-Q3.1 May 9, 2019
3.2 X8-K3.2 April 2, 2019
3.3 X8-K3.1 January 28, 2021
4.1 XS-14.1 March 30, 2009
4.2 XS-14.4 September 4, 2009
4.3 X
Employee Benefit Plans
10.1 *X10-K10.1 March 12, 2019
10.2 *XS-899.2 January 17, 2017
10.3 *XS-899.4 May 13, 2009
10.4 *X10-Q10.3 May 3, 2011
10.5 *XS-899.5 May 13, 2009
10.6 *X8-K99.1 June 27, 2011
10.7 *X8-K99.2 June 27, 2011
10.8 *X8-K10.1 December 23, 2014
10.9 *X10-K10.16 March 10, 2015
10.10 *X10-Q10.1 August 2, 2016
10.11 *X10-Q10.2 August 2, 2016
10.12 *XS-899.6 May 13, 2009
10.13 *XS-14.10 March 20, 2009
116
Exhibit Description of Document Filed Herewith Incorporated by Reference Form Exhibit No. Date Filed
  Acquisition Agreements          
2.1
    X S-1 2.1
 February 17, 2009
2.2
    X S-1 2.2
 February 17, 2009
  Charter Documents and Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders          
3.1
    X 10-Q 3.1
 May 21, 2009
3.2
    X S-1 3.4
 March 20, 2009
4.1
    X S-1 4.1
 March 30, 2009
4.2
    X S-1 4.4
 September 4, 2009
  Employee Benefit Plans          
10.1
*   X S-1 10.1
 December 22, 2008
10.2
*   X S-1 10.2
 February 17, 2009
10.3
*   X S-1 10.3
 February 17, 2009
10.4
*   X S-1 10.4
 February 17, 2009
10.5
*   X S-1 10.12
 February 17, 2009
10.6
*   X 8-K 10.13
 January 12, 2010
10.7
*   X 8-K 10.14
 January 12, 2010


98



ExhibitDescription of DocumentFiled HerewithIncorporated by ReferenceFormExhibit No.Date Filed
10.14 *X8-K99.1 March 22, 2010
10.15 *X10-Q10.7 May 3, 2010
10.16 X10-K10.16 March 12, 2019
10.17 X10-Q10.1 August 7, 2019
10.18 XS-899.1 January 5, 2022
10.19 *X
Agreements with Executive Officers and Directors
10.20 *X10-K10.2 March 10, 2015
10.21 *XS-110.28 March 20, 2009
10.22 *X10-Q10.1 August 4, 2015
10.23 *X
10.24 *X10-K10.33 March 8, 2016
10.25 *X10-K10.33 March 17, 2014
10.26 *X10-Q10.1 May 1, 2018
10.27 *X10-K10.28 March 12, 2019
10.28 *X10-Q10.1 April 29, 2020
10.29 *X
Material Real Estate Agreements
10.30 XS-110.17 March 2, 2009
10.31 X10-Q10.4 December 16, 2011
10.32 X10-Q10.1 May 3, 2011
10.33 X10-K10.55 March 7, 2012
10.34 X10-Q10.3 November 1, 2011
10.35 X10-Q10.2 August 7, 2012
10.36 X10-Q10.1 November 8, 2018
Material Strategic Agreements
10.37 X10-Q10.1 November 8, 2016
10.38 X10-Q10.1 May 9, 2019
10.39 X10-Q10.2 May 9, 2019
10.40 X8-K10.1 February 5, 2020
10.41 X8-K10.1 December 1, 2020
10.42 X8-K2.1 September 3, 2020
117
Exhibit Description of Document Filed Herewith Incorporated by Reference Form Exhibit No. Date Filed
10.8
*   X S-1 10.33
 March 30, 2009
10.9
*   X 8-K 10.1
 May 16, 2013
10.10
*   X S-8 99.2
 January 17, 2017
10.11
*   X S-8 99.4
 May 13, 2009
10.12
*   X 10-Q 10.3
 May 3, 2011
10.13
*   X S-8 99.5
 May 13, 2009
10.14
*   X 8-K 99.1
 June 27, 2011
10.15
*   X 8-K 99.2
 June 27, 2011
10.16
*   X 8-K 10.1
 December 23, 2014
10.17
*   X 10-K 10.16
 March 10, 2015
10.18
*   X 10-Q 10.1
 August 2, 2016
10.19
*   X 10-Q 10.2
 August 2, 2016
10.20
*   X S-8 99.6
 May 13, 2009
10.21
*   X S-1 4.10
 March 20, 2009
10.22
*   X 8-K 99.1
 March 22, 2010
10.23
*   X 10-Q 10.7
 May 3, 2010


 Agreements with Executive Officers, Directors and Warburg Pincus          
10.24
*   X 10-K 10.20 March 10, 2015
10.25
*   X S-1 10.28
 March 20, 2009
10.26
*   X 10-K 10.33
 March 7, 2017
10.27
*   X 10-K 10.34
 March 7, 2017
10.28
*   X 10-Q 10.1
 August 4, 2015
10.29
*   X 10-K 10.36
 March 7, 2017
10.30
*   X S-1 10.30
 March 20, 2009
10.31
*   X 10-K 10.33
 March 8, 2016
10.32
*   X 10-K 10.33
 March 17, 2014
10.33
    X S-1 10.11
 February 17, 2009
  Material Real Estate Agreements          
10.34
   X S-1 10.17
 March 2, 2009
10.35
   X 10-Q 10.4
 December 16, 2011
10.36
   X 10-Q 10.1
 May 3, 2011
10.37
   X 10-K 10.55
 March 7, 2012


99



Exhibit Description of Document Filed Herewith Incorporated by Reference Form Exhibit No. Date Filed
10.38
   X 10-Q 10.3
 November 1, 2011
10.39
   X 10-Q 10.2
 August 7, 2012
10.40
    X 10-K 10.58
 March 8, 2016
10.41
    X 10-K 10.59
 March 8, 2016
  Material Strategic Agreements          
10.42
   X 8-K 99.1
 October 1, 2009
10.43
   X 10-K 10.45
 March 2, 2010
10.44
   X 10-K 10.46
 March 2, 2010
10.45
   X 10-K 10.47
 March 2, 2010
10.46
   X 10-K 10.54
 March 2, 2011
10.47
   X 8-K 10.1
 February 3, 2015
10.48
   X S-1 10.21
 March 30, 2009
10.49
   X 10-Q 10.5
 August 11, 2009
10.50
   X 10-Q 10.2
 May 3, 2011
10.51
   X 10-K 10.67
 March 7, 2012
10.52
   X 10-K 10.72
 March 12, 2013
10.53
   X 10-K 10.73
 March 12, 2013
10.54
   X 10-K 10.68
 March 17, 2014
10.55
   X 10-K 10.69
 March 17, 2014
10.56
   X 10-Q 10.1
 August 7, 2014
10.57
   X 10-Q 10.2
 August 7, 2014
10.58

   X 10-K 10.76
 March 8, 2016
10.59

   X 10-Q 10.4
 August 2, 2016
10.60

   X 10-Q 10.5
 August 2, 2016
10.61

   X 10-Q 10.6
 August 2, 2016
10.62
    X 10-K 10.68
 March 7, 2012
10.63
    X 10-Q 10.4
 August 2, 2011
10.64
   X 10-K 10.70
 March 7, 2012
10.65
    X 10-K 10.71
 March 7, 2012
ExhibitDescription of DocumentFiled HerewithIncorporated by ReferenceFormExhibit No.Date Filed
10.43 X8-K10.2 December 1, 2020
Code of Ethics
14.1 X8-K14.1 December 1, 2009
Subsidiaries
21.1 X
Consent and Power of Attorney
23.1 X
24.1 X
Certifications Required by Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.1 X
31.2 X
32.1 X
Inline Interactive Data
101 The following financial information from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, filed with the SEC on April 15, 2022, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (“XBRL”): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020; (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity for the two years ended December 31, 2021; (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020; and (v) the Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.X
104 Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)X

*    Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

†    Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and the non-public information has been filed separately with the SEC.
100


Exhibit Description of Document Filed Herewith Incorporated by Reference Form Exhibit No. Date Filed
10.66
    X 10-Q 10.5
 August 2, 2011
10.67
   X 10-K 10.73
 March 7, 2012
10.68
   X 10-K 10.76
 March 17, 2014
10.69
    X 10-Q 10.2
 November 8, 2016
10.70
    X 10-K 10.84
 March 8, 2016
10.71
   X 10-Q 10.3
 August 2, 2016
10.72
   X 10-Q 10.1
 November 8, 2016
  Code of Ethics          
14.1
    X 8-K 14.1
 December 1, 2009
  Subsidiaries          
21.1
  X        
  Consent and Power of Attorney          
23.1
  X        
23.2
  X        
24.1
  X        
  Certifications Required by Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002          
31.1
  X        
31.2
  X        
32.1
  X        
99.1
 

 X        
99.2
  X        
  Interactive Data          
101
The following financial information from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, filed with the SEC on February 21, 2018, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015; (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015; (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity for the three years ended December 31, 2017; (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015; and (vi) the Notes to Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.
 X        
*Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and the non-public information has been filed separately with the SEC.



101



Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.
118


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
ZOVIO INC
BRIDGEPOINT EDUCATION, INC./s/ RANDY J. HENDRICKS
/s/ ANDREW S. CLARK
Andrew S. ClarkRandy J. Hendricks
(CEO and President)Chief Executive Officer)
Dated: February 21, 2018April 15, 2022

119


KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Andrew S. ClarkRandy J. Hendricks and Joseph L. D'Amico,Kevin Royal, jointly and severally, as his attorney-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
.
NameTitleDate
/s/ RANDY J. HENDRICKSChief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and a DirectorApril 15, 2022
Randy J. Hendricks
NameTitleDate
/s/ ANDREW S. CLARKKEVIN ROYALCEO and President (Principal Executive Officer) and a DirectorFebruary 21, 2018
Andrew S. Clark
/s/ JOSEPH L. D'AMICOInterim Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)February 21, 2018April 15, 2022
Joseph L. D'AmicoKevin Royal
/s/ STEVEN BURKHOLDERVice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)February 21, 2018April 15, 2022
Steven Burkholder
/s/ TERESA S. CARROLLDirectorApril 13, 2022
Teresa S. Carroll
/s/ MICHAEL P. COLEDirectorApril 14, 2022
Michael P. Cole
/s/ RYAN D. CRAIGDirectorFebruary 21, 2018April 12, 2022
Ryan D. Craig
/s/ DALE CRANDALLDirectorFebruary 21, 2018
Dale Crandall
/s/ PATRICK HACKETTDirectorFebruary 21, 2018
Patrick T. Hackett
/s/ ROBERT HARTMANDirectorFebruary 21, 2018
Robert Hartman
/s/ MICHAEL B. HORNDirectorFebruary 21, 2018April 13, 2022
Michael B. Horn
/s/ RON HUBERMANDirectorApril 13, 2022
Ron Huberman
/s/ JOHN J. KIELYDirectorApril 13, 2022
John J. Kiely
/s/ KIRSTEN M. MARRINERDirectorApril 13, 2022
Kirsten M. Marriner
/s/ VICTOR K. NICHOLSDirectorFebruary 21, 2018April 13, 2022
Victor K. Nichols
/s/ GEORGE P. PERNSTEINERDirectorFebruary 21, 2018April 13, 2022
George P. Pernsteiner
/s/ JOHN S. WILSON JR.DirectorApril 13, 2022
John S. Wilson Jr.



102120